Course

Florida Renewal Bundle

Course Highlights


  • In this Florida Renewal Bundle course, we will learn about domestic violence, and why it is important for medical professionals to be aware of signs.
  • You’ll also learn the Florida HIV/AIDS requirements, the importance of infection reporting, and the basics of treatment as required by the Florida Board of Nursing.
  • You’ll leave this course with a broader understanding of the mechanism of action of invasive and noninvasive ventilation.

About

Contact Hours Awarded: 26

Course By:

Various Authors

Begin Now

Read Course  |  Complete Survey  |  Claim Credit

 

Florida Domestic Violence

This fulfills the continuing education requirement of Domestic Violence for the state of Florida.

Florida domestic violence is defined as violent or aggressive behavior occurring within the home and usually involves the abuse of a spouse or partner.  In the United States alone, it is estimated that more than 10 million adults have been subjected to domestic violence during the course of a year. This statistic translates to an incident of domestic violence occurring every 3 seconds.  Due to the increasing prevalence of domestic violence in society, there is a high probability that all healthcare professionals will evaluate and treat a victim (and quite possibly a perpetrator as well) of domestic violence at some time during their healthcare career.  The importance of ongoing education and global awareness cannot be understated.  

Introduction

Domestic violence is defined as violent or aggressive behavior occurring within the home and usually involves the abuse of a spouse or partner. In the United States alone, it is estimated that more than 10 million adults have been subjected to domestic violence during the course of a year. This statistic translates to an incident of domestic violence occurring every three seconds. The National Coalition Against Domestic Violence reports some daunting statistics [1][6] 

  • 1 in 3 women and 1 in 4 men have experienced some form of physical violence by an intimate partner.  
  • 1 in 4 women and 1 in 7 men have been victims of severe physical violence (such as beating, burning, strangling) by an intimate partner in their lifetime.  
  • On average, more than 20,000 phone calls placed to domestic violence hotlines nationwide.  
  • The presence of a gun in a domestic violence situation increases the risk of homicide by 500%; 19% of domestic violence involves a weapon; Most intimate partner homicides are committed with firearms. 
  • 1 in 15 children are exposed to intimate partner violence each year, and 90% of these children are eyewitnesses to this violence.  
  • From 2016 through 2018, the number of intimate partner violence victimizations in the United States increased 42%.  

Due to the increasing prevalence of domestic violence in society, there is a high probability that all healthcare professionals will evaluate and treat a victim (and quite possibly a perpetrator as well) of domestic violence at some time during their healthcare career. The importance of ongoing education and global awareness cannot be understated.  

In 2020, the COVID-19 pandemics’ stay at home/shelter in place orders resulted in spikes in calls to domestic violence hotlines. From layoffs and loss of income to decreased availability of shelters and backlogged courtrooms, fewer resources were made available to victims of domestic violence. These measures resulted in increases in both the incidence and severity of domestic violence. Sadly, the effects of this pandemic, especially on this issue, continue well into today [2].

Quiz Questions

Self Quiz

Ask yourself...

  1. What are interventions/resources currently available at your facility to assist a victim of domestic violence? 
  2. What resources are currently available for domestic abuse perpetrators?  

Forms of Domestic Violence  

Domestic violence may encompass physical abuse, sexual abuse, emotional and verbal abuse, and spiritual and economic abuse. Defined as a pattern of behavior used to gain power or control over an intimate partner, a domestic violence abuser may use tactics that frighten, intimidate, hurt, blame, or injure a person. These behaviors often escalate over time in intensity and have resulted, at times, in life-threatening injuries or death of a victim [3].  

Intimate partner violence (IPV) is abuse or aggression that occurs in a romantic relationship. The term "intimate partner" refers to both current and former spouses and dating partners, including heterosexual and same-sex couples. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) further delineates IPV into four separate groups: physical violence, sexual violence, stalking, and psychological aggression [4].  

  • Physical violence may include hitting, kicking, and punching someone.
  • Sexual violence may include using force to get a partner to partake in a sexual act.
  • Stalking may include unwanted and threatening phone calls or text messages.
  • Psychological aggression may include insults, threats, name-calling, or belittling a partner.  

Teen Dating Violence (TDV) is defined as dating violence affecting millions of teenagers annually [5]. In addition to the threats from physical and sexual violence and other forms of aggression, TDV is often done electronically through repeated texting and placing sexual pictures of a person online without permission.  

The CDC statistics on teen dating violence report:  

  • Nearly 1 in 11 female and about 1 in 15 male high school students report having experienced physical dating violence in the last year. 
  • About 1 in 9 female and 1 in 36 male high school students report having experienced sexual dating violence in the last year. 
  • 26% of women and 15% of men who were victims of contact sexual violence, physical violence, and/or stalking by an intimate partner in their lifetime first experienced these or other forms of violence by that partner before age 18.  

Domestic violence transects every community and affects all people, regardless of age, socio-economic status, race, religion, gender, or nationality [6]. Whether the violence results in physical or psychological injury, the effects can last a lifetime and affect multiple generations.  

Healthcare professionals are in a pivotal position to impact the lives of those affected by domestic violence positively. Oftentimes, they may be the first person to encounter a victim of domestic violence. Their ability to effectively evaluate the situation and provide time-sensitive, patient-centered care (including but not limited to treatment interventions, appropriate referrals, and follow-up care) can enhance immediate victim safety and reduce further injury, and improve the home front circumstances, moving forward.  

Healthcare professionals must be able to identify and assess all patients for suspected abuse, and be able to offer treatment, counseling, education, and referrals, as appropriate. These referrals may extend out to shelter options, advocacy groups, child protection services and legal assistance [7].  

 

 

Profiles of Victims and Abusers  

Anyone can become a victim of domestic violence. Victims of domestic violence come from all walks of life, all age groups, all socio-economic groups, all religions, and all nationalities [8]. Violence can occur in any relationship when one person feels they are entitled to control another person through whatever means of abuse possible. This abuse is cyclical and usually increases in frequency and intensity. Victims of such violence report feelings of isolation, helplessness, guilt, anxiety, and embarrassment. They may become suicidal, start abusing drugs and alcohol, and feel that they have no one to turn to for help.  

Although there isn't a specific set of factors that result in "being a victim," there are many thoughts as to what might affect a person's active willingness to remain in a violent relationship. The following lists serve only as general guidance to inform the healthcare professional of possible underlying causes. Again, anyone can become a victim of domestic violence.  

 

Victims of Domestic Abuse

There is no single "characteristic" or risk factor that automatically causes a person to become a victim of domestic violence. Instead, it may be a series of events that cause a person to become more vulnerable and enter and remain within an abusive relationship [9].  

Domestic violence victims may have experienced violence during childhood, experienced total financial dependence on another person, or lacked basic social support (family and friends). These factors affect both the physical and psychological make-up of a person. Without intervention, these victims can develop personal esteem and confidence issues, further social isolation, economic dependency, and general feelings of insecurity. These effects may negatively affect the decision to stay in an abusive relationship.  

Researchers have found the following factors may place a person at a higher risk of becoming a victim of domestic violence, including (but not limited to) [10]:  

  • Poor self-image/ low self-esteem 
  • Financial dependence on the abuser 
  • Feeling powerless to stop the violence or leave the relationship 
  • Personal belief that jealousy is an expression of love 

Common characteristics of victims of domestic violence include, but are not limited to:  

  • A history of abuse  
  • A history of alcohol or substance abuse (for themselves or their partners) 
  • Financial and family stressors- low income, limited family/friends contact, poverty status 
  • A member of an ethnic minority/ immigrant group; Limited English vocabulary 
  • Holds traditional beliefs that they should be submissive in a relationship 

Reasons a victim may choose to stay in the relationship:  

  • A desire to end the abuse but not necessarily the relationship; they do love their abuser  
  • Feelings of isolation and helplessness  
  • Fear of judgment if they reveal the abuse by seeking help 
  • Feelings that they may not be able to support themselves if they leave their abuser 
  • Fears for the safety of children involved in the relationship  
  • Fear of backlash from community or family and friends/lack of knowledge of services available  
  • Strong religious/cultural belief system that reinforces staying in a relationship at all costs  

 

Abusers/Perpetrators of Domestic Violence

As with the DV victim, there is no one set of traits to identify a domestic violence abuser/perpetrator correctly. There are, however, some signs that may raise the red flag of suspicion when observed in a suspected domestic violence case.  

The National Coalition on Domestic Abuse has created a list of "red flag" indicators, including but not limited to the following [11]:  

  • Extreme jealousy and possessiveness  
  • Verbally abusive  
  • Extremely controlling behavior  
  • Blaming the victim for anything bad that happens  
  • Control over all the finances in the relationship  
  • Demeaning the victim publicly or privately  
  • Humiliating or embarrassing the victim in front of other people  
  • Control over what the victim wears  
  • Abuse of other family members, including children (and even pets)  

The following is a general list of indicators that "may" help identify an abuser [12].  

  • History of abuse within one's family  
  • History of personal physical or sexual abuse  
  • A lack of appropriate coping skills  
  • Low self-esteem  
  • Codependent behavior  
  • Untreated mental illness  
  • Drug or alcohol abuse
  • Socio-economic pressures related to the lower income status
  • Prior criminal history

 

Screening for Domestic Violence 

Screening rates are as low as 1.5% to 13% among emergency and primary care physicians. The Academy of Medicine recommendation suggested that all women should be screened for sexual violence. Research found that healthcare providers working in emergency departments only screened 20–25% of their encounters. As a result, this decreased opportunities for intervention, increased safety, and prevention of future violence [13].  

Domestic violence (including Intimate partner violence) is an unfortunate cycle that may not be broken with a single emergency department visit; however, identifying and providing resources is necessary to make a difference, increase confidence and safety, and improve the overall health outcome for patients.  

 

Initial Interaction 

Compassionate, nonjudgmental screening by healthcare professionals affords the best opportunity for domestic violence victims to disclose their abuse. By recognizing signs of abuse and inquiring further, the nurse validates that the victim is worthy of care and confirms that the violence is a legitimate concern [14].  

The screening for domestic abuse should be done in a private environment. Language interpreters, not family and friends, should be utilized if needed. Universal screening should be used; therefore, preventing any victim from being "singled out" and ensuring all potential victims are screened appropriately. All healthcare professionals should remain nonjudgmental and compassionate during the screening process [15].  

During the interview process, assure the victim that all patients are screened for domestic violence. Also, inform the victim that DV affects many families, and that services are available to everyone who may be concerned about violence in their home.  

 

Screening Tools 

Examples of the following four screening tools can be found in the CDC’s Intimate Partner Violence and Sexual Violence Victimization Assessment Instruments for Use in Healthcare Settings. 

 

Hurt, Insult, Threaten and Scream (HITS)   

5-question screening tool assessing physical and verbal interactions with the partner; scores rank 1 (never) -5 (frequently); a score of 10 is considered positive.  

  1. Physically hurt you?  
  2. Insult or talk down to you?  
  3. Threaten you with harm?  
  4. Scream or curse at you?  
  5. Force you to do sexual acts that you are not comfortable with?  

http://www.ctcadv.org/files/4615/6657/9227/HPO_HITS_Screening_Tool_8.19.pdf   

 

Woman Abuse Screening Tool (WAST)  

8-question screening tool assessing physical, emotional, and sexual intimate partner violence.  

http://womanabuse.webcanvas.ca/documents/wast.pdf  

 

Partner Violence Screen (PVS)  

3-question screening tool for interpersonal violence  

  1. Have you been hit, kicked, punched, or otherwise hurt by someone within the past year? If so, by whom?  
  2. Do you feel safe in your current relationship?  
  3. Is there a partner from a previous relationship who is making you feel unsafe now?  

http://www.nnepqin.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Screening-Tools-Partner-Violence-Screen-PVS.pdf   

 

Abuse Assessment Screen (AAS)  

A multiple section assessment tool for sexual and physical violence, including body maps for documentation of injuries. 

https://idph.iowa.gov/Portals/1/Files/FamilyHealth/abuse_assessment_tool.pdf    

 

Potential Signs of Domestic Violence 

The Crisis Prevention Institute (CPI) encourages to always be aware of physical signs and injuries that could be related to domestic violence, including but not limited to the following [16]:  

  • Bruising in the chest and abdomen  
  • Multiple injuries  
  • Minor lacerations  
  • Ruptured eardrums  
  • Delay in seeking medical attention  
  • Patterns of repeated injury  
  • Injuries inconsistent with the presenting complaints  

Oftentimes, a domestic violence victim may seek medical attention for issues unrelated to a physical injury, such as:  

  • A stress-related illness  
  • Anxiety, panic attacks, stress, and/or depression  
  • Chronic headaches, asthma, vague aches, and pains  
  • Abdominal pain, chronic pelvic pain
  • Vaginal discharge and other gynecological problems
  • Joint pain, muscle pain
  • Suicide attempts, psychiatric illness   

Other observations that may indicate a suspected domestic violence situation include:  

  • Appear nervous, ashamed, or evasive 
  • Seem uncomfortable or anxious when around their partner 
  • Accompanied by their partner, who controls the conversation  
  • Reluctant to follow advice 

As you continue to assess the patient, encourage them to talk and then listen carefully. Only upon listening will you have a better understanding of the patient's current state and provide the necessary resources and referrals for them to find safety. Above all else, maintain open lines of communication in a safe, accepting environment and assure the victim that they do not deserve the abuse.  

Quiz Questions

Self Quiz

Ask yourself...

  1. What screening tools are currently available at your facility to assess for possible domestic abuse? Do you feel that they are effective?  
  2. Domestic abuse victims may seek medical attention for issues unrelated to abuse (chronic headache, vague aches, and pain, anxiety, or depression). What further assessments can be done to assess for domestic violence? 

Importance of Trauma-Informed Care  

While nurses play a critical role in recognizing suspected domestic abuse victims, they often do not feel confident in their role or the screening process itself. This may be due to a lack of communication skills, ongoing training on domestic violence or simple confusion over what victim assistance programs and resources are available [17].  

Facility-wide education on domestic violence should be ongoing. Policies and procedures should be on file, and collateral relationships should be in place with the local community and national resources. Finally, nurses should be trained in the delivery of trauma-informed care to ensure the highest quality of interaction with victims of domestic violence, much less all victims of trauma.  

Trauma-informed care has been defined as the patient-centered approach that encourages healthcare professionals to provide care that does not retraumatize the patient and the staff [18]. Trauma-informed care ensures that policies and practices in the healthcare setting are not only safe but non-threatening to the physical and mental well-being of those involved. Perceived threats can cause a "flight or fright" mentality that impacts both the ability to administer care and receive immediate care and follow-up recommendations.  

The experience of seeking medical care, whether in an emergency department setting or a clinic, can in and of itself bring another source of trauma. Trauma-informed care aims at reducing the impact of trauma on both the patient and provider by focusing on various checkpoints overseeing all interactions: safety, trustworthiness, empowerment, and respect.  

The following examples are practical tips that encourage trauma-focused care, ensuring the delivery of care in the least threatening manner to a suspected human trafficking victim (as well as each patient you may intersect with).  

  • Always introduce yourself and your role within the patient's care with every interaction.  
  • Use open body language (direct eye contact, avoid standing "over" the patient as it may be perceived as threatening).  
  • Explain procedures and timelines for results ("wait times") to give patients a sense of control. Keep them informed of any changes/delays in their care.  
  • Always ask before you touch a patient. This is a sign of respect and gives the patient a sense of control over their own bodies.  
  • Protect patient privacy. Ask them who they would like present during their care; limit visitors if requested; close room doors (with their permission).  

During the interview and intervention process, it is also equally important that some things not be said to a suspected victim of domestic violence, such as negating, challenging, or doubting the victim. Examples include:  

  • Why haven't you called the police before now?  
  • Some level of fighting occurs in all relationships.  
  • Maybe you're both going through a phase; it will probably stop on its own.  
  • You wouldn't stay in this situation if you really care about yourself/ your kids.  
  • What did you do to make them get so angry?  
  • Why didn't you leave the first time you were hurt?  

By applying trauma-informed care to all your patients, you lower the risk of perceiving any (nursing and medical) interventions being perceived as a threat. This ensures a higher level of trust and respect, and safety for all patients (and staff) across the care spectrum.

Quiz Questions

Self Quiz

Ask yourself...

  1. What are some possible consequences of doubting a victim of domestic violence? 
  2. What can you do as a healthcare professional to ensure all patients are screened for domestic violence?  

Legal Issues: Florida Mandatory Reporting Laws  

The United States Department of Justice, defines domestic violence to include felony or misdemeanor crimes of violence committed by [19]:  

  • a current of former spouse or intimate partner of the victim,   
  • by a person with whom the victim shares a child in common,  
  • by a person cohabitating with or has cohabitated with the victim as a spouse or intimate partner,  
  • by a person similarly situated to a spouse of the victim under the domestic or family violence laws of the jurisdiction receiving grant monies,  
  • by any other person against an adult or youth protected from that person's acts under the jurisdiction's domestic or family violence laws.  

The Florida Department of Children and Families defines domestic violence as patterns of actions or behaviors that adults or adolescents use against their partners or former partners to establish power and control. It can potentially include physical abuse, sexual abuse, emotional abuse, and economic abuse. It may also include threats, isolation, pet abuse, using children, and a variety of other behaviors used to maintain fear, intimidation, and power over one's partner (19)." [28]. 

Under Florida law [21], Domestic Battery is classified as a first-degree misdemeanor, with penalties including up to one year in jail or twelve months' probation and a $1,000 fine [21][29][30]. In addition, the accused may face additional penalties of a mandated Batterer Intervention Program [31] 

RAINN (Rape, Abuse, and Incest National Network) is the nation's largest anti-sexual violence organization [22]. Under the “Laws of your state” section, they outline the mandatory reporting laws for Floridaall states. Florida’s mandated reporting law can be viewed there or on the Florida Courts website. 

 

Mandatory Reporting Requirements on Children 

Children are defined as any unmarried person under the age of 18 years who has not been emancipated by court order.  

Who is required to report (from a healthcare professional standpoint):  

  • Physicians 
  • Osteopathics physicians 
  • Medical examiners 
  • Chiropractors
  • Nurses
  • Some hospital personnel
  • Nursing Home and assisted living facility staff
  • Health or mental health professionals
  • Social workers
  • Paramedics
  • Emergency medical technicians 

When is a report required:  

  • When any person knows or has cause to suspect that a child is abused, abandoned, or neglected by a parent, legal custodian, caregiver, or another person responsible for the child's welfare, or that a child is in need of supervision and care and has no one to provide care.  
  • When any person knows or has cause to suspect that a child is abused by an adult other than a parent, legal custodian, or another person responsible for the child's welfare.  
  • When any person knows or has cause to suspect that the child is a victim of childhood sexual abuse or the victim of a known or suspected juvenile sexual offender.  

  

Reports can be made to the Department of Children and Families abuse hotline at 1-800-96-ABUSE (1-800-962-2873) or at Florida DCF Reporter Portal.

 

 

 

Quiz Questions

Self Quiz

Ask yourself...

  1. What policies and protocols are in place at your facility regarding mandatory reporting? 
  2. Who can initiate a report? 
  3. What departments are notified, at your facility, if a report is made? 

Elements of a Safety Plan (Escape Plan)  

Abusers may go to extremes to prevent a victim from leaving. This may result in the decision to escape an abusive relationship – one of the most dangerous times for the victim of domestic violence. The creation of a safety plan can assist in enhancing the safety of a victim during all phases of a relationship and during the planning phase of actually leaving the abuser.  

Knowledge of the various elements of a safety plan will enable the healthcare professional to initiate dialogue with a victim and guide them in the development of a personalized plan of safety moving forward. Discussion of safety plans/escape plans can be very difficult during the limited interactions of an emergency room or clinic visit; therefore, familiarity with the key elements of a plan will help navigate the victim to the most appropriate resources for their situation.  

The following overviews of a safety plan are from Safe Horizon and the National Domestic Violence Hotline [23][24]. The Safe Horizon is a victim assistance nonprofit for victims of violence and abuse in New York City since 1978. The following outline provides a detailed overview of the many aspects to consider when formulating a safety plan. Review the entire plan outlined on their website Safe Horizon. Consider creating a template handout for your facility to distribute to domestic violence victims.  

A safety plan is an outline that includes ways to remain safe while in a relationship, planning to leave, or after you leave [23]. A personalized safety plan assists in coping with emotions, telling friends and family about the abuse, and the steps to be taken in the event of necessary legal action. An effective safety plan should have specific details tailored to your unique situation.  

Considerations in creating your safety plan:  

  • Do you have a trusted confidant - a friend, family member, or neighbor?  
  • What are some areas in your neighborhood you could go to in an emergency?  
  • Are there phone numbers you need to memorize in the event of an emergency?  
  • Do you have children that need to be part of your safety plan? Where would your children go if they witnessed violence?  
  • Do you need a safety plan for work or school?  
  • Where can you safely store your safety plan? Computer? Phone?  

 

Before Leaving  

The decision to leave an abusive relationship requires courage and preplanning. Consider these measures before leaving to reduce the risk of violence [23]:  

  • Record evidence of physical abuse  
  • Plan with children and identify a safe place where they can go during moments of crisis. Reassure them that their job is to stay safe, not to protect you.
  • Call ahead to see what the shelter's policies are. They can provide information on how they can help and secure a space when it is time to leave.
  • Try to set money aside or ask trusted friends or family members to hold money for you.  

 

When Leaving  

The following list of items serves as a guide for what to take [23]:   

Identification 

  • Driver's license or state I.D. card, social security card  
  • Birth certificate and children's birth certificates  
  • Money and/or credit cards   
  • Checking and/or savings account books  

Legal papers  

  • A protective order, if applicable  
  • Health and life insurance papers  
  • Legal documents, including divorce and custody papers 
  • Marriage license  

Emergency numbers 

  • Local domestic violence program or shelter  
  • Trusted friends and family members  
  • The Hotline  

Other items to keep in mind: 

  • Medications and refills (if possible)  
  • Emergency items, like food, bottles of water, and a first aid kit  
  • Multiple changes of clothes   
  • Emergency money  
  • Address book  
  • Safe cell phone, if possible  

 

After Leaving  

The safety plan should always include ways to ensure your continued safety after leaving an abusive relationship. Here are some precautions to consider [23]:  

  • Change locks and phone numbers if possible.  
  • If possible, change work hours and the typical route.  
  • Alert school authorities of the situation.  
  • If a protection order is present, keep a certified copy present at all times, and inform friends, neighbors, and employers that you have a protection order in effect.  
  • Consider renting a post office box or using a trusted friend's address for mail (remember that addresses are used for restraining orders and police reports) 
  • Use different stores and frequent different social spots.  
  • Alert neighbors and work colleagues about how and when to seek help.  

If comfortable, tell people who can take care of your children or transport them to/from school and activities. 

Again, these suggestions provide an extensive overview of an escape plan. They are meant to assist a victim in the required methodical preplanning of a safety plan that reduces the threat of violence. Not all sections will apply to every victim, but healthcare professionals should be comfortable in discussing any aspects of a safety plan specific to the individual victim. 

 

 

The Effects of COVID-19 on Domestic Violence  

As discussed at the beginning of this course, the COVID-19 pandemic has negatively affected domestic violence incidence. Stay at home /shelter in place orders, job losses, mounting financial concerns, and lack of available shelters in many areas became the norm. Domestic violence victims were met with further hurdles to their safety and well-being, as they found themselves sheltering in place with their abuser, along with fewer resources available to them in their time of crisis.  

Domestic violence hotlines prepared for an increase in calls. However, many organizations found the opposite occurring. Calls to hotlines dropped, in some places greater than 50 percent. Victims were not able to safely connect with necessary services [25].  

Due to the restrictions of movement (curfews, travel bans, 14-day quarantine advisories), not only was it more difficult to escape, but injury from abuse may have gone unnoticed by family and friends as face-to-face interactions had been sidelined. In addition to job losses and financial insecurities, this isolation may have forced a victim to become even more dependent on their abuser [26].  

In March 2020, U.S. police departments reported an increase in domestic violence calls as high as 27% after stay-at-home orders were implemented. The number of Google searches for family violence-related help during the outbreak had been substantial. This increase in domestic violence had not only affected the United States. In the United Kingdom, calls to the Domestic Violence Helpline increased by 25% in the first week after implementing lockdown measures. Furthermore, in China, domestic violence had reportedly increased three times in Hubei Province during the lockdown [27]. The importance of ongoing domestic violence education and awareness cannot be overstated.  

In review, healthcare staff often treat victims of domestic violence. Trauma-informed care that is patient-focused affords both the staff and patient (victim) the best outcome in terms of successfully navigating the challenges of domestic violence and mandatory reporting laws.  

Facility-wide protocols should be in place regarding all aspects of patient care for suspected victims of domestic violence, including national hotline numbers, community resources, scene safety protocols, and house-wide education. Staff should be regularly educated on interviewing techniques, suspected DV victim indicators, and ongoing community collateral relationships. Improved recognition of these victims and knowledge on how to proceed with specific treatment protocols will lead to a higher level of positive outcomes for domestic violence victims and other forms of abuse.  

Time is of the essence when dealing with victims of DV. There may be a small window of opportunity to help these victims when they come to your facility. There may be numerous needs identified quickly (transportation, housing, interpretation services, crisis intervention, case management, safety planning, transitional shelter, and protective orders, to name a few). Staff must feel confident in their abilities to identify possible victims, guide them through the process of seeking help, and advocate for their safety and well-being. Knowledge of their facility protocols and community, state, and national resources will afford them the opportunity to deliver optimal care.

 

 

 

Quiz Questions

Self Quiz

Ask yourself...

  1. Can you give examples of what your facility is doing to address the issue of domestic violence?  
  2. How had COVID-19 affected your facility in terms of the availability of community resources for victims of domestic violence?  
  3. What improvements can be made at your facility regarding domestic violence education and awareness?  

Case Study  

Mary, 26 years old, presents to the emergency department with complaints of abdominal pain, vague body aches, and a headache. During the triage screening, Mary has minimal eye contact with the nurse and appears inadequately dressed for the cold weather, arriving in only jeans, a t-shirt, gym shoes, and a light sweater. While the nurse helps Mary change into a hospital gown in a private examination room, she notices various bruises on Mary's lower back, arms, and legs, all varying size and color. Mary states she slipped and fell recently at home. You observe that Mary is now avoiding all eye contact, staring down at the ground. She keeps looking at the door, and wall clock, mumbling, “He can't know I'm here.”  

  • What are your initial thoughts about Mary's physical appearance?  
  • What can you do to make Mary feel more relaxed, comfortable, and safe during her emergency room visit?  

Mary lives with her boyfriend, Bill. He works part-time; she is currently unemployed. She admits to the occasional use of alcohol and recreational use of marijuana “to help me relax. My anxiety is very bad lately.”  She mentions that her anxiety has increased because “Bill's hours at work have been cut due to COVID-19 and we’re strapped for money. He is under a lot of pressure.”  

On further examination and laboratory testing, including a pelvic examination, it is confirmed that Mary is approximately six weeks pregnant and has a suspected sexually transmitted infection. Mary bursts into tears and says, “He is going to kill me. We can't afford a baby. What am I going to do?!”  

  • What are your concerns about this scenario? How will you address these concerns with your patient Mary?  
  • Why might healthcare professionals, in general, feel uncomfortable speaking with Mary?  
  • What are the top priorities of Mary's care at this time?  
  • What information would you document in the patient record during this visit?  

Mary begins to feel comfortable speaking to you about her situation. She reluctantly tells you that Bill pushed her down the back stairs yesterday after an argument but quickly apologized afterward. On another occasion, Bill “beat me up” when he ran out of beer before payday. She states he has been really angry lately over his hours being cut at work and is looking for another job. “A baby now,” Mary confides, “would be a terrible thing for Bill, but I want it. It's my first, and I want it. Please help me.” Mary gives consent for you to contact your department social worker for additional guidance but does not want law enforcement notified.  

  • What other key staff members need to be part of the care team for Mary?  
  • What local and national resources can you refer Mary to at this time?  
  • How would your plan of care change if Mary did not give consent for the social worker to be notified?  

Mary wants to “go back home” tonight so as not to upset Bill when he returns later this evening. “It will be better this way.” She promises to leave him tomorrow and follow-up with the community referrals you gave her. Knowing that these plans may change, you advise Mary to create a safe escape plan “just in case.”  

  • What items should be part of a safe escape plan?  
  • How safe is it for Mary to return home?  
  • What are your legal obligations to Mary regarding Florida's mandatory reporting laws?  

As you are getting ready to leave at the end of your shift hours later, you see Mary arrive by ambulance. She is visibly injured with a broken nose and bloody lip. The emergency medical response team stated the neighbors called 911 when they heard Mary screaming in her apartment next door. No one else was in the apartment when they entered, and Mary would not tell them who injured her. You escort them to a private examination room. Mary sees you and yells, “He's coming after me. Help me. He is going to kill me.”  

  • What are your top priorities for Mary and the staff at this time?  
  • What other hospital departments need to be notified?  

Mary’s boyfriend shows up, intoxicated, at the triage window, demanding to see Mary. He threatens to kick in the door to the main examination room if he cannot see Mary immediately. He is pacing back and forth in the triage area and refuses to sit down.  

  • What additional security measures need to be in place upon the boyfriend's arrival?  

Mary's boyfriend is removed from the premises by local law enforcement. Mary is given the national hotline number and is contacting the local shelter at this time. Upon discharge, she is escorted by security personnel to the exit and leaves the facility with a shelter representative.

 

 

 

Florida-Specific Domestic Violence Resources 

Community Legal Services of Mid-Florida  

A full service civil legal aid law firm that promotes equal access to justice, providing professional legal aid on domestic violence to help low-income people protect their health, and their families.  

https://www.clsmf.org/violence-protection/ 

 

Coast to Coast Legal Aid of South Florida  

The Family Law Unit primarily focuses on representing victims of domestic violence in family law matters, such as obtaining an injunction (restraining order), dissolution of marriage cases (divorce), and custody litigation.  

https://www.coasttocoastlegalaid.org/   

 

Domestic Shelters.org  

Overview of 58 Florida based organizations offering domestic violence services in 47 different cities.  

https://www.domesticshelters.org/help/fl.florida 

 

Florida Department of Children and Families  

Florida Family Policy Council  

Resources to assist victims (and family members) to find help, safe shelter, legal aid, transitional services, and counseling.  

https://www.flfamily.org/get-help/domestic-violence   

 

Florida Department of Children and Families: 

Child Protective Services:  

https://www.myflfamilies.com/service-programs/abuse-hotline/  

Florida Abuse Hotline:  

The Florida Abuse Hotline accepts reports 24 hours a day and 7 days a week of known or suspected child abuse, neglect, or abandonment and reports of known or suspected abuse, neglect, or exploitation of a vulnerable adult.  

1-800-96-ABUSE (1-800-962-2873)  

TTY: 1-800-955-8771  

https://reportabuse.dcf.state.fl.us/  

 

MyFlFamilies.com  

These services include emergency shelter, counseling, safety planning, case management, child assessments, information, and much more.  

These shelters may be viewed on the MyFlFamilies.com website. Healthcare professionals should be familiar with shelters available in their surrounding area.  

Domestic Violence Hotline: 1-800-500-1119  

https://www.myflfamilies.com/   

 

Harbor House of Central Florida  

Offering housing placements service, legal aid, safety planning, support groups, and crisis intervention.  

(407) 886-2856  

https://www.harborhousefl.com/get-help/safety/  

 

The 15th Judicial Circuit of Florida Batterers Intervention Program (BIP)  

The Florida BIP is a 6-month intensive program to address root causes of domestic violence; it is at least 26 weeks of group counseling sessions. A list of statewide providers is available on this site.  

https://www.15thcircuit.com/program-page/bip   

 

The Salvation Army  

Offering emergency and transitional housing, as well as counseling and rehabilitation services.  

https://salvationarmyflorida.org/domestic-violence-program/ 

National Domestic Violence Resources 

Amend, Inc.  

AMEND is a nonprofit organization working to end domestic violence by providing counseling to men who have been abusive, advocacy and support to their partners and children, and education to the community. Based in Colorado. 

http://www.amendinc.org/ 

 

Emerge  

Emerge is a Massachusetts Certified Batterer Intervention Program & Training Site, offering abuser education groups and batterer intervention. Based in Massachusetts. 

617-547-9879   

https://www.emergedv.com/  

 

National Domestic Violence Hotline  

1-800-799-SAFE (7233)  

https://www.thehotline.org/  

 

Domestic Violence Prevention, Inc   

501C3 nonprofit offering education, counseling, and support services to domestic violence clients in multiple counties in Texas and Arkansas.  

903-793-HELP (4357)  

https://www.dvptxk.org/   

 

National Center on Domestic Violence, Trauma and Mental Health  

Offering direct website links to multiple national organizations working with domestic violence cases. 

http://www.nationalcenterdvtraumamh.org/resources/national-domestic-violence-organizations/ 

 

National Network to End Domestic Violence  

Offers a range of programs and initiatives to address the complex causes and far-reaching consequences of domestic violence.  

https://nnedv.org/   

 

New York Model for Batterer Programs National Organization for Men Against Sexism (NOMAS) Model for DV Offender Accountability 

Court-ordered program for batterer education, which includes a court-imposed consequence if the offender does not attend. Based in New York. Formerly known as the New York Model for Batterer Programs. 

845-842-9125 

https://www.nymbp.org/ https://nomas.org/ 

 

Women's Law  

Providing state-specific legal information and resources for survivors of domestic violence.  

https://www.womenslaw.org/ 

Conclusion

Domestic violence is a national crisis that can lead to poor outcomes for victims. Nurses have the responsibility to ensure that victims are properly screened, provided appropriate education, and supported with resources for safety. Creating a safe space for victims to share concerns, helping them to create escape plans, and respecting their decision to stay or leave the relationship is all a part of providing the best care possible. 

Florida HIV/AIDS

This fulfills the continuing education requirement of Florida HIV/AIDS for the state of Florida.  

An estimated 1.2 million Americans are living with HIV. As many as 1 in 7 of them do not even know they are infected. The others utilize the healthcare system in a variety of ways, from testing and treatment regimens to hospitalizations for symptoms and opportunistic infections. Healthcare professionals in nearly every setting have the potential to encounter patients with HIV as the disease can affect patients of any age or stage of life (4). Proper understanding of HIV is important in order to provide high-quality and holistic care to these patients. For nurses practicing in the state of Florida, it is also important to understand the laws, statutes, and regulations regarding testing, treatment, reporting, and confidentiality related to Florida HIV and AIDS within the state.  

Introduction   

An estimated 1.2 million Americans are living with human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). As many as 1 in 8 do not even know they are infected (7). The others utilize the healthcare system in a variety of ways, from testing and treatment regimens to hospitalizations for symptoms and opportunistic infections.

Healthcare professionals in nearly every setting have the potential to encounter patients with HIV as the disease can affect patients of any age or stage of life. Proper understanding of HIV is important in order to provide high-quality and holistic care to these patients. For nurses practicing in the state of Florida, it is also important to understand the laws, statutes, and regulations regarding testing, treatment, reporting, and confidentiality related to HIV and AIDS within the state.  

Statistics 

Rates of infection are not equal across demographic groups, and certain factors may increase a person's risk. Patient information to consider when determining someone's risk includes:  

Age 

As of 2021, the age group with the highest incidence of new HIV diagnoses is 13-34 years, approximately 58% of new infections (7). Cases are down 18% in this age group from 2017.  

Race/Ethnicity 

African Americans had the highest number of new HIV cases in 2021, at approximately 40% (7). This is followed by Hispanic/Latinos at 29%, and whites at 26%.  

Gender 

Males are disproportionately affected by HIV, accounting for 81% of new cases in 2021 (7). Females accounted for 24% of new cases. This data refers to the sex of someone at birth. When looking at the transgender population, those who have transitioned male-to-female were 2% of new cases and female-to-male, less than 1% (7). 

Sexual Orientation 

Men who have sex with men (MSM) remain the population most at risk of HIV, accounting for around 70% of all new infections in 2021 (7). Cases are down 13.5% in this group from 2017.  

Location 

Different areas of the country are affected at different rates for a variety of factors, including population density, racial distribution, and access to healthcare. The southern states are unmistakably more affected than other regions, and accounted for 52% of new cases in 2021 (7). Western states account for 21%, Midwest 14%, and Northeast 14% (7). 

Transmission 

Perhaps the most elusive part of this virus for many years was how it spreads. We now know that HIV is spread only through certain bodily fluids. An accurate understanding of HIV transmission is important for healthcare professionals to provide proper education to their patients, reduce misconceptions and stigmas, and prevent transmission and protect themselves and other patients (8). 

Bodily Fluids 

Bodily fluids that can transmit the virus include (9):  

  • Blood 
  • Semen and pre-seminal fluid 
  • Rectal fluid 
  • Vaginal fluid 
  • Breastmilk 
  • Fluids that may contain blood such as amniotic fluid, pleural fluid, pericardial fluid, and cerebrospinal fluid   

If one of these fluids comes into contact with a mucous membrane such as the mouth, vagina, rectum, etc., or damaged tissue such as open wounds, or is directly injected into the bloodstream, then transmission of HIV is possible (8). 

Ways of Transmission 

Scenarios where transmission is possible include:  

  • Vaginal or anal sex with someone who has HIV (condoms and appropriate treatment with antivirals reduce this risk) 
  • Sharing needles or syringes with someone who has HIV 
  • Mother-to-child transmission during pregnancy, delivery, or breastfeeding (appropriate treatment during pregnancy, c-section delivery, and alternative feeding methods reduce this risk) 
  • Receiving a transfusion of infected blood or blood products (this is very rare now because of screening processes for blood donations) 
  • Oral sex with someone who has HIV (though this is very rare) 
  • A healthcare worker receiving a sharps injury with a dirty needle (risk of transmission is very low in this scenario) 

HIV cannot be transmitted via:  

  • Saliva 
  • Sputum 
  • Feces 
  • Urine 
  • Vomit 
  • Sweat 
  • Mucous  
  • Kissing 
  • Sharing food or drink 
  • Ticks or mosquitos 

     

     

    Reducing Transmission & Infection Control 

    Patient education about risk and protection against HIV, testing, and what to do if exposed should be standard practice for healthcare professionals in nearly all healthcare settings. Ideally, primary care should include risk screenings and routine patient education to help prevent infections from occurring (or preventing worsening of infections that have already occurred) (8). 

    Prevention Strategies 

    Strategies to help prevent the spread of HIV include (8): 

    • Identifying those most at risk, particularly MSM, minorities, and those who use drugs by injection 
    • Ensure patients are aware of and have access to protective measures such as condoms and clean needle exchange programs 
    • Provide routine screening blood work for anyone with risk factors or desiring testing 
    • Providing access to PrEP medications where indicated (discussed further below) 
    • Staying up to date on current recommendations by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), and HIV developments 
    • Maintaining a nonjudgmental demeanor when discussing HIV with patients, to welcome open discussion   

    Pre-Exposure Prophylaxis 

    For patients with a repeated or frequent high risk of HIV exposure, such as those with an HIV+ partner or those routinely using needles for drugs, pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP) may be a good choice to reduce the risk of contracting the virus. When used correctly, PrEP is 99% effective at preventing infection from high-risk sexual activity and 74% effective at preventing infection from injectable drug use (10).  

    Depending on the type of exposure risk (anal sex, vaginal sex, needle sharing, etc.), PrEP needs to be taken anywhere from 7-21 days before it reaches its maximum effectiveness (10). Most insurances, including Medicaid programs, cover PrEP at least in part (10). There are also federal and state assistance programs available to make PrEP available to as many people who need it as possible. Some side effects are commonly reported, primarily gastrointestinal symptoms, headaches, and fatigue (10).  

    Viral Load 

    For those who have a confirmed diagnosis of HIV/AIDS, the focus should be promoting interventions that will prevent further transmission. One of the biggest determinants for transmission is the infected person's viral load. Individuals being treated for HIV can have their viral load measured to ensure viral replication is being controlled as intended. A viral load lower than 200 copies of HIV per milliliter of blood is considered undetectable, meaning the virus is not transmissible to others (4). Even for those not receiving treatment, there are methods to reduce transmission (11). 

    Infection Control Methods 

    Methods of infection control for healthcare professionals include (3): 

    • Universal precautions when handling any bodily fluids 
    • Eyewear when at risk for fluid splashing 
    • Careful and proper handling of sharps 
    • Facilities having a standard plan in place for potential exposures 

    If an exposure or needlestick does occur, the patient would ideally submit to testing for HIV to determine if the staff member is at risk. If the HIV status of the patient is unknown or confirmed to be positive, post-exposure prophylaxis (PEP) may be advised to start within 72 hours of exposure (12).  

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some strategies to reduce Florida HIV/AIDS transmission?
    2. Have you or any of your coworkers ever had a needlestick occur?
    3. How did you handle that situation?

    Florida HIV/AIDS Treatment

    When HIV is appropriately treated, advancement from HIV to AIDS can be significantly reduced, and quality and longevity of life maximized. In 2018, the CDC estimated around 65% of all US citizens living with HIV were virally suppressed, and 85% of those receiving regular HIV-related care were considered virally suppressed at their last test (5). However, as mentioned earlier, an estimated 13% of all HIV cases do not know they are infected. Appropriate medical care and keeping viral loads undetectable is one of the single most effective methods of preventing transmission (4, 5).  

    For those receiving treatment, a multifaceted and individualized approach can reduce a person's viral load, reduce the risk of transmission, reduce the likelihood of developing AIDS, and preserve the immune system. Regardless of how early someone receives treatment, there is no cure for HIV, and an infected person will be infected for life. All individuals diagnosed with HIV (even asymptomatic people, infants, and children) should receive antiretroviral therapy or ART as quickly as possible after a diagnosis of HIV is made. The classes and available medications for ART include the following (1). There are many other combination formula HIV medications, for example emtricitabine/tenofovir (brand name, Truvada), although not listed here.  

    Nucleoside Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitors (NRTIs) 

    Nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors (NRTIs) inhibit the transcription of viral RNA to DNA blocking reverse transcriptase (an enzyme needed for HIV replication). 

    • Abacavir 
    • Emtricitabine 
    • Lamivudine 
    • Tenofovir disoproxil fumerate 
    • Zidovudine 

    Non-Nucleoside Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitors (NNRTIs) 

    Non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors (NNRTIs) inhibit the transcription of viral RNA to DNA by binding to and altering reverse transcriptase. As mentioned above, transcriptase is an enzyme HIV needs to make copies of itself. 

    • Doravirine 
    • Efavirenz 
    • Etravirine 
    • Nevirapine 
    • Rilpivirine 

    Protease Inhibitors 

    Protease inhibitors block HIV protease (another enzyme needed for HIV replication). 

    • Atazanavir 
    • Darunavir 
    • Fosamprenavir 
    • Ritonavir 
    • Saquinavir 
    • Tipranavir 

    Fusion Inhibitors 

    Fusion inhibitors prevent the virus from entering the CD4-T lymphocyte cells (CD4 cells) of the immune system. 

    • Enfuvirtide 

    Integrase Strand Transfer Inhibitors (INSTIs)  

    Integrase strand transfer inhibitors (INSTIs) block HIV integrase (an enzyme needed for HIV replication). 

    • Cabotegrevir 
    • Dolutegravir 
    • Raltegravir 

    Attachment Inhibitors 

    Attachment inhibitors prevent HIV from entering CD4 cells by binding to the gp120 protein on the surface of the virus’ cell. 

    • Fostemsavir 

    Post Attachment Inhibitors 

    Post attachment inhibitors prevent the virus from binding to and entering CD4 cells by block the CD4 receptors on the surface of some immune cells. HIV needs these receptors to enter the cells. 

    • Ibalizumab-uiyk 

    Capsid Inhibitors 

    Capsid inhibitors interfere with the HIV capsid (a protein shell that protects the enzymes HIV needs for replication). 

    • Lenacapavir 

    Pharmacokinetic Enhancers 

    Pharmacokinetic enhancers increase the effectiveness of HIV medications. 

    • Cobicistat 

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How do fusion inhibitors work against HIV?
    2. How do entry inhibitors work against HIV?
    3. How soon after diagnosis should patients receive antiretroviral therapy?
    4. Make a mental list of treatments available for patients of Florida HIV/AIDS.

    Florida HIV/AIDS Laws

    The Omnibus AIDS Act is based on the premise that illness can be best controlled through public knowledge. If the public is aware of potential illness, and ways to avoid contracting and transmitting illness, that is the best method of prevention and further spread (2). The state of Florida became one of the first states with high rates of HIV infection within their population to enact legislation surrounding the AIDS epidemic. Transmission of HIV, as aforementioned, occurs through direct contact with virus-containing body fluids. Activities by which transmission involves such as sexual activity, needle stick, blood transfusion, or mother-to-baby, the government cannot regulate. Therefore, the governmental response to a disease epidemic must rely primarily upon the education of the public and its cooperation with their educational efforts and recommendations (2).  

     

     

    Informed Consent 

    The following are regulations surrounding informed consent and HIV testing in the state of Florida (2). 

    Information Requirements 

    Healthcare providers performing HIV tests must have advanced procedures in place regarding patient consent, testing samples, and informing patients of their results (2). “Since the 1998 amendments to the Act, health care providers must, as a matter of law, convey three pieces of information, all essentially involving the choice of a testing site, as part of the process of obtaining informed consent:  

     

    1. Disclose that the provider is required by law to report the test subject’s name to the local county health department if the HIV test results are positive; 
    1. Alert the patient that as an alternative, the patient may secure the HIV test at a site that tests anonymously, the locations of which the provider must make available; and 
    1. Relate the extent of the confidentiality rights that adhere to the test results in the provider's patient records.” 

    Minors 

    “The general rule that parental consent is required prior to medical diagnosis or treatment of a minor does not apply when sexually transmitted diseases such as HIV infection are involved. Indeed, Florida specifically forbids telling parents the fact of the minor's consultation, examination or treatment for a sexually transmissible disease, such as HIV infection, either directly or indirectly (such as by billing a parent or their insurer for an HIV test without the child's permission).” 

    “Infants and young children are treated as unable to make an informed decision and consent of their parents or legal guardian is required. For older children (such as teenagers), however, the provider must make an individual judgment whether the child, as phrased in Department of Health rules, ‘demonstrates sufficient knowledge and maturity to make an informed judgment,’ meaning, whether the child has the cognitive and emotional capacity to understand the risks and benefits of the test or treatment to which the child is being asked to consent.” 

    Documentation 

    “As with other medical procedures requiring informed consent, informed consent for HIV testing does not necessarily mean written consent. Except for donations of blood and other tissues and to obtain health or life insurance, Florida does not require providers to have the test subject sign a document authorizing the test. The health care provider need only enter a note in the medical record that the test was explained and consent was obtained.” 

    Exceptions 

    Exceptions to informed consent requirements by health care providers (2): 

    Pregnancy 

    “Following federal legislation and recommendations from CDC, Florida law in 1996 first imposed “mandatory offering” of HIV tests for all pregnancies upon presentation. In 2005, the statute was further amended to establish the present system of “opt out” testing, in which pregnant women are advised that the health care provider attending them will conduct an HIV test but that they have the right to refuse. The pregnant woman’s objection is required in writing, which must be placed in her medical record” (§384.31, F.S.)  

    Emergencies 

    “A provider may test without consent in "bona fide medical emergencies," but only if the provider documents in the medical record that the test results are medically necessary to provide appropriate emergency care or treatment to the test subject and the test subject is unable to consent” (§381.004(2)(h)3, F.S.).  

    Therapeutic Privilege 

    “The Act allows a "therapeutic privilege" that bypasses informed consent requirements when the provider's medical record documents that obtaining informed consent would be detrimental to the health of a patient suffering from an acute illness and that the test results are necessary for medical diagnostic purposes to provide appropriate care or treatment to the patient. This same privilege applies to all medical procedures for which informed consent is required. The statute emphasizes that this provision provides no basis for routinely testing patients for HIV without their informed consent” (§381.004(2)(h)4, F.S.).  

    Sexually Transmissible Diseases 

    “State laws permit HIV testing for sexually transmissible diseases on certain subjects, such as convicted prostitutes (§796.08, F.S.), inmates prior to release (§945.355, F.S.), and cadavers over which a medical examiner has asserted authority §381.004(2)(h)1.c., without the consent of the test subject. This exception includes exempting pregnancy “opt out” testing from informed consent requirements discussed above.”  

    Criminal Acts 

    “Victims of criminal offenses that involve transmission of body fluids may require the person charged with or convicted of the offenses to be tested for HIV infection by requesting a court to order the test” (§960.003(2), F.S.). “Similarly, when a defendant, prosecuted for certain offenses in which transmission might have occurred, has been ordered to or has voluntarily given a blood sample, the victim may request the sample be tested for evidence of HIV without the consent of the defendant” (§381.004(2)(h)6, F.S.).  

    Organ and Tissue Donations 

    “Various statutory provisions permit testing without informed consent in specifically identified specialty areas: certain blood and tissue donations; corneal removals and eye enucleation that Florida allows by law to be done without consent; autopsies to which consent to perform the autopsy was obtained” (§§381.004(2)(h)2, 5 and 9, F.S.).  

    Research 

    “Established epidemiologic research methods that ensure test subject anonymity is expected from informed consent” (§381.004(3)(h)8, FS) 

    Abandoned Infants 

    “When a licensed physician determines that it is medically indicated that a hospitalized infant have an HIV test, but the infant's parent(s) or legal guardian cannot be located after reasonable attempts, the test may be performed without consent. The reason why consent could not be obtained must be documented in the medical record and the test result must be provided to the parent(s) or guardian once they are located” (§381.004(2)(h)13, F.S.).  

    Significant Exposure 

    “The blood of the source of significant exposure to medical personnel or to others who render emergency medical assistance may be tested without informed consent” (§381.004(3)(h)10-12, FS).  

    Repeat HIV Testing 

    “Renewed consents are not required for repeat HIV testing either to monitor the clinical progress of a previously diagnosed HIV-positive patient or for conversion from a significant exposure” (§§381.004(2)(h)14 and 15, F.S.). 

    Judicial Authority 

    “A court may order an HIV test to be performed without the individual's consent” (§381.004(3)(h)7, FS). 

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What groups of individuals are exceptions to informed consent requirements when it comes to Florida HIV/AIDS?

    Florida HIV/AIDS Confidentiality

    The following are regulations surrounding confidentiality of HIV testing in the state of Florida (2). 

    Not every piece of medical information about a person who has been tested for HIV or assessed for AIDS is protected. “Only the fact that an HIV test was performed on an identifiable individual and any ‘HIV test result’ (negative as well as positive) are specially protected” (§381.004(2)(e), F.S.).  

    The statute definitions (11): 

    • HIV test: “test ordered after July 6, 1988, to determine the presence of the antibody or antigen to human immunodeficiency virus or the presence of human immunodeficiency virus infection” (§§381.004(1)(b), F.S.) 
    • HIV test result: “laboratory report of a human immunodeficiency virus test result entered into a medical record on or after July 6, 1988, or any report or notation in a medical record of a laboratory report of a human immunodeficiency virus test” (§§381.004(1)(c), F.S.) 

    “Only a laboratory report of an HIV test result entered in a medical record on or after July 6, 1988 (the effective date of the Omnibus AIDS Act), or any report or notation in a medical record of a laboratory report of an HIV test, falls within their scope.” 

    “Explicitly excluded from the definition of an HIV test result are reports from patients of their HIV status to health care providers. Consequently, patient reports of their HIV test status from Department of Health anonymous testing sites, from home access HIV test kits or from any other sources do not constitute ‘HIV test results’ unless separately confirmed by the provider through a laboratory report or a medical record containing a laboratory report. Patient disclosures of an HIV test or infection to persons other than health care providers caring for the patient under the provisions of the Act also do not fall within the statute's special confidentiality protections.” 

     

    Voluntary Partner Notification

    The following are regulations surrounding voluntary partner notification of HIV exposure in the state of Florida (2). 

    “The person ordering the HIV test (or that person’s designee), although under no liability exposure to the sexual or needle-sharing partners of their HIV-positive patients, is required to advise their patients with HIV-positive test results of the importance of notifying partners who may have been exposed” (§381.004(2)(c), F.S.). Practitioners are well advised also to tell the patient of the availability of voluntary partner notification services provided by the Department of Health. Under the authority provided in §384.26, F.S., county health department staff offers voluntary and confidential partner notification and referral services to persons infected with HIV. When notifying partners, county health department staff are required not to reveal the identity of the original client.” 

    Florida HIV/AIDS Infection Reporting 

    The following are regulations surrounding HIV infection reporting in the state of Florida (2). 

    “In 1996, Florida became one of the first states with a high incidence of AIDS to authorize regulatory procedures requiring physicians and laboratories to report to local health authorities HIV-positive test results with patient identifiers” (§384.25, F.S.). “Practitioners and clinical laboratories that fail to report HIV-positive test results are subject to a $500 fine and disciplinary action by their licensing boards” (§384.25(4), F.S.).  

    “This change was spurred in part by the Ryan White CARE Act. Enacted in 1990 and reauthorized in 2009 as the Ryan White HIV/AIDS Treatment Extension Act, this federal legislation now provides funding to urban areas, states and localities to improve the availability of care for low-income, uninsured and under-insured AIDS and HIV-infected patients and their families.”  

    “Florida’s HIV infection-reporting requirements increases available Ryan White funding for persons with the illness and enables the Department of Health to link them to medical and support services earlier in the process of infection.” Under the rules by the Department of Health of Florida:  

    1. “Practitioners must report to their local county health department within two weeks of the HIV-positive diagnosis of all persons, EXCEPT infants born to HIV-positive women, which must be reported the next business day” (Rule 64D-3.029, FAC and Rule 64D-3.030(5), FAC). 
    1. “Clinical laboratories must report to the local health department HIV test results from blood specimens within three days of diagnosis” (Rule 64D-3.029, FAC).  

     

     

    Florida Laws and Regulations

    Introduction

    The state of Florida has several statutes that govern the practice of nurses. These statutes consist of Chapters 456 and 464 in Title XXXII Regulation of Professions and Occupations. The Florida Administrative Code is where Division 64B9 is located.  

    Chapter 464, often called the Nurse Practice Act, is separated into two parts. Part I discusses the advanced practiced registered nurse, registered nurse, and licensed practical nurse. This statute ensures that every nurse practicing in Florida is held to and meets the same minimum standards for safe practice.

    Because of this, nurses who do not meet the minimum requirements or display harm to society are not allowed to practice nursing in the state of Florida. The Board of Nursing is the governing body for the Nurse Practice Act and deals with matters such as providing licensure, creating rules, and managing disciplinary actions. Part II of chapter 464 focuses on the certified nursing assistant.  

    Chapter 456 is a statute directed at all healthcare providers and professions. This statute lists the provisions that Chapter 464 is built on.  

    Division 64B9 is part of the Florida Administrative Code that provides specific rules that pertain to nurses and how the profession is regulated in terms of eligibility to take the examination of selected practice, set standards for nursing education curriculum and institutions, continuing education requirements, license renewal; rules for impairment of the nurse in the workplace and more.  

    This course is designed to meet the requirements of Division 64B9-5 as it pertains to two continuing educational hours about Florida’s laws and regulations of nursing practice.  

     

     

    Definitions (3, 4, 5) 

    Advanced or specialized nursing practice — completion of post-basic specialized training, experience, and education that are appropriately performed by an advanced practice registered nurse. The advanced-level nurse can “perform acts of medical diagnosis and treatment, prescription, and operation” under the authorization of a protocol with the supervision of a physician. 

    Advanced practice registered nurse (APRN) — any individual who is licensed in this state to practice professional nursing as defined above and holds a license in advanced nursing practice, including:  

    • Certified Nurse Midwives (CNM or nurse midwife)
      • Able to perform superficial or minor surgical procedures as defined by a protocol and approved by the employing medical facility or with a backup physician in the case of a home birth. 
      • Start and perform approved anesthetic procedures. 
      • Order appropriate medications based on patient and condition. 
      • Manage care of the normal obstetrics patient and the newborn patient.  
    • Certified Nurse Practitioners (CNP) 
      • Able to manage some medical issues guided by facility or supervising provider protocols.  
      • Manage and monitor patients who have stable, chronic illnesses. 
      • Start, monitor, and adjust therapies for select, uncomplicated illnesses.  
      • Order occupational and physical therapy based on patient needs. 
    • Certified Registered Nurse Anesthetists (CRNA) 
      • Able to order pre-anesthetic medications as stated and approved by facility protocols and staff. 
      • Determine and consult with the supervising anesthesiologist about the proper anesthesia for patients based on labs, history, and physical and patient conditions. 
      • Assist with managing the patient in the post-anesthesia care unit. 
    • Clinical Nurse Specialists (CNS) 
      • A nurse prepared in a CNS-focused program that meets the requirements of a typical APRN program. Additionally, they are trained in the area of expertise that pertains to the advanced practice of nurses. 
    • Psychiatric Nurse 
      • Has a master’s or doctoral degree in psychiatric nursing and has a national advanced practice certification as a psychiatric mental health advanced practice nurse. 
      • has two years of post-master's clinical experience under the supervision of a physician. 
      • They can prescribe psychotropic controlled substances for the treatment of mental health disorders. 

    Board — the Board of Nursing. 

    Licensed Practical Nurse (LPN) — any person licensed in this state or holding an active multistate license under s. 464.0095 to practice practical nursing as defined below. 

    Practice of practical nursing — the performance of select actions, including the management of specific treatments and medications, while taking care of the ill, injured, or infirm; prevention of illness, promotion of wellness, and health maintenance in others under the direction of a registered nurse, or a licensed provider: physician, osteopathic physician, podiatric physician, or dentist; and the teaching of general health principles and wellness to the public and students other than nursing students. A practical nurse is responsible and accountable for making decisions based on their educational preparation and experience in the profession. 

    Practice of professional nursing — the performance of actions requiring substantial specialized knowledge, judgment, and nursing skill based on applied principles of physical, psychological, social, and biological sciences, which shall include, but are not limited to: 

    • The nursing process consists of assessment, nursing diagnosis, planning, intervention, and evaluation of care; teaching and counseling of the ill, injured, or infirm in matters of health; prevention of illness, promotion of wellness, and maintenance of the health of others. 
    • The administration of medications and treatments as prescribed or authorized by a duly licensed practitioner as they are authorized to do so by the laws of this state to prescribe such medications and treatments. 
    • The management and education of other individuals, such as nursing students, in the theory and performance of any of the acts described above. 

    A professional nurse is responsible and accountable for making decisions based on the individual's educational preparation and experience. 

    Registered nurse (RN) — means any person licensed in this state or holding an active multistate license under s. 464.0095 to practice professional nursing as defined above.  

    A registered nurse first assistant (RNFA) — is a registered nurse who assists in surgery while in the hospital setting under a physician. They help maintain cost-effective and quality surgery for patients in Florida. They must be certified in perioperative nursing via a core curriculum approved by the Association of Operating Room Nurses, Inc. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What license or licenses do you currently hold? Have you held another permit in the past?
    2. What other licensed nursing providers do you work with at your facility?
    3. What type of APRN license listed in the above definitions surprised you the most? Why?
    4. Do you agree with the definitions of practical nursing and professional nursing? What is your rationale?

    Board of Nursing: Members and Headquarters Location 

    Florida’s Board of Nursing has 13 unique members that Florida's governor appoints. To maintain diversity and representation of the entire nursing profession, the following criteria must be met (5): 

    • Seven members must be RNs with a minimum of four years of experience in practice.  
      • One must be an APRN 
      • One must be a nurse educator 
      • One must be a nurse executive 
    • Three members must be LPNs with a minimum of four years of experience in practice.  
    • The final three members have no connection to the nursing profession or affiliation or contract with a healthcare agency. 
    • One member must be over the age of 60 
    • All members must be residents of the state of Florida 

    Membership terms last for four years; however, if the governor does not have a successor to appoint, the members can serve for another four years. The Board of Nursing's headquarters is in Tallahassee per Florida statute (5). 

    The members of the Board have several roles and responsibilities while serving. Their primary job is to ensure that nurses practicing in Florida are doing so safely. To do this, the Board members can create and implement rules or provisions to add to the Nurse Practice Act.

    They can approve educational programs for institutions wishing to teach nursing. They can take disciplinary action against a nurse for violating the Nurse Practice Act or other Florida laws. Disciplinary actions can consist of citations, fines, or disciplinary guidelines based on the nurse in question, previous offenses, and the severity of the violation. (5).  

     

    Licensure by Examination and Endorsement 

    Initial licensure requires an individual to examine their desired profession: NCLEX-RN, NCLEX-LPN, and either the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) or the American Association of Nurse Practitioners (AANP) version for those wishing to become an APRN. In order for the Board of Nursing to approve an individual to sit for their desired examination, a list of requirements must be met in total (5):  

    • You must correctly complete an application for the desired examination and submit a fee set by the Board.  
    • Submit to a background check conducted by the Department of Law Enforcement. 
    • Must be in good physical and mental health and receive a high school diploma or equivalent. 
    • Has completed the following requirements: 
      • Graduate from an approved program on or after July 1, 2009, OR 
      • Graduate from a prelicensure nursing education program that has been determined to be equivalent to an approved program by the Board before July 1, 2009 
    • Must have the ability to communicate effectively in English as determined by the Department of Health through another examination as indicated. 

    It is important to note that there is a section dedicated to the scenario of an individual failing the examination or needing to take it within six months of graduating.  

    Candidates can take the test up to three times if they fail it. Suppose an individual needs to pass their examination of choice after three attempts. In that case, they must take a Board-approved remediation course before they can sit for the examination again. From there, they are given three more chances to take and pass the test before they must remediate again. Reexamination must occur within six months of the approved remediation course (5).  

    If an individual fails to take their examination within six months of graduation, they must take an exam preparation course approved by the Board. It is to be advised that the individual must pay for the course without using federal or state financial aid (5).  

    Courses completed in a professional nursing education program that are at least equivalent to a practical nursing education program may be used to satisfy the education requirements for licensure as a licensed practical nurse. This means a registered nursing program student could take the licensure for an LPN license once the courses they have taken meet the LPN licensure requirements (5). 

    If a nurse holds licensure in another state or US territory and decides to obtain Florida licensure, theycan do so through endorsement. Florida requires those who apply to submit a nonrefundable fee, complete the application, and provide fingerprints for a criminal background check. The Florida Board of Nursing will not issue a license to an individual under investigation when applying (5).  

    Military Spouses 

    Applying for a license through endorsement is a route that can be used for nurses who are traveling with military spouses on official military orders. Nurses must have actively practiced nursing for two of the three years before applying for a license. Military spouses also have the option of obtaining a 12-month temporary Florida license if they meet the requirements (4):  

    • Holds a valid nursing license in another state 
    • Has a negative criminal background check 
    • Has not failed their licensure exam 
    • Has not had any disciplinary action taken against them in another state 

     

    Licensure by Compact 

    Over 40 states in the United States have created legislation to allow nurses to work under one multistate license (2). This means a nurse originally licensed in Florida could work in any other state that participates in the Nurse Licensure Compact without obtaining licensure for each state they wish to work in if they have a multistate license. This has proven especially useful over the years due to the growing nursing shortage and global pandemic.  

    Many states like Florida are offering to provide multistate licenses to nurses during their initial examination. If a nurse does not obtain a multistate license initially, they can do so later. They must pay a fee and submit fingerprints for a background check. Nurses must also meet any other requirements set by the state of Florida (2).  

    It is important to note that in Florida, the nurse who holds the compact license must claim residency in the state. If the nurse were to claim residency in another state, they would no longer have a multistate license issued by Florida. If the state they move to is part of the Nurse Licensure Compact, they might be eligible to obtain a compact license in their new home state (2, 5). 

     

     

    (2) 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Do you feel as though Florida’s Board of Nursing has a diverse nursing population? 
    2. Who should appoint members to the Board? 
    3. What information were you required to provide to the Board of Nursing when you applied to take your licensure exam? 
    4. Have you obtained licensure through endorsement, whether in Florida or another state? 
    5. When do you anticipate nurses being able to practice in all 50 states and US territories? Will this be beneficial to healthcare? Why or why not? 

    Delegation to the Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP) or Unlicensed Personnel (UP) 

    The Nurse Practice Act defines delegation as transferring a task or activity during a specific situation by a qualified nurse, through licensure and experience in the task, to a competent individual. Different facilities may have several ways of determining the competence of the individuals they employ, but ultimately, the decision rests with the RN or LPN.

    The licensed provider must evaluate the task's difficulty, the potential for predictable or unpredictable harm or rapid change in the patient's condition, and the level of communication required with the patient. They must also consider the resources available and skills the UAP can do at their facility (4).  

    When delegating, it is essential to assess the UAP's skill set through validation or verification. The nurse should communicate clearly regarding the delegated task and explain the desired outcomes. They should also explain what undesired outcomes could occur, what should be done if an undesired outcome does happen when the task should be completed, and if supervision by the nurse is required.

    The nurse should follow up to ensure the task was done correctly and within the set time frame. The nurse should be aware that the delegated task and any outcomes are the nurse's responsibility, and they are ultimately held accountable for it. So, if it is an important task, it may be in the best interest of the nurse to delegate another task to the UAP and perform the critical task themselves (4).  

    There are a few skills that cannot be delegated to the UAP: 

    • A skill that is not within the delegating nurse’s scope of practice  
    • Activities require using the nursing process or specific education, judgment, training, or skills. 
    • Initial assessments and progress evaluations relate to the patient's plan of care. 
    • Skills that a UAP needs to display competence.  

     

    IV Administration by LPNs 

    As mentioned above, LPNs and RNs have a few variations in their scope of practice. LPNs can administer and perform some parts of IV medication therapy instead of the RN, who can do all. IV therapy administration is the infusion or injection of a medication via the intravenous system.

    This method involves several aspects, including evaluating, observing, monitoring, discontinuing, titrating, managing, planning, documenting, and intervening during administration. RNs do not always have to be onsite when delegating IV administration to an LPN, but knowing policies and when an RN must be on site is essential (4).  

    LPNs cannot do any of the following (4): 

    • Initiate blood or blood products or plasma extenders. 
    • Mix IV solutions. 
    • Administer or initiate cancer treatments such as chemotherapy or investigational medications. 
    • IV pushes, except for heparin or saline flushes. 

    LPNs may care for patients receiving these therapies, such as actively receiving a blood transfusion, but they cannot do the above.  

    LPNs can (4): 

    • Calculate and adjust flow rates. 
    • Observe and report any signs of adverse effects of IV medications. 
    • Assess IV insertion sites and change dressings as needed and as educated. 
    • Remove IV catheters or needles from peripheral veins. 
    • Hang IV hydrating fluids. 

    In order for an LPN to administer IV medications through a central line, they must do so under the direction of an RN and have four hours of IV therapy education on central lines. This four-hour requirement can be applied to the 30 total hours LPNs must do on IV therapy (4).  

     

    LPN Supervision in Nursing Homes 

    According to Florida law, LPNs can supervise other LPNs, certified nursing assistants (CNAs), or UAPs in the nursing home setting. To be considered for a supervisory position, the LPN must have completed 30 hours of board-approved, post-basic education courses under the supervision of an RN.

    The LPN must also have at least six months of full-time clinical experience either in a hospital or nursing home setting. If the LPN takes a course outside of the Board’s approval courses, the provider of said course must test the LPN and provide attestation of the LPN’s competency (4). 

    The supervisory LPN's role is to provide other LPNs, CNAs, and UPAs with guidance and inspection of their completed task per their appropriate scope of practice. The LPN can only delegate tasks within their scope of practice and be assured that the one they are delegating to demonstrates competency (4). 

     

    Certified Nursing Assistant (CNA) 

    The certified nursing assistant is similar to the UAP. Still, to be certified, they must have completed a background check conducted by the Board of Nursing, prove they can read and write, and pass the nursing assistant examination. Once the criteria listed have been met, CNAs can provide general care and assist with activities of daily living under the direction of an RN or LPN. They can also participate in postmortem care and perform CPR (4).  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Think of your facility or organization: what types of UAPs do you have? CNAs, Patient Care Technicians (PCTs), emergency service technicians? 
    2. Are you aware of what you can and can’t delegate to them? 
    3. Are there any LPNs where you work? 
    4. What can they do, and what types of patients can they care for? 
    5. Some acute care facilities have started to wean out the LPN role while others are hiring them to address short-staffing needs within their organizations. What do you think of these decisions and which do you prefer? 

    Maintaining Medical Records 

    For RNs and APRNs in private practice, the Florida Nurse Practice Act has two rules regarding maintaining medical records. The first applies to the death of the nurse. Whoever legally represents the RN or APRN must post a notification in the county newspaper stating where the medical records are being stored and who to contact if an individual wants to obtain the records. The documents must be stored for a minimum of two years after the death of the nurse (4).  

    At the 24-month mark, several notices must be posted in the county newspaper, one notification for four consecutive weeks, that the medical records will be destroyed four weeks after the last day of the fourth week that the notice was published (4).  

    The second rule pertains to an RN or APRN who has terminated or relocated their practice. The rule states that the RN or APRN maintains and holds onto the medical records for at least two years. They must let those who were patients know about the date of termination or relocation and where the medical records can be retrieved.

    The notice must be made public, such as in a newspaper, with a minimum appearance of four times over four weeks. A sign must be placed at the location of the business about the termination or relocation until the termination or relocation happens. This sign must tell patients about the opportunity to obtain their medical records (4). 

     

    Continuing Education (CE) Requirements 

    Florida law requires that for renewal of a nursing license, the nurse seeking renewal must complete a set amount of CE hours. Over the two years, 24 hours must be completed, one for each month. Two of those hours must be about the Florida Nurse Practice Act and the other laws that pertain to the nursing profession.

    Two hours are required to investigate medication errors and how to prevent them. A one-hour HIV/AIDS is necessary for initial renewal but does not have to be repeated. There must be a two-hour course on domestic violence done every third renewal. As of August 2017, a two-hour course on recognizing impairment in the workplace is required with each renewal (4).  

    In Florida, completed CE courses are automatically reported to a tracking system created by the Department of Health’s Division of Medical Quality and Assurance (MQA) or manually by the individual. Those who attend CE courses will obtain a certificate of attendance. The attendee is advised to maintain a copy of those certificates for at least four years.

    For Florida, the provider of the course, the individual or company that is offering the training, has 90 days (about 3 months) to report to the tracking system, so if the nurse’s date of renewal is less than 90 days, it is suggested that the course be manually reported by the nurse (4). 

    If a nurse has two licenses, such as RN and LPN or APRN and RN, they may be able to comply with both license requirements through one set of CE requirements. For example, an RN with an LPN license can meet all the CE requirements of the LPN license by completing the RN requirements (4). 

    Nurses who serve as expert witnesses and provide expert opinions in writing can obtain 2.5 hours for each case. The case must cite at least two current articles of reference being reviewed regarding the Nurse Practice Act (4). 

    There are a few exemptions to completing the CE renewal requirements. It is advised that the nurse contact the Board of Nursing with specific questions or concerns regarding renewal and CE requirements (4): 

    • If the nurse is on active duty for the US military within six months of the renewal date. 
      • This does not apply to short periods of active duty, such as summer or weekend drills. 
      • This does not apply to those on duty in the US Public Health Service. 
    • If the nurse’s spouse is a member of the US military and the nurse was absent from the state of Florida because of military duty. 
      • The nurse must provide adequate proof of the spouse's absence and military status. 
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What types of classes do you take to complete your continuing education? Online, in-person, webinar? Which one do you like the best? 
    2. What Florida-mandated classes do you have the most challenging time finding and completing? 
    3. Do you hold licenses in two aspects of nursing, such as LPN and RN, or RN and APRN? If so, how do you complete both your continuing education requirements? 
    4. Do you use a CE tracking site to ensure you are compliant with your CEs? What are the pros and cons of using it? 

    Disciplinary Action 

    As mentioned above, the Florida Board of Nursing, as outlined in the Nurse Practice Act, can discipline nurses as they see fit regarding all violations of Florida rules and laws. The Board created a variety of ways a nurse can be punished, ranging from probable-cause panels to citations to disciplinary hearings to loss of nursing license. The severity of the violation reflects on which method the Board of Nursing may take (5). 

    There are three probable-cause panels in Florida: North Florida, Central Florida, and South Florida. The purpose of these panels is to determine if there was “probable cause” or reasonable ground for the reported case. They decide if a case needs action taken. The panel members review each case and compare it to others of a similar nature, how the Board has treated those cases in the past and what the Board's guidelines entail. The panel can recommend and consider rules regarding procedures, penalties, and disciplinary actions (5)  

    Citations can be given in lieu of other forms of discipline. The citation is issued within six months of a complaint being filed and contains the request for the recipient to fix the violation within a specified time frame. These violations are usually classified as “minor” in nature, such as false advertising, falsely using a nursing title, or failure to report the change of address or updates of information required by the Board.

    Other reasons a citation can be issued include failing to report a misdemeanor within 30 days of a ruling or failing to utilize the law-required prescription drug monitoring system. Each of these citations can come with a fine, usually ranging from $100 to $250 in amount; however, if a nurse is found guilty of sharing passwords, codes, keys, or other forms of entry to a secure medication administration device or information technology system a fine of $1,500 can be given. In addition, the nurse would have to take a two-hour CE course on legal nursing aspects within 60 days of the citation being issued (5).  

    The Board of Nursing has the power to take any of the below appropriate actions against nurses who have violated parts of the Nurse Practice Act. It is important to note that any of the actions can be combined, depending on the severity of the violation and the action taken by the nurse after the violation was committed (5): 

    • Probation, suspension, or revocation of a license 
      • It can be emergently done depending on the situation.  
    • Require CE course(s) to be done 
    • Letter of concern 
    • Reprimand 
    • Administer a fine 
    • A personal appearance is required before the Board of Nursing to monitor compliance. 
    • Restrict or limit a nurse's scope of practice. 
      • Example: prohibiting a nurse from administering any narcotics after they are participating in drug diversion 
    • Referral to the Intervention Project for Nurses (IPN) 

    The Board of Nursing has also created an extensive, but not all-encompassing list of reasons why a nurse can be disciplined (5): 

    • Sexual misconduct 
    • Unprofessional conduct 
    • Participating in crime related to healthcare fraud 
    • Making or filing a false report to appease state or federal law 
    • Willfully hindering another individual in filing a report that is required by state or federal law 
    • Testing positive on any drug screen when the individual has no medical/other reason for using the drug 
    • Inability to practice nursing with satisfactory skill and provide safe patient care due to the use of narcotics, drugs, alcohol, chemicals, or other substances that may impair an individual 
    • Inability to practice nursing with satisfactory skill and provide safe patient care due to an illness, physical or mental condition 
    • Failing to meet minimal standards of acceptable nursing practice 
    • Accepting and performing professional responsibilities the nurse knows or has reason to know they are not skilled to perform 
    • Delegating or contracting for the performance of professional duties by a person who the nurse knows or has reason to know is not qualified by training, experience, and authorization required to perform 
    • Failing to identify the type of license the nurse is practicing under through written (can include a nametag) or oral notice to a patient 
    • Performing or attempting to perform healthcare services on the wrong site or the wrong procedure on the wrong patient includes unauthorized procedures  
    • Performing or attempting to perform healthcare services that are medically unnecessary or otherwise not related to the patient’s diagnosis or medical condition(s) 
    • Being convicted or found guilty of or pleading nolo contendere (no contest) to a crime in any jurisdiction that directly relates to the practice of nursing or the ability to practice nursing 
    • Being convicted of or found guilty of, or pleading nolo contendere to misdemeanors related to failure to protect an adult from abuse, neglect, and exploitation; fraudulent practices; theft and robbery; or having committed an act of domestic violence or child abuse 
    • Defaulting on a student loan that has been issued or guaranteed by the state or federal government 

    As with everything in life, the Board of Nursing has created guidelines for imposing discipline. They have a set minimum and maximum amount when it comes to fines. They have time frames for probation or supervision, conditions regarding probation, or the reinstatement of a license. What route they decide to take depends upon the specific case being presented to them. Sometimes, the circumstances presented to the Board are enough to elicit decisions outside the general guidelines. Some of these circumstances are (5): 

    • Length of time a nurse has practiced 
    • Presents a danger to the public 
    • Any visible effort at rehabilitation 
    • Treatment and disciplinary hearing costs 
    • Actual physical or other forms of damage caused by the nurse 
    • Financial hardships 

    The Board has a timeframe in which a complaint must be filed. Most of the time, it is within a six-year window from the time the incident occurred. However, in certain circumstances—criminal actions, sexual misconduct, impairment of the nurse, or usage/diversion of controlled medications—the Board may allow the complaint’s time frame to extend beyond the six-year timeframe.

    Suppose action such as fraud, intentional misrepresentation, or concealment is utilized to hide the violation during the six years. In that case, the timeframe to file a complaint can be extended to 12 years from when the incident occurred (5).  

    If the Board of Nursing suspends a nurse's license or agrees to have the license suspended to avoid further action against them, the nurse can possibly file a petition to have their license reinstated. Any final orders or terms issued during the initial suspension must be met as a whole, and the nurse must be able to demonstrate the ability to perform nursing practice safely.

    Sometimes, a time frame is set for when a nurse can file a petition; sometimes, there is not. If this is the case, a nurse can appeal as soon as they can after meeting the terms and conditions given to them by the Board (5).  

    The Board will determine what a nurse must do to demonstrate safe practice. This is based on the violation. For example, a nurse who is working while under the influence of medications or alcohol may be ordered to attend a treatment program with proof of sobriety, references, and completion of any court-mandated sanctions. Nurses must often present to the Board of Nursing in person and speak on their ability to practice nursing (5) safely.  

    The three-strike policy is utilized when it comes to reinstating a license. Suppose a nurse has been found guilty on three separate occasions of a complaint about drug/narcotic usage or the diversion of medications from patients to the nurse for personal use or to sell. In that case, the Board will not reinstate the license (5).  

    Relicensing a nurse who has had their license revoked is similar to what happens when a license is suspended. However, the nurse must reapply for the permit and meet all conditions set by the Board. Nurses may have to sit for another examination or take board-approved continuing education if the nurse has been out of practice for an extended period of time. They may require a nurse to participate in Florida’s Intervention Project for Nurses (IPN) program or at least be evaluated for it (5).  

    Nurses are held accountable for reporting the actions of other nurses and any misconduct to the Board of Nursing. They must report sexual misconduct or healthcare fraud. If they know or have reason to believe that another nurse is not practicing safely or is practicing under the influence of alcohol or medications, they are required to report it (5).

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Do you know anyone who has had action taken against them regarding the Nurse Practice Act? 
    2. If so, what was the outcome? 
    3. What other actions do you think could violate the Nurse Practice Act? What other actions outside the Nurse Practice Act should the Board of Nursing address? 
    4. What do you think is the most severe violation listed above? 
    5. Is the Board of Nursing's list of potential actions that could be taken against a nurse's license fair? 
    6. If you were on the Board, what types of disciplinary action would you recommend? 

    Florida’s Intervention Project for Nurses (IPN) 

    Created in 1983 under the authority of the Nurse Practice Act, IPN was designed to protect the public by monitoring nurses whose skills have been compromised due to improper use of medications or alcohol or the impairment of mental or physical health. IPN is not a treatment center.

    Instead, they provide nurses with access to Board-approved practitioners who specialize in addiction, mental health, and other medical conditions to assist the nurses in restoring themselves to a level of safe practice. They also conduct monitoring after a nurse has been discharged from treatment, interventional training, consultations, and advocacy for those who participate (1).  

    As mentioned above, nurses have an obligation to report themselves or nurses who are, or they have reason to believe, unsafely practicing nursing while under the influence of alcohol or medications. The report is confidential if a nurse self-reports or is reported to the IPN only and they complete treatment and five years of monitoring. If the Board of Nursing becomes involved, either through a failure to report or complete treatment, disciplinary action may be taken (1).  

    In the beginning, nurses are not able to practice during the initial evaluation period or when the treatment is being determined. After a treatment plan is made, it is up to the discretion of the IPN and the providers involved in the treatment to say if the nurse is able to continue working as a nurse. Restrictions on a nurse’s practice are often implemented during the beginning phase of treatment(1).  

    To be determined “fit to practice,” the nurse must meet all requirements set by their providers and the IPN. They must sign an advocacy contract, submit to random drug tests, verbalize their understanding of practice restrictions, and participate in a weekly support group for nurses (1).

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Should the IPN be a treatment center as opposed to a resource center? Should they offer both? 
    2. Should the status of a nurse who has enrolled in this program, willingly or not, be confidential, even if they do not meet the requirements? 
    3. Should a nurse be allowed to practice nursing with set limitations while being involved with an IPN? Why or why not? 
    4. Do you know anyone who was involved in IPN? What were their limitations of practice? Were they successful or not? 

    Conclusion

    Despite the extensive outline of the Nurse Practice Act and other state rules in this course, it only briefly narrates all Florida laws pertaining to nurses. In addition to this course, nurses must stay on top of new legislation being proposed and implemented regarding their profession and continually review the content in the state laws. Nurses who travel to other states to practice their profession should be educated on each state’s rules regarding nursing practice, as they can differ from state to state. A conscious effort must be made to follow the laws set in place to practice nursing safely and legally in the state of Florida.

     

    Florida Medical Errors

    This fulfills the continuing education requirement for Medication Errors Prevention for the state of Florida.  

    For as long as there have been medical professionals, there have been medical errors.  Medical errors can be small and seemingly insignificant to a catastrophic sentinel event.    

    The Joint Commission (TJC) is a healthcare accrediting agency that sets the standard for patient safety.  Each year, TJC publishes a list of national patient safety goals.  These goals are focused on the prevention of medical errors.  In 2019, the World Health Organization (WHO) found that medical errors harmed up to 40% of patients within the global healthcare system.  These medical errors not only cause harm to millions of people worldwide, but they also cost billions of dollars on an annual basis (8). 

    There are many different types of medical errors.  They include, but are not limited to: medication errors, healthcare-acquired infections, surgical errors, lab errors, falls, documentation issues, and omitted care.  Healthcare workers must be aware of the possible harm that can be caused by medical errors and the ways in which they can be prevented.   

    Introduction   

    For as long as there have been medical professionals, there have been medical errors.  Medical errors can be small and seemingly insignificant to a catastrophic sentinel event.    

    The Joint Commission (TJC) is a healthcare accrediting agency that sets the standard for patient safety.  Each year, TJC publishes a list of national patient safety goals.  These goals are focused on the prevention of medical errors.  In 2019, the World Health Organization (WHO) found that medical errors harmed up to 40% of patients within the global healthcare system.  These medical errors not only cause harm to millions of people worldwide, but they also cost billions of dollars on an annual basis (8).

    There are many different types of medical errors.  They include, but are not limited to: medication errors, healthcare-acquired infections, surgical errors, lab errors, falls, documentation issues, and omitted careHealthcare workers must know the possible harm caused by medical errors and how they can be prevented.   

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1.  What prior knowledge do you have concerning errors in the medical field?

    Factors That Impact the Occurrence of Medical Errors 

    There are multiple factors that can increase the probability of a medical error occurring.  Healthcare worker behaviors and attitudes, staffing, and communication are among those that have the most significant impact on medical errors. 

    In healthcare, a risky behavior is an action that may lead to a compromise in patient safety.  Why would any healthcare worker engage in at-risk behaviors?   Healthcare workers, especially nurses, are generally compassionate and are ultimately looking out for the patients' welfare in their care.  Risky behaviors produce a quick, positive reward without any perceived risk of patient harm.  These risky behaviors can range from a simple short-cut like not checking two patient identifiers to a blatant disregard for hospital/facility policy.  In all instances, the risk for patient harm is real and will eventually occur (13). 

    Understaffing in the hospital setting continues to be a factor contributing to medical errors.  Poor nurse-to-patient ratios can lead to a variety of medical errors.  Ordered patient care may go undone, leading to further medical errors adverse patient outcomes (7).  Understaffing leads to fatigue and burnout.  A nurse in this state of mind is prone to committing medical errors. 

    Miscommunication between healthcare professionals and patients and miscommunication between healthcare professionals also contribute to the occurrence of medical errors.  As part of their national patient safety goals, TJC has had a communication component almost every year.  They have recognized that effective communication is paramount in the prevention of medical errors.  A lack of effective communication can be a leading cause of every type of medical error. 

    In an effort to decrease communication errors, TJC has taken measures to ensure that effective communication is promoted in a variety of different situations.  TJC has instituted a list of unacceptable medical abbreviationsThis list will decrease medication errors by removing confusion when medications are ordered (11).  They also developed a handoff communication protocol for facilities to implement.  The handoff communication occurs anytime that care is passed from one caregiver to another.  In Florida medical errors prevention, this communication protocol is used to ensure that all pertinent patient information is passed on to the next healthcare worker rendering care to the patient.  By using effective handoff communication, all information should be passed on, and mistakes should be avoided (10).  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1.  Have I ever participated in at-risk behavior at my facility? 
    2. Did this contribute to the occurrence of a medical error? 
    3. Is my unit staffed appropriately? 
    4. Do healthcare professionals in my facility use an appropriate hand-off communication tool?   
    5. In Florida medical errors prevention, what communication tool can be used between healthcare professionals?

    Recognizing Error-Prone Situations 

     Studies have shown that the majority of medical errors occur in the inpatient setting.  The most common areas for medical errors are the operating room (OR), the emergency room (ER), the intensive care unit (ICU), and the medical/surgical floors (1).   

    What is it about the inpatient setting that makes it such an error-prone area?  More specifically, why do medical errors occur in the ICU, OR, and ER?  These are all high-stress areas where effective communication between all parties is vital.  Breakdown in communication in these areas will lead to catastrophic medical errors.  When the stress level rises, the probability of medical errors occurring also rises.  These are also fast-paced areas where the condition can change in the blink of an eye.  When we work in such a busy area, we can forget important details.  Effective communication is a big part of Florida medical errors prevention.  Miscommunication in these environments is a recipe for medical errors.  

    As the most common type of medical errors is medication errors, we do need to talk about medication administration.  Nurses are taught the five rights of medication administration in nursing school:  

    1. Right drug. 
    2. Right patient. 
    3. Right dose. 
    4. Right route. 
    5. Right time. 

    When working in a busy inpatient setting, nurses may fail to perform the five rights in order to save time (5).  Neglecting any one of the five rights of medication administration can cause a medical error.

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Do I work in an error-prone environment? 
    2. What makes the area error-prone? 
    3. Why is communication so integral to Florida medical errors prevention?
    4. What can I do to decrease stress levels on the job? 

    Processes to Improve Patient Outcomes 

    In the technological age in which we live, it is more important than ever before that healthcare facilities consistently demonstrate good patient outcomes.  The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) places great importance on the patient experience and their perception of their healthcare experience qualityEvery patient who experiences a hospital stay may be asked to complete a Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems (HCAHPS) surveyThe survey results are published quarterly on the CMS Hospital Compare website.  There, patients can compare the hospital's results and choose a hospital where they would like to have their care rendered (4).  A medical error could very well cause a patient to give a facility a poor rating on the HCAHPS survey. That is why we must take Florida medical errors prevention seriously.

    When medical errors have occurred, they will often result in a risk management response to investigate why the error has happened and how it can be prevented in the future a root cause analysis (RCA)An RCA will often lead to department-driven performance improvement projects (PIP) to eradicate the problem and improve patient outcomesA proactive facility trying to minimize medical errors will have multiple department and facility-wide PIP. 

    As previously stated, each year TJC publishes a list of patient safety goals.  These goals will often guide a facility on specific patient outcomes that have required attention for improvement on a national level.  They focus on the prevention of medical errors, and as such, they can steer PIPAccreditation hinges on the ability of a facility to improve and consistently deliver positive patient outcomes.  Below is the current list of TJC's patient Safety Goals: 

    1. Identify patients correctly.

    Use at least two ways to identify patients. For example, use the patient's name and date of birth. This is done to make sure that each patient gets the correct medicine and treatment.

     

    2. Improve staff communication.

    Get important test results to the right staff person on time.

     

    3. Use medicines safely.

    Before a procedure, label medicines that are not labeled. For example, medicines in syringes, cups, and basins. Do this in the area where medicines and supplies are set up. 

     

    Take extra care with patients who take medicines to thin their blood. 

    Record and pass along correct information about a patient's medicines.

    Find out what medicines the patient is taking. Compare those medicines to new medicines given to the patient.

    Give the patient written information about the medicines they need to take. Tell the patient it is important to bring their up-to-date list of medicines every time they visit a doctor.

    4. Use alarms safely.

    Make improvements to ensure that alarms on medical equipment are heard and responded to on time.

    5. Prevent infection.

    Use the hand cleaning guidelines from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention or the World Health Organization. Set goals for improving hand cleaning. Use the goals to improve hand cleaning.

    6. Identify patient safety risks.

    Reduce the risk for suicide.

    7. Prevent mistakes in surgery. 

    Make sure that the correct surgery is done on the correct patient and at the correct place on the patient's body. 

    Mark the correct place on the patient's body where the surgery is to be done. 

    Pause before the surgery to make sure that a mistake is not being made.

    (12)

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some PIP in my department?  
    2. What are some PIP in my facility? 
    3. What are some overal PIP in Florida medical errors prevention, that affect all state level facilities?
    4. What are the current JCM National Patient Safety Goals? 

    Responsibilities for Reporting as a Part of Florida Medical Errors Prevention

     

    Each individual facility across the nation may have different policies and procedures for the reporting of medical errors within their facilities.  There is, however, a growing trend throughout the healthcare industry of creating a culture of safety.  The culture of safety promotes the reporting of medical errors and "near misses" in an open, transparent and non-punitive manner.  Facilities are taking a stand to ensure patient and staff safety over other competing goals within their system (14)Near miss reporting allows for issues to be addressed and corrected before an actual error occurs.  Taking a non-punitive approach to self-reporting of medical errors promotes accurate reporting and allows for a true picture of what is happening in the facility. 

    The State of Florida has mandated that all licensed healthcare facilities implement an internal risk management program.  In Florida medical errors prevention, it is the responsibility of the risk management team to: 

    1. Investigate and analyze the frequency and cause of general and specific types of patient adverse incidents. 
    2. Develop measures to minimize the risk of adverse incidents. 
    3. Analyze patient grievances that relate to care and quality of services. 
    4. The development and implementation of an incident reporting system. 

    State law further requires that the Agency for Healthcare Administration (AHCA) post quarterly reports on adverse incidents (9). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How do I report a medical error in my facility? 
    2. Who is the Risk Manager in my facility? 
    3. Do I work in a culture of safety? 
    4. How do I play a role in Florida medical errors prevention?

    Safety Needs of Special Populations 

    There are certain groups of people that are especially vulnerable to experience a medical error.   

    Elderly 

    The elderly are especially susceptible to medical errors.  Generally, as we get older, we tend to start taking more medications.  Complex medication regimens offer a greater opportunity for medication errors.  Many medications require close monitoring of vital signs and/or blood levels.  Drug-related issues are a major driving force for both ER visits and nursing home admissions among the elderly (3)Declining cognition, poor vision, and increased forgetfulness associated with aging can also play a part in medication errors.  Education with frequent reinforcement and the use of support people are crucial to help prevent medication errors.   

    The elderly are also at a higher risk for falls.  Falls within a medical facility can lead to further medical complications, increased length of stay, and serious injury.  Patients at risk for falls need to be identified and place on a fall prevention protocol. 

     Children 

     Children are on the other side of the spectrum and are also another group that are at higher risk for medical errors.  Younger children may be unable to accurately voice exactly their problem is, or what symptoms they are experiencing.  They must rely on both parents and other caregivers for the coordination of their care.  Though a parent may know their child well, they may not be able to properly convey their child's issues to the healthcare professional.  It is also important to realize that children are not little adults.  Care plans must be catered to their specific phase of life. 

    Limited Health Literacy/Education

    Another population that is vulnerable to medical errors are patients with limited health care literacy or education.  These patients may have difficulty obtaining, retaining, and implementing health information to make proper decisions for their healthcare needs.  Populations within this group may include the elderly, low-income populations, immigrants, and minorities.  There is also a strong correlation between limited health literacy and the uninsured, undereducated, and unemployed populations.  It is important that information be presented to this group at a level that they can understand.  The use of interpreters can also be helpful if the patient does not have a good grasp of the English language (6). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is the level of health literacy in the community where I live? 
    2. What population to I work with on a daily basis?   
    3. Do I present information to them at a level that they can understand? 

    Public Education 

    Now, more than ever before, the general public has greater access to information of all sorts.  This includes access to health information, specifically, patient outcomes.  The public is able to make informed decisions on where they would like to be cared for by comparing healthcare facilities.   

    The public is seeking information not only on which facility is the safest with the best outcomes but also on ways that they can actively prevent medical errors from happening to them.  There are many resources that patients can find online to help them recognize scenarios that may place them at risk for the occurrence of medical errors.  The Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ) has published a list of 20 tips patients can use to help prevent medical errors: 

    Medicines 

    1.    Make sure that all of your doctors know about every medicine you are taking.
    This includes prescription and over-the-counter medicines and dietary supplements, such as vitamins and herbs. 

    2.    Bring all of your medicines and supplements to your doctor visits.
    "Brown bagging" your medicines can help you and your doctor talk about them and find out if there are any problems. It can also help your doctor keep your records up to date and help you get better quality care. 

    3.    Make sure your doctor knows about any allergies and adverse reactions you have had to medicines.
    This can help you to avoid getting a medicine that could harm you. 

    4.    When your doctor writes a prescription for you, make sure you can read it.
    If you cannot read your doctor's handwriting, your pharmacist might not be able to either. 

    5.    Ask for information about your medicines in terms you can understand—both when your medicines are prescribed and when you get them: 

    • What is the medicine for? 
    • How am I supposed to take it, and for how long? 
    • What side effects are likely? What do I do if they occur? 
    • Is this medicine safe to take with other medicines or dietary supplements I am taking? 
    • What food, drink, or activities should I avoid while taking this medicine? 

    6.    When you pick up your medicine from the pharmacy, ask: Is this the medicine that my doctor prescribed? 

    7.    If you have any questions about the directions on your medicine labels, ask.
    Medicine labels can be hard to understand. For example, ask if "four times daily" means taking a dose every 6 hours around the clock or just during regular waking hours. 

    8.    Ask your pharmacist for the best device to measure your liquid medicine.
    For example, many people use household teaspoons, which often do not hold a true teaspoon of liquid. Special devices, like marked syringes, help people measure the right dose. 

    9.    Ask for written information about the side effects your medicine could cause.
    If you know what might happen, you will be better prepared if it does or if something unexpected happens. 

    Hospital Stays 

    10. If you are in a hospital, consider asking all health care workers who will touch you whether they have washed their hands.
    Handwashing can prevent the spread of infections in hospitals. 

    11. When you are being discharged from the hospital, ask your doctor to explain the treatment plan you will follow at home.
    This includes learning about your new medicines, making sure you know when to schedule follow-up appointments, and finding out when you can get back to your regular activities.
    It is important to know whether or not you should keep taking the medicines you were taking before your hospital stay. Getting clear instructions may help prevent an unexpected return trip to the hospital. 

    Surgery 

    12. If you are having surgery, make sure that you, your doctor, and your surgeon all agree on exactly what will be done.
    Having surgery at the wrong site (for example, operating on the left knee instead of the right) is rare. But even once is too often. The good news is that wrong-site surgery is 100 percent preventable. Surgeons are expected to sign their initials directly on the site to be operated on before the surgery. 

    13. If you have a choice, choose a hospital where many patients have had the procedure or surgery you need.
    Research shows that patients tend to have better results when they are treated in hospitals that have a great deal of experience with their condition. 

    Other Steps in Florida Medical Errors Prevention

    14. Speak up if you have questions or concerns.
    You have a right to question anyone who is involved with your care. 

    15. Make sure that someone, such as your primary care doctor, coordinates your care.
    This is especially important if you have any health problems or are in the hospital. 

    16. Make sure that all your doctors have your important health information.
    Do not assume that everyone has all the information they need. 

    17. Ask a family member or friend to go to appointments with you.
    Even if you do not need help now, you might need it later. 

    18. Know that "more" is not always better.
    It is a good idea to find out why a test or treatment is needed and how it can help you. You could be better off without it. 

    19. If you have a test, do not assume that no news is good news.
    Ask how and when you will get the results. 

    20. Learn about your condition and treatments by asking your doctor and nurse and by using other reliable sources.
    For example, treatment options based on the latest scientific evidence are available from the Effective Health Care Web site. Ask your doctor if your treatment is based on the latest evidence (2). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What education do I provide to my patients vis a vis medical errors? 
    2. Have I ever researched a facility prior to using their services? 

    Case Studies 

    Mr. Smith is a 68-year-old male with diabetes type 2, hypertension, and chronic renal failure stage 4.  He takes both long-acting and short-acting insulin for his diabetes and a beta-blocker for his high blood pressure.  He is also taking a diuretic to help regulate his fluids.  Mr. Smith was recently admitted to the hospital for a hypoglycemic event.  Once in the hospital, Mr. Smith expressed to his nurse that he has been having difficulty reading his medication labels.  He also confided that he feels dizzy when he stands up and has fallen back onto his bed on more than 1 occasion.   

    After two days, Mr. Smith was ready to be discharged.  The diabetic educator brought him some pamphlets and educated him on proper blood glucose monitoring and insulin administration.  His blood pressure medicines were also changed, and Mr. Smith was given a new prescription to be filled once he left the hospital.  He was alone when discharge instructions were given, and his current medications were not removed from his medicine bag.   

    Two days later, Mr. Smith was readmitted to the hospital with hypoglycemia and hypotension (BP 87/52).

    Exercise

    1. What are some factors that lead to the occurrence of medical errors with Mr. Smith? 

    2. What are the medical errors that occurred? 

    3. What could the nurse/educator have done differently to prevent further medical errors, using steps addressed in this Florida medical errors prevention course? 

    Bernice is a staff nurse working in a busy ICU.  Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the unit has been short-staffed, with each nurse taking care of 3-4 patients.  This is Bernice's fifth day in a row, working fourteen plus hours.  There have been multiple "code blue" situations in the ICU over the course of Bernice's workweek, some involving her patients.  She was only able to have a full lunch hour on her second day, and she has not been able to sleep much during the night.   

    One of her patients was having severe abdominal pain, 9/10 on the pain scale.  Bernice went in to administer the ordered narcotic and injected the wrong patient. 

    Exercise 

    1. What factors lead to Bernice's medical error? 

    2. What could have been done to prevent the error? 

    3. Is this a situation that could happen in a unit where you work?

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What can you take away from these case studies?

    Conclusion  

    Medical errors are an ongoing problem in the healthcare setting.  They affect patients in all phases of life and come with a large price tag of both money and medical resources.  It is everyone's responsibility to help prevent the occurrence of medical errors.  Though we may not be able to totally eradicate them, we can all play a big part in Florida medical errors prevention by learning from previous mistakes and taking measures to ensure that they do not happen again. 

    Florida Recognizing Impairment in the Workplace

    This fulfills the continuing education requirement of 2 contact hours on Recognizing Impairment in the Workplace for the state of Florida.   

    Up to 20% of nurses in the United States are chemically dependent. Substance use disorders, addictions, drug diversions, and other related impairment processes present a threat to the health and safety of those around them. Increasing in concern are overdoses and deaths that are on the rise due to substance abuse and addiction. Early identification of the signs and symptoms of a substance abuse disorder in the workplace contributes to reducing the risk and harm to patients and other healthcare team members. Co-workers play a crucial role in recognizing and reporting suspicious behaviors to their supervisors or appropriate personnel. 

    Introduction – Florida Recognizing Impairment in the Workplace

    Impairment within the workplace of a healthcare environment is, unfortunately, more common than one may realize. Impairment results when a healthcare professional cannot provide competent and safe patient care because they may be impaired by alcohol, prescription, or non-prescription drugs, or other mind-altering substances (2).  Impairments can also result from a psychological or neurological condition that may affect a person’s judgment. Because of impairment, the healthcare professional is unable to perform duties essential to their profession safely. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What prior knowledge do you have about impairments in the workplace?
    2. Take a moment to think about your experiences with individuals with impairments. How did you respond?

    Acknowledging the Problem 

    Ideally, from a professional standpoint, healthcare personnel should acknowledge their condition and seek help voluntarily without requiring intervention; however, this is often not the case. Co-workers play an important role in helping the impaired person get treatment. Often, the abuser has denial with the condition, the social stigma, or fear of potential job loss. Colleagues are often reluctant to report their co-workers because they feel it is not their responsibility. They feel like the individual they are reporting may be punished excessively. They may believe that someone else has already addressed the issue or fear the loss of their colleague’s job or license. Despite these potential reasons, colleagues may have certain legal responsibilities in identifying and reporting. States may have specific reporting laws that could hold colleagues responsible for harm to patients if they fail to report.

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Why might someone refuse report an impairment?

    Definitions 

    Substance Use Disorder:  a disease of the brain characterized by the recurrent use of substances such as alcohol and drugs that cause clinical and functional impairment such as health problems, disability, and failure to meet responsibilities at work or school.  

    The disease involves reward, withdrawal, memory, and motivation and can be classified as mild, moderate or severe depending on the level of impairment (1).  

    Addiction the most severe, chronic stage of substance use disorder. There is a substantial loss of self-control, indicated by compulsive substance use despite the desire to stop using (1). 

    Drug Diversion is the transfer of any substance from the purpose for which it was intended for any illicit use, such as personal use or sale (1). 

    Impairment: is the inability or impending inability to engage safely in professional and daily life activities as a result of physical, mental, or behavior disorders such as substance use, abuse, or addiction (1). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Have you experienced a co-worker with impairment in the workplace? 
    2.  Have you known of someone you currently work with or have worked with in the past that has had an issue with drug diversion or addiction related to their profession? Was there legal action taken? 
    3.  What is the difference between addiction and drug diversion? 
    4.  What are different ways that drug diversion can be used for? 
    5.  Can you as a healthcare worker be held responsible for failure to report impairment of a co-worker in the workplace? 

    Impairment Behaviors in the Workplace  

    Some behaviors are associated with emotional problems but are specific to alcohol or other drug abuse. Some signs common to alcohol and other drugs may also be signs of psychological or psychiatric conditions (2). Each situation is individualistic to the person. Health care professionals must be educated appropriately regarding the signs and symptoms of chemical dependence. The workplace is often the last place that addiction may manifest; disruptions in family, personal health, and social life can happen while the workplace remains unaffected.

    Behaviors Associated with Substance Abuse

    • Severe mood swings/personality changes 
    • Frequent or unexplained tardiness, work absence, illness, or physical complaint 
    • Elaborate excuses 
    • Under-performance 
    • Difficulty with authority 
    • Poorly explained errors, accident, or injury 
    • Confusion, memory loss, difficulty concentrating 
    • Visibly intoxicated 
    • Refuses drug testing 

    Signs Associated with Substance Abuse

    • Unreliability in keeping appointments and meetings 
    • Trouble with relationships (professional familial, marital) 
    • Physical indications such as track marks or bloodshot eyes 
    • Signs indicative of drug diversion 
    • Deterioration in personal appearance 
    • Significant weight loss or gain 
    • Discovered comatose or dead 

    Signs and Behaviors Associated to Drug Diversion Specific to Anesthesia Personnel (1) 

    • Consistently uses more drugs for cases than colleagues. 
    • Frequent volunteering to administer narcotics, relieve colleagues for casework
    • Heavy wastage of drugs 
    • Frequent trips to the restroom or breaks 
    • Drugs and syringes in pockets 
    • Anesthesia record does not match up with drug dispensed and administered to patient 
    • Patient has unusually significant or uncontrolled pain after anesthesia.
    • The patient has a higher pain score as compared to other anesthesia providers. 
    • Times of cases do not correlate when provider dispenses drug from automated dispenser 
    • Inappropriate drug choices and doses for patients are made by the provider 
    • Missing medications or prescription pads 

    Substances such as opioids (e.g., morphine and fentanyl), inhalational anesthetics and volatile agents (e.g., sevoflurane, nitrous oxide), and intravenous anesthetic agents (e.g., propofol) are readily available to many healthcare providers (1). Despite medication dispensing and audit controls in place, drugs can be diverted for misuse. This may happen through the procurement of medicines directly from the pharmacy, automated dispensing units, retrieval from sharps containers of medication remaining in syringes, directly from patient medications, or indirectly through dilution of a medication that appears that nothing is missing from the container (1).

    Regardless of the substance being abused, impairment in the workplace can negatively impact patient and provider safety. Facilities should have policies and education addressing symptom awareness, prevention, and reporting to help minimize the risk of diversion and adverse outcomes. Studies have shown that substance use disorder is a disease of the brain (1). As a responsible healthcare provider, by arming yourself with knowledge and the signs and behaviors of impairment in the workplace, it will prevent further harm. 

    Healthcare providers are usually successful at disguising their issues or potential signs are ignored because they are respected or an intelligent member of the healthcare team. Significant changes in behavior in the workplace may various many causes. If signs of substance abuse and drug diversion are left unrecognized or reported, the user may be placed in danger and patient safety compromised. Impaired health professionals sometimes develop coping mechanisms that allow them to cover up their diminished capacity to provide safe and efficient patient care. Eventually, mistakes are made, including medication and procedural errors that become apparent to their co-workers (3).

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some of the signs and behaviors associated with substance abuse? 
    2. What are some examples of substances that can be misused in the healthcare workspace? 
    3. Are you familiar with the systems in place in your institution related to substance abuse, reporting, and addiction? 

    Consequences of Drug Diversion and Substance Use in the Workplace  

    Healthcare providers are responsible for their patients’ safety, including their duty to deliver safe and competent care without impairment. Impairment in the workplace can create a disorganized environment (1). The consequences to associate with substance use and drug diversion in the workplace may cause the following consequences for the patient themselves, their colleagues, and the facility in which they are employed. 

    Patient

    • Pain, anxiety, and side effects from improper dosing 
    • Allergic reaction to wrongly substituted drug 
    • Victim of medical errors
      Loss of trust in the healthcare system
      Communicable infection from a contaminated needle (1) 

    Impaired Professional

    • Adverse health effects related to abuse 
    • Chronic health problems (heart disease, liver impairment) 
    • Familial and financial difficulties 
    • Loss of social status 
    • Felony prosecution, incarceration, and civil malpractice 
    • Actions against a professional license 
    • Accidents resulting from physical harm (1) 

     Colleagues

    • Injury or infection from blood-borne pathogens from improperly stored equipment 
    • At risk for shared-patient care responsibilities with an impaired professional resulting in adverse patient outcomes 
    • The stress of increased workload from an impaired healthcare team member 
    • Disciplinary action for false witness of leftover medication, improper disposal, or failure to report (1) 

     Facility   

    • Costly investigation 
    • Civil liability for patient harm 
    • Damaged reputation due to public knowledge of mandatory reporting or drug diversion instances, especially those that led to patient harm 
    • Poor work quality 
    • Loss of revenue from diverted drugs or reimbursement from adverse events due to impaired provider (1) 

    The use of addictive substances over time may result in the deterioration of the healthcare professional’s overall health. For example, the use of stimulants may result in cardiovascular problems such as angina, hypertension, and Myocardial Infarction. Alcohol can lead to liver disease, such as cirrhosis. Depression, suicide, and anxiety are mental health disorders that are often coexisting problems with substance abuse. The healthcare workers’ impairment can also lead to traumatic injuries such as falls, fractures, and head injuries (1).

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some of the adverse health affects that substance abuse can have on a user?  
    2. What are potential detrimental effects that substance abuse of a healthcare professional can have on a patient? Have you experienced any of these in your workplace?

    Florida Rules and Regulations  

    Many states have rules and regulations regarding the use of alcohol and controlled substances that include disciplinary action. Drug diversion is a significant offense that is taken very seriously. Almost every state requires the reporting of a health practitioner who is suspected of impairment in the workplace. The penalties associated with this vary state by state. Florida requires that all nurses take a Florida Recognizing Impairment in the Workplace CE course every other renewal to improve the recognition and outcomes of workplace impairment.

    The state of Florida has an efficient reporting system. Nurses report to the Florida Department of Health or Intervention Project for Nurses (IPN). The IPN’s mission is to enhance public safety by assisting nurses and other nursing related personnel whose practice may have been impaired by substance abuse (4). Their call of the acknowledgment of impairment remains confidential. The Intervention Project for Nurses in Florida allows for an opportunity for intervention and the monitoring of nurses that are using alcohol or controlled substances (4). 

    The IPN after receiving a referral of impairment will:  

    • Initiate a consultation 
    • Provide an intervention 
    • The nurse will be required to stop practicing within 1-3 days-the entire process may take up to 12 months
    • Assist the person in obtaining the appropriate treatment needed
    • Evaluate the progress of the person and the adherence to their treatment plan
    • Continuously monitor the person for 2-5 years
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What does the state of Florida require for impairment reporting?
    2. After receiving an impairment referral, what steps will the IPN take to address the referral?

    Reporting and Intervention  

    Once a nurse or other employee has determined that there is an issue with a coworker regarding impairment in the workplace, an intervention must occur to prevent further harm from happening to patients, themselves, or other co-workers. According to the Intervention Project For Nurses, the co-worker determines that there is sufficient evidence and documentation to support their concerns of the impairment of a health professional, an intervention should be planned (4). The planning and participation related to such intervention is usually the responsibility of the employee’s nursing manager. 

    • Intervention process steps: (4)
    • Prepare a plan 
    • Review documentation 
    • Request help from others 
    • Ask the person to listen to what is said before allowing them to respond 
    • Stick to their job performance 
    • Have evaluator options ready 
    • Expect denial 
    • Report as necessary to the Board
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are the steps to report impairment in the work place?

    Return to Practice 

    A recovering nurse’s return to practice requires planning and oversight by a nursing manager. Once a nurse has been determined that they are safe to return to practice, several things must fall into place. These things include developing a return to practice guidelines for that specific employee, such as returning to work agreement. Experts must also advocate for the employees to return to work, provide support, review expectations, monitor requirements, and answer questions (4).

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Who supervises a nurse’s return to work when they are recovering?

    Considerations Of Relapse 

    Substance use is a chronic illness that comes unfortunately with periods of remission and exacerbation. The rate of relapse among nurses is lower than the general population (4). This is due to several factors, such as support programs and stringent state monitoring programs. Despite the fact, some nurses relapse. Knowledge of the management of relapse in the workplace is a crucial part of impairment in the workplace and plays a significant role in the safety of patients and other employees (4).

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. In the state of Florida, who do nurses report impairment to? 
    2. What are some things the Intervention Project for Nurses will do once they have received a referral? 
    3. Can a nurse return to practice after disciplinary action for substance abuse? 

    Conclusion – Florida Recognizing Impairment in the Workplace

    Substance abuse is a chronic and progressive disease. Being able to recognize impairment in the workplace is imperative for the safety of patients, the impaired person, and other co-workers. Impairment can come in many forms. Being knowledgeable of the signs and symptoms as well as reporting responsibilities and policies will not only improve safety but also improve the overall practice environment. Nurses can be very good at picking up subtle clues as to another individual’s impairment. Be aware, be knowledgeable, and be supportive. 

    Florida Human Trafficking

    This course meets the Florida Human Trafficking requirement for nurses in the state of Florida.

    Human trafficking is a significant humanitarian issue in the United States and the world that has continued to grow in the past several years despite government and public efforts to combat it. With increasing news coverage of high-profile human and sex trafficking cases, the problem was recently brought into the American public’s eye. However, the results published by the Polaris Project make it evident that human trafficking is not just a problem of the elite or occurring in poorer areas. It is within our own neighborhoods, workplaces, and throughout the State of Florida. 

    For healthcare workers in Florida, human trafficking can be prevented through gaining the knowledge to recognize the warning signs and specific characteristics of a potential trafficking victim; the most effective ways to intervene, which will enable the victims to gain access to help; and where to garner additional support in addressing the issue. 

    Prevalence and Definitions

    The Polaris Project estimates that collectively there are over 25 million victims of human trafficking worldwide. These are individuals that have been forced into sexual or labor servitude. Of those, several hundred thousand are estimated to be in the United States (1). It is very difficult to estimate accurately as so often this is a crime that is unseen and hidden from the public eye. Since 2007, there were  20,415 contacts made concerning human trafficking reported within Florida to the National Human Trafficking Hotline via telephone calls, texts, or online submissions. Of those, there were 6,168 cases of human trafficking with 15,063 victims being identified.These numbers exemplify the number of potential victims that are not reaching out for help. 

    Often, when human trafficking is discussed, a common misconception is that it is simply the transporting of humans. Human trafficking covers a much broader scope than this. It is this a modern age form of slavery and involves the exploitation of individuals for monetary or sexual gain. As stated by the Department of Homeland Security, “Human trafficking involves the use of force, fraud, or coercion to obtain some type of labor or commercial sex act” (3). 

    As defined by U.S. law, there are three categories of human trafficking (all from 1): 

    • Children under the age of 18 induced into commercial sex 
    • Adults (age 18 or over) induced into commercial sex through force, fraud, or coercion 
    • Children and adults induced to perform labor or services through force, fraud, or coercion 

    The majority of trafficking in the United States involves sex crimes, followed by labor.  An increase of rates with 16% for sexual exploitation and 25% for labor was noted in North America during Covid-19 restrictions (4). These crimes may be occurring simultaneously to the same victim. Types of trafficking can include forced prostitution, pornography, strip dancing, criminal enterprise and bonded labor in domestic servitude or migrant work. Outside of street prostitution, sex trafficking is most likely to be occurring in venues such as strip clubs, massage parlors, or other fictitious business fronts for prostitution. A major difference with sex trafficking of minors is that, unlike adults, force, coercion, or fraud does not need to be present for prosecution (6). As there are a number of different avenues for and types of human trafficking, recognition can be challenging. 

     

     

    Risk Factors

    The profile of the human trafficking victim is not easy to define. Victims of human trafficking come from varied backgrounds that may or may not be what is expected or stereotypical. Victims may come from any race, socioeconomic status, color, religion, age, gender, sexual orientation or gender identity, and on. The main commonality is that there is a layer of deception whereby the human trafficker is targeting a vulnerability in the victim. As stated by the Department of Justice, trafficking victims are deceived with “... false promises of love, a good job, or a stable life and are lured into situations where they are made to work in deplorable conditions with little or no pay” (5). There are some trends noted that do make certain populations more at risk, but keep in mind that this does not encompass all potential victims and vigilance should be taken to avoid assumptions. 

    The risk factors for human trafficking are just as varied and dependent upon the type of trafficking and method by which the abuser is able to hold the victim indentured or captive. This figurative prison may be physically, emotionally, or monetarily induced. The Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) lists the following characteristics and factors: 

    • Many victims are women and girls, though men and boys are also impacted. 
    • Victims include all races, ethnicities, sexual orientations, gender identifies, citizens, non-citizens, and income levels. 
    • Victims are trapped and controlled through assault, threat, false promises, perceived sense of protection, isolation, shaming, and debt.           

    Several higher risk populations have been identified through the data gathered from the Polaris Project. It was found that children who were or had been within the foster care system or runaway homeless youth were more likely to encounter sexual victimization. Other factors include substance abuse, recent relocation or migration, unstable housing situations, and underlying mental health disorders (7). 

    As a population that is often overlooked, shamed, or lacks resources, members of the lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer, or questions (LGBTQ) community are more vulnerable to being subject to human trafficking. Up to 40% of homeless youth are part of the LGBTQ community and may not seek assistance for fear of being shunned (8). 

    Illegal and sponsored immigration remains at a higher risk of trafficking and exploitation. The NHRTC reports a significant number of calls that reference foreign nationals (2). Individuals wishing to become American citizens are lured with the promise of freedom in exchange for large fees that are made impossible to be worked off. While there are laws in place to prevent, this type of servant bondage is forced upon the victims who are in a new country and often lack resources or are unable to seek assistance due to cultural, language, and accessibility barriers. Further, cases have been reported where the employer or trafficker withhold visas or identification barriers in order promote compliance and essentially are holding the victim hostage (9). 

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What percentage of homeless youth are a part of the LGBTQ+ community?
    2. What are some of the risk factors for human trafficking?
    3. Can boys and/or men be victims of human trafficking?
    4. What are the different methods that perpetrators use to control victims?

    Recruitment Techniques

    A major tactic of the perpetrators of these crimes is to prey on vulnerable individuals with a lack of resources. Thus, a primary ploy used is a layer of deception whereby the human trafficker is targeting the needs or wants of the victim. 

    Traffickers are often individuals that the victim has come to trust. This may be a girlfriend or boyfriend, spouse, or other family member. Victims are also commonly sold to outside parties. 

    In cases of sexual trafficking, typically young women and men are groomed and given preferential treatment, gifts, and drugs until they become reliant upon the “John”. In other cases, individuals are tempted with the promise of a better life, or in the case of immigration, the sponsorship for a visa (9). 

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What ploys do perpetrators use to deceive and lead their victims into sex trafficking?
    2. In Florida, human trafficking victims are commonly immigrants. What is a common promise that perpetrators make to these victims?

    Florida Human Trafficking & Mandatory Reporting

    Mandatory reporting of human trafficking by health care professionals is incorporated into the law in a growing number of locations in the United States. Health care professionals are already mandated reporters through previous existing laws that require reporting of child abuse, domestic violence, as well as knife and gunshot wounds (10). 

    The following states the criminal and civil liability of failing to follow the law as a mandatory reporter in some states: 

    In a civil action, the mandated reporter may be held liable for all damages that any person suffers due to the mandated reporters’ failure to file a report. In a criminal action, the mandated reporter may be found guilty of a misdemeanor punishable by imprisonment for up to 93 days and a fine of $500. 

    Reporting of suspected adult human trafficking is not as clear in regard to mandatory reporting. However, vulnerable adults suspected of being abused, exploited, or victimized fall under the same guidelines and are reported to CI in the same manner as above.  

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Who can be held liable if they fail to report any act of human trafficking?
    2. In Florida, human trafficking must be reported immediately by which healthcare workers?

    Federal Laws

    Today, there are 39 states that have committed to the crusade of establishing a statute banning human trafficking.  

    A specific U.S. Federal law addressing trafficking crimes was first enacted with the Trafficking Victims Protection Act of 2000. The bill has since been revised several times; however, the fundamental of it is to provide guidance and authorization for their “three-pronged approach that includes prevention, protection, and prosecution” and covers both sex and labor trafficking (11). 

    Preventing Sex Trafficking and Strengthening Families Act of 2014 and The Justice for Victims of Trafficking Act of 2015 are both aimed at providing victims increased protection for exploitation and increased resources specifically aimed at prevention and support for child and youth sex trafficking crimes (11). 

    The Customs and Facilitations and Trade Enforcement Reauthorization Act of 2009 is aimed towards prohibiting the importation of goods made by the benefit of human trafficking (11). 

     

    Recognizing Signs of Human Trafficking

    According to the Department of Health and Human Services, close to 90% of human trafficking victims visit a health care facility at least once while in servitude and are not identified as such by health care providers (14). This is due to a lack of education, lack of consistent use of identification and screening tools, and time constraints within the current health care system. As a mandatory reporter and healthcare team member, it is imperative to use best practice in recognizing the signs and symptoms as well as the tools that are available. 

    Signs and Symptoms

    Human trafficking victims may present to a healthcare setting with primary or underlying signs that may be related to physical or mental abuse. These signs and symptoms may be related to the reason that they are seeking treatment or may be identified by the healthcare provider during a thorough assessment. The following physical and psychological sequelae may be noted during an assessment as potential evidence of victimization (all derived from 9, 15): 

    Physical
    • Unexplained or implausible injuries
    • Bruising
    • Wounds and Cuts
    • Missing or broken teeth
    • Closed head injuries
    • Blunt force trauma
    Neurological
    • Headaches
    • Migraines
    • Memory loss or difficulty concentrating
    • Vertigo
    • Insomnia
    • Brain trauma
    Gastrointestinal
    • Diarrhea
    • Constipation
    Dietary
    • Malnutrition
    • Anorexia
    • Severe weight loss
    Cardiovascular and Respiratory
    • Tachyarrhythmias
    • Hypertension
    • Respiratory Distress
    Reproductive System
    • Sexually transmitted disease
    • Vaginal and/or anal fissures
    • Previous Abortions
    Psychological
    • Depression
    • Suicidal Ideation
    • Anxiety
    • Self-harm including cutting or branding
    • Drug and alcohol abuse
    • PTSD symptoms
    • Regression
    • Anger
    • Dissociative and depersonalization tendencies

    Red Flags and Indicators

    There are several characteristics that should be kept in mind as red flags during the interview and assessment that may indicate potential trafficking. These include, but are not limited to (all derived from 9, 15, 14): 

    • Tattoos that indicate ownership, a number, or tracking system or are out of character/obscene
    • Inappropriate clothing for climate
    • Workplace violence or abuse
    • Unsanitary living conditions
    • Multiple families or people sharing a living space that is too small
    • Shares living space with employer
    • Is not in control of financial assets
    • Refusal to speak alone with health professionals
    • Accompanied by individual that refuses to allow patient to speak for themselves or be alone
    • Sex work under age 18
    • Answers are scripted
    • Answers are implausible or contraindicate
    • Appears younger or older than stated age
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What red flags really stand out to you? 
    2. Have you seen any of these in your practice? 
    3. What are some of the signs and symptoms that victims of human trafficking may present with? 
    4. What are a few red flags or indicators that someone may be a victim of human trafficking? 

    Interview Tools and Techniques

    Check with your facilities protocol for specific guidance on assessment and examination protocols for suspected abuse victims. There are also many scripted interviewing tools available online that assist with asking targeted questions. First and foremost, it is important to establish the patient’s safety and to gain trust. 

    Gaining trust can be difficult and conducting assessments and interviews should be completed in a non-threatening environment with an unbiased and non-judgmental tone. Creating a space that is quiet and will not be interrupted is important. This will ensure that the potential victim feels safe communicating and is not concerned that she or he will be overheard. Present your demeanor in a non-threatening manner, at eye level, and focus on being attentive with observant listening. Maintain respectful eye contact to convey interest and reflective listening. If taking notes during the interview is required, explain to the patient what will be documented and what it will be utilized for (15). 

    The National Human Trafficking Resource Center (NHTRC) offers a plethora of resources and scripted questions. The following are general questions on assessing if the individual is being forced into a situation and can be applied to any of the specific types of human trafficking (all from 15): 

     

    “Did someone control, supervise or monitor your work/your actions?”
    “Was your communication ever restricted or monitored?”
    “Were you able to access medical care?”
    “Were you ever allowed to leave the place that you were living/working? Under what conditions?”
    “Was your movement outside of your residence/workplace ever monitored or controlled?”
    “What did you think would have happened if you left the situation?"
    "Was there ever a time when you wanted to leave, but felt that you couldn’t?"
    "What do you think would have happened if you left without telling anyone?”
    “Did you feel that it was your only option to stay in the situation?”
    “Did anyone ever force you to do something physically or sexually that you didn’t feel comfortable doing?”
    “Were you ever physically abused (shoved, slapped, hit, kicked, scratched, punched, burned, etc.) by anyone?”
    “Were you ever sexually abused (sexual assault/unwanted touching, rape, sexual exploitation, etc.) by anyone?”
    “Did anyone ever introduce you to drugs or medications as a method of control?”

    While screening tools provide a base for asking difficult questions, the NHTRC advises “Before screening, users should also be prepared to draw upon the expertise of local legal and medical staff and to refer identified trafficking victims to appropriate housing, health, and social services in their area . . . the tool is a complement to, not a substitute for, specialized training in human trafficking, good professional practice and victim-centered service” (15). 

    The NHTRC also provides a 24-hour national hotline that is able to guide health professionals through completing assessments and determining the next best steps to intervene or offer the victim assistance. 

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How would you approach and interview a patient victim of human trafficking? 
    2. Are there any additional questions that you would ask them other than tools learned within this course? 

    Interventions and Collaboration

    When presented with a suspected human trafficking victim, it is likely that the individual will not be alone. Maintaining safety and support for the patient may require separation from the suspected trafficker. While this may not be possible, an attempt should be made to bring the patient to a room or examination area unaccompanied. 

    Be conscious of any cultural preferences that may affect the patient. If there are language barriers preventing meaningful communication, enlist the assistance of a professional interpreter. This is especially vital in cases where the accompanying visitor or family is attempting to interpret for the patient and may be filtering the victim’s responses. 

    For patients that seek healthcare related to sexual abuse, a SANE assessment and rape kit should be obtained per facility protocol. With permission, patients should be tested for sexually transmitted infections including HIV, gonorrhea, UTIs, syphilis, and pubic lice, as well as a pregnancy test for females. Forced and coerced abortions are frequent among minor females in the sex industry (16). 

    Thorough documentation of the patient’s reported reason for visit, physical and neurological assessment including any trauma, bruising, wounds, affect, and pertinent statements should be noted in the patient’s electronic medical record. 

    Educate yourself on local resources and be able to provide assistance with finding access to healthcare, mental health, and rehabilitative resources that are available in the community. Victims may not want to take pamphlets with them that may be found, so providing locations or addresses of shelters or clinics with operating times may be a safer option. 

    Collaborate with the healthcare team, law enforcement, and social work for suspected child or vulnerable adult trafficking. 

    Mandatory reporting of suspected cases of child abuse or trafficking is not encumbered by HIPAA disclosure when reporting to authorities; however, when reporting suspected adult trafficking, disclosure and permission must be granted unless there is an imminent threat to the safety of the patient, or the patient has been identified as a vulnerable population. Thoroughly assess if the individual meets criteria as a vulnerable adult and proceed accordingly. If the adult does not meet criteria, permission must be gained to report. 

    If a competent adult does disclose that they are a trafficking victim, determine if the patient is in immediate, life-threatening danger. If so, follow facility protocol and encourage and support the patient in reporting to a law enforcement agency. If there is no immediate danger, supportive care and assistance should be provided. The patient should be informed of the options available for social services, reporting, and resources. The creation of a safety plan is highly recommended (13). 

     

    Prevention

    Prevention of human trafficking requires public education, awareness, and knowing how to properly respond when faced with suspicions. The Blue Campaign is a strategy from the Department of Homeland Security to bring national awareness to the issue and provide specialized training to law enforcement and federal employees. Blue Campaign pamphlets and other materials are available at their website, www.dhs.gov/blue-campaign, for distribution. 

    The Center for Disease Control takes the stance that sex trafficking is preventable via community awareness and acknowledging exploitation when it does occur. They state “Strategies based on the best available evidence exist to prevent related forms of violence, and they may also reduce sex trafficking. States and communities can implement and evaluate efforts that: 

    • Encourage health behaviors in relationships
    • Foster safe homes and neighborhoods
    • Identify and address vulnerabilities during health care visits
    • Reduce demand for commercial sex
    • End business profits from trafficking-related transactions” (6).

    One of the largest barriers to prevention in the healthcare system is the inability to recognize signs and symptoms. As cited above, a significant number of human trafficking victims have filtered in and out of healthcare systems without being recognized. This misses the opportunity to connect, provide resources, and offer further assistance. The NHTRC provides many resources for training within healthcare facilities and standardized forms and interviewing questions that may be tailored to individual situations and facility needs. 

    Patient Education

    UNICEF provides excellent resources for human trafficking prevention. Below is an excerpt from UNICEF, with “key messages” for children, which can help prevent trafficking. 

    1. Educate yourself on the issue, and learn the signs of a trafficked victim.
    2. Don’t accept friend requests from people you don’t know on social media. Traffickers commonly use sites like Twitter, Facebook, and Instagram to lure their victims.
    3. Be aware of how traffickers recruit people, and pay attention to your surroundings.
    4. Don’t reveal too much about yourself (i.e. your full name, address, school, or living situation) to people you don’t know, whether on your social media sites or in person, no matter how friendly the person may be.
    5. Never agree to meet someone you don’t know without first consulting a trusted adult (i.e. parent, teacher, guidance counselor).
    6. If you feel uncomfortable or are hesitant about a situation, confide in an adult who you can help you make the best choices.
    7. Making a decision to leave a situation or relationship where you feel unsafe or are being harmed or threatened can be hard and scary. If possible, talk to someone you trust, like a friend, family member, counselor, or youth worker.
    8. If you are in immediate danger or are being physically harmed, call 911 for help.
    9. If running away from home, try to find a safe place to go or call the runaway switchboard at 1-800-Runaway.
    10. If you suspect you or a friend are at risk trafficking, call the National Human Trafficking Hotline at 888-3737-888 or text “BeFree” (233733)

    Resources - How to Help

    Children and adults can be victims of human trafficking.

    “If you see something, say something.”

    • Contact the Florida Abuse Hotline 1-800-96-ABUSE (1-800-962-2873) to report known or suspected child abuse, neglect, or abandonment; and known or suspected abuse, neglect, or exploitation of a vulnerable adult.
    • For help,contact the National Human Trafficking Hotline 1-888-373-7888.
    • Text HELP to 233733 (BEFREE):  To get help for victims and surviviors of human trafficking or to connect with local services.
    • Visit the National Human Trafficking Hotline online at:  https://humantraffickinghotline.org.
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Who might you call within the community as a resource if you suspect a child or vulnerable adult is a victim of human trafficking?
    2. In Florida, human trafficking is an ongoing problem. What state and national hotlines can you call if you suspect that someone is in danger?

    GI Bleed: An Introduction

    Introduction   

    Gastrointestinal bleeding (GI Bleed) is an acute and potentially life-threatening condition. It is meaningful to recognize that GI bleed manifests an underlying disorder. Bleeding is a symptom of a problem comparable to pain and fever in that it raises a red flag. The healthcare team must wear their detective hat and determine the culprit to impede the bleeding.  

    Nurses, in particular, have a critical duty to recognize signs and symptoms, question the severity, consider possible underlying disease processes, anticipate labs and diagnostic studies, apply nursing interventions, and provide support and education to the patient. 

    Epidemiology  

    The incidence of Gastrointestinal Bleeding (GIB) is broad and comprises cases of Upper gastrointestinal bleeding (UGIB) and lower gastrointestinal bleeding (LGIB). GI Bleed is a common diagnosis in the US responsible for approximately 1 million hospitalizations yearly (2). The positive news is that the prevalence of GIB is declining within the US (1). This could reflect effective management of the underlying conditions.  

    Upper gastrointestinal bleeding (UGIB) is more common than lower gastrointestinal bleeding (LGIB) (2). Hypovolemic shock related to GIB significantly impacts mortality rates. UGIB has a mortality rate of 11% (2), and LGIB can be up to 5%; these cases are typically a consequence of hypovolemic shock (2).  

    Certain risk factors and predispositions impact the prevalence. Lower GI bleed is more common in men due to vascular diseases and diverticulosis being more common in men (1). Extensive data supports the following risk factors for GIB: older age, male, smoking, alcohol use, and medication use (7).  

    We will discuss these risk factors as we dive into the common underlying conditions responsible for GI Bleed.  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Have you ever cared for a patient with GIB?
    2. Can you think of reasons GIB is declining in the US?
    3. Do you have experience with patients with hypovolemic shock?

    Etiology/ Pathophysiology

    Gastrointestinal (GI) bleeding includes any bleeding within the gastrointestinal tract, from the mouth to the rectum. The term also encompasses a wide range of quantity of bleeding, from minor, limited bleeding to severe, life-threatening hemorrhage.

    We will review the basic anatomy of the gastrointestinal system and closely examine the underlying conditions responsible for upper and lower gastrointestinal bleeding.

    Let's briefly review the basic anatomy of the gastrointestinal (GI) system, which comprises the GI tract and accessory organs. You may have watched The Magic School Bus as a child and recall the journey in the bus from the mouth to the rectum! Take this journey once more to understand the gastrointestinal (GI) tract better.

    The GI tract consists of the following: oral cavity, pharynx, esophagus, stomach, small intestine, large intestine, and anal canal (5). The accessory organs include our teeth, tongue, and organs such as salivary glands, liver, gallbladder, and pancreas (5). The primary duties of the gastrointestinal system are digestion, nutrient absorption, secretion of water and enzymes, and excretion (5, 3). Consider these essential functions and their impact on each other.

     

     

     

    This design was created on Canva.com on August 31, 2023. It is copyrighted by Abbie Schmitt, RN, MSN and may not be reproduced without permission from Nursing CE Central. 

     

    As mentioned, gastrointestinal bleeding has two broad subcategories: upper and lower sources of bleeding. You may be wondering where the upper GI tract ends and the lower GI tract begins. The answer is the ligament of Treitz. The ligament of Treitz is a thin band of tissue that connects the end of the duodenum  and the beginning of the jejunum (small intestine); it is also referred to as the suspensory muscle of the duodenum (4). This membrane separates the upper and lower GI tract. Upper GIB is defined as bleeding proximal to the ligament of Treitz, while Lower GIB is defined as bleeding beyond the ligament of Treitz (4). 

     

    Upper GI Bleeding (UGIB) Etiology 

    Underlying conditions that may be responsible for the UGIB include: 

    • Peptic ulcer disease 
    • Esophagitis 
    • Foreign body ingestion 
    • Post-surgical bleeding 
    • Upper GI tumors 
    • Gastritis and Duodenitis 
    • Varices 
    • Portal hypertensive gastropathy (PHG) 
    • Angiodysplasia 
    • Dieulafoy lesion 
    • Gastric antral valvular ectasia 
    • Mallory-Weiss tears 
    • Cameron lesions (bleeding ulcers occurring at the site of a hiatal hernia 
    • Aortoenteric fistulas 
    • Hemobilia (bleeding from the biliary tract) 
    • Hemosuccus pancreaticus (bleeding from the pancreatic duct) 

    (1, 4, 5, 8. 9) 

     

    Pathophysiology of Variceal Bleeding. Variceal bleeding should be suspected in any patient with known liver disease or cirrhosis (2). Typically, blood from the intestines and spleen is transported to the liver via the portal vein (9). The blood flow may be impaired in severe liver scarring (cirrhosis). Blood from the intestines may be re-routed around the liver via small vessels, primarily in the stomach and esophagus (9). Sometimes, these blood vessels become large and swollen, called varices. Varices occur most commonly in the esophagus and stomach, so high pressure (portal hypertension) and thinning of the walls of varices can cause bleeding within the Upper GI tract (9). 

     

    Liver Disease + Varices + Portal Hypertension = Recipe for UGIB Disaster 

     

    Lower GI Bleeding (LGIB) Etiology
    • Diverticulosis
    • Post-surgical bleeding
    • Angiodysplasia
    • Infectious colitis
    • Ischemic colitis
    • Inflammatory bowel disease
    • Colon cancer
    • Hemorrhoids
    • Anal fissures
    • Rectal varices
    • Dieulafoy lesion
    • Radiation-induced damage

    (1, 4, 5, 9)

     

    Unfortunately, a source is identified in only approximately 60% of cases of GIB (8). Among this percentage of patients, upper gastrointestinal sources are responsible for 30–55%, while 20–30% have a colorectal source (8).

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How is the GI Tract subdivided?
    2. Are there characteristics of one portion that may cause damage to another? (For example: stomach acids can break down tissue in the esophagus, which may ultimately cause bleeding and ulcers (8).
    3. Consider disease processes that you have experienced while providing patient care that could/ did lead to GI bleeding.

    Laboratory and Diagnostic Testing

    Esophagogastroduodenoscopy (EGD) and colonoscopy identify the source of bleeding in 80–90% of patients (4). The initial clinical presentation of GI bleeding is typically iron deficiency/microscopic anemia and microscopic detection of blood in stool tests (6).

     

    The following laboratory tests are advised to assist in finding the cause of GI bleeding (2):

    • Complete blood count
    • Hemoglobin/hematocrit
    • International normalized ratio (INR), prothrombin time (PT), and activated partial thromboplastin time (PTT)
    • Liver function tests

     

    Low hemoglobin and hematocrit levels result from blood loss, and blood urea nitrogen (BUN) may be elevated due to the GI system's breakdown of proteins within the blood (9).

     

    The following laboratory tests are advised to assist in finding the cause of GI bleeding:

    • EGD (esophagogastroduodenoscopy)- Upper GI endoscopy
      • Clinicians can visualize the upper GI tract using a camera probe that enters the oral cavity and travels to the duodenum (9)
    • Colonoscopy- Lower GI endoscopy/ (9)
      • Clinicians can visualize the lower GI tract.
    • CT angiography
      • Used to identify an actively bleeding vessel

    Signs and Symptoms 

    Clinical signs and symptoms depend on the volume/ rate of blood loss and the location/ source of the bleeding. A few key terms to be familiar with when evaluating GI blood loss are overt GI bleeding, occult GI bleeding, hematemesis, hematochezia, and melena. Overt GI bleeding means blood is visible, while occult GI bleeding is not visible to the naked eye but is diagnosed with a fecal occult blood test (FOBT) yielding positive results of the presence of blood (5). Hematemesis is emesis/ vomit with blood present; melena is a stool with a black/maroon-colored tar-like appearance that signifies blood from the upper GI tract (5). Melena has this appearance because when blood mixes with hydrochloric acid and stomach enzymes, it produces this dark, granular substance that looks like coffee grounds (9). 

     

    Mild vs. Severe Bleeding  

    A patient with mild blood loss may present with weakness and diaphoresis (9). Chronic iron deficiency anemia symptoms include hair loss, hand and feet paresthesia, restless leg syndrome, and impotence in men (8). The following symptoms may appear over time once anemia becomes more severe and hemoglobin is consistently less than 7 mg/dl: pallor, headache, dizziness from hypoxia, tinnitus from the increased circulatory response, and the increased cardiac output and dysfunction may lead to dyspnea (8). Findings of a positive occult GI bleed may be the initial red flag. 

    A patient with severe blood loss, which is defined as a loss greater than 1 L within 24 hours, hypotensive, diaphoretic, pale, and have a weak, thready pulse (9). Signs and symptoms will reflect the critical loss of circulating blood volume with systemic hypoperfusion and oxygen deprivation, so that cyanosis will also be evident (9). This is considered a medical emergency, and rapid intervention is needed. 

     

    Stool Appearance: Black, coffee ground = Upper GI; Bright red blood = Lower GI. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How would you prioritize the following patients: (1) Patient complains of weakness and coffee-like stool; or (2) Patient complains of constipation and bright red bleeding from the anus?
    2. Have you ever witnessed a patient in hypovolemic shock? If yes, what symptoms were most pronounced? If not, consider the signs.
    3. What are ways that the nurse can describe abnormal stool?

    History and Physical Assessment

    History

    A thorough and accurate history and physical assessment is a key part of identifying and managing GI bleed. Remember to avoid medical terminology/jargon while asking specific questions, as this can be extremely helpful in narrowing down potential cases. It is a good idea to start with broad categories (general bleeding) then narrow to specific conditions.

    Assess for the following:

    • Previous episodes of GI Bleed
    • Medical history with contributing factors for potential bleeding sources (e.g., ulcers, inflammatory bowel disease, liver disease, varices, PUD, alcohol abuse, tobacco abuse, H.pylori, diverticulitis) (3)
    • Contributory medications (non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs, anticoagulants, antiplatelet agents, bismuth, iron) (3)
    • Comorbid diseases that could affect management of GI Bleed (8)

     

    Physical Assessment
    1. Head to toe and focused Gastrointestinal, Hepatobiliary, Cardiac and Pancreatic
    2. Assessments
      Assess stool for presence of blood (visible) and anticipate orders/ collect specimen for occult blood testing.
    3. Vital Signs

     

    Signs of hemodynamic instability associated with loss of blood volume (3):

    • Resting tachycardia
    • Orthostatic hypotension
    • Supine hypotension
    • Abdominal pain (may indicate perforation or ischemia)
    • A rectal exam is important for the evaluation of hemorrhoids, anal fissures, or anorectal mass (3)

     

    Certain conditions place patients at higher risk for GI bleed. For example, patients with end-stage renal disease (ESRD) have a five times higher risk of GIB and mortality than those without kidney disease (2).

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Are there specific questions to ask if GIB is suspected?
    2. What are phrases from the patient that would raise a red flag for GIB (For example: “I had a stomach bleed years ago”) 
    3. Have you ever noted overuse of certain medications in patients?
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Have you ever shadowed or worked in an endoscopy unit?
    2. Name some ways to explain the procedures to the patient?

    Treatment and Interventions

    Treatment and interventions for GIB bleed will depend on the severity of the bleeding. Apply the ABCs (airway, breathing, circulation) prioritization tool appropriately with each unique case. Treatment is guided by the underlying condition causing the GIB, so this data is too broad to cover. It would be best to familiarize yourself with tools and algorithms available within your organization that guide treatment for certain underlying conditions. Image 2 is an example of an algorithm used to treat UGIB (8). The Glasgow-Blatchford bleeding score (GBS) tool is another example of a valuable tool to guide interventions. Once UGIB is identified, the Glasgow-Blatchford bleeding score (GBS) can be applied to assess if the patient will need medical intervention such as blood transfusion, endoscopic intervention, or hospitalization (4).

    Unfortunately, there is currently a lack of tools available for risk stratification of emergency department patients with lower gastrointestinal bleeding (LGIB) (6). This gap represents an opportunity for nurses to develop and implement tools based on their experience with LGIB.

     

     

    (8) 

     

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Are you familiar with GIB assessment tools?
    2. How would you prioritize the following orders: (1) administer blood transfusion, (2) obtain occult stool for testing, and (3) give stool softener?

    The first step of nursing care is the assessment. The assessment should be ongoing and recurrent, as the patient's condition may change rapidly with GI bleed. During the evaluation, the nurse will gather subjective and objective data related to physical, psychosocial, and diagnostic data. Effective communication is essential to prevent and mitigate potential risk factors.

     

    Subjective Data (Client verbalizes)

    • Abdominal pain
    • Nausea
    • Loss of appetite
    • Dizziness
    • Weakness

     

    Objective Data (Clinician notes during assessment)

    • Hematemesis (vomiting blood)
    • Melena (black, tarry stools)
    • Hypotension
    • Tachycardia
    • Pallor
    • Cool, clammy skin

     

     

     

     

    Nursing Interventions

     

    Ineffective Tissue Perfusion:

    1. Monitor vital signs frequently to assess blood pressure, heart rate, and oxygen saturation changes.
    2. Obtain IV access.
    3. Administer oxygen as ordered.
    4. Elevate the head of the bed (support venous return and enhance tissue perfusion).
    5. Administer blood products (packed red blood cells, fresh frozen plasma) as ordered to replace lost blood volume.

     

    Acute Pain:

    1. Assess the patient's pain (quantifiable pain scale)
    2. Administer pain medications as ordered.
    3. Obtain and implement NPO Orders: Allow the GI tract to rest and prevent further irritation while preparing for possible endoscopic procedures.
    4. Apply heat/cold therapy for comfort.

     

    Risk for Decreased Cardiac Output

    1. Assess the patient's heart rate and rhythm. (Bleeding and low cardiac output may trigger compensatory tachycardia.) (9)
    2. Assess and monitor the patient's complete blood count.
    3. Assess the patient's BUN level.
    4. Monitor the patient's urine output.
    5. Perform hemodynamic monitoring.
    6. Administer supplemental oxygenation as needed.
    7. Administer intravenous fluids as ordered.
    8. Prepare and initiate blood transfusions as ordered.
    9. Educate and prepare the patient for endoscopic procedures and surgical intervention as needed.

     

    Risk for Deficient Fluid Volume:

    1. Monitor intake and output.
    2. Maintain hydration.
    3. Administer intravenous fluids as ordered.
    4. Monitor labs, including hemoglobin and hematocrit, to assess the effectiveness of fluid replacement therapy.
    5. Educate the patient on increasing oral fluid intake once the bleeding is controlled.
    6. Vital signs
    7. Assess the patient's level of consciousness and capillary refill time to evaluate tissue perfusion and response to fluid replacement.
    8. Collaborate with the healthcare team to adjust fluid replacement therapy based on the patient's response and laboratory findings.

     

    Nursing Goals / Outcomes for GI Bleed:

    • The patient's vital signs and lab values will stabilize within normal limits.
    • The patient will be able to demonstrate efficient fluid volume as evidenced by stable hemoglobin and hematocrit, regular vital signs, balanced intake and output, and capillary refill < 3 seconds.
    • The patient will exhibit increased oral intake and adequate nutrition.
    • The patient will verbalize relief or control of pain.
    • The patient will appear relaxed and able to sleep or rest appropriately.
    • The patient verbalizes understanding of patient education on gastrointestinal bleeding, actively engages in self-care strategies, and seeks appropriate support when needed.
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How can the nurse advocate for a patient with GIB?
    2. Can you think of ways your nursing interventions would differ between upper and lower GIB?
    3. Have you ever administered blood products?
    4. What are possible referrals following discharge that would be needed? (Example: gastroenterology, home health care)

    Case Study

    Mr. Blackstool presents to the emergency department with the following:

    CHIEF COMPLAINT: "My stool looked like a ball of black tar this morning."

    He also reports feeling "extra tired" and "lightheaded" for 3-5 days.

    HISTORY OF PRESENT ILLNESS: The patient is a 65-year-old tractor salesman who presents to the emergency room complaining of the passage of black stools, fatigue, and lightheadedness. He reports worsening chronic epigastric pain and reflux, intermittent for 10+ years.

    He takes NSAIDS as needed for back, and joint pain and was recently started on a daily baby aspirin by his PCP for cardiac prophylaxis. He reports "occasional" alcohol intake and smokes two packs of cigarettes daily.

    PHYSICAL EXAMINATION: Examination reveals an alert and oriented 65-YO male. He appears anxious and irritated. Vital sips are as follows. Blood Pressure 130/80 mmHg, Heart Rate 120/min - HR Thready - Respiratory Rate - 20 /minute; Temperature 98.0 ENT/SKIN: Facial pallor and cool, moist skin are noted. No telangiectasia of the lips or oral cavity is noted. The parotid glands appear full.

    CHEST: Lungs are clear to auscultation and percussion. The cardiac exam reveals a regular rhythm with an S4. No murmur is appreciated. Peripheral pulses are present but are rapid and weak.

    ABDOMEN/RECTUM: The waist shows a rounded belly. Bowel sounds are hyperactive. Percussion of the liver is 13 cm (mal); the edge feels firm. Rectal examination revealed a black, tarry stool. No Dupuytren's contractions were noted.

    LABORATORY TESTS: Hemoglobin 9gm/dL, Hematocrit 27%, WBC 13,000/mm. PT/PTT - normal. BUN 46mg/dL.

     

    Discuss abnormal findings noted during History and Physical Examination; Evaluate additional data to obtain possible diagnostic testing, treatment, nursing interventions, and care plans.

    Conclusion

    After this course, I hope you feel more knowledgeable and empowered in caring for patients with Gastrointestinal bleeding (GIB). As discussed, GIB is a potentially life-threatening condition that manifests as an underlying disorder. Think of gastrointestinal bleeding as a loud alarm signaling a possible medical emergency. Nurses can significantly impact the recognition of signs and symptoms that determine the severity of bleeding and underlying disease process while also implementing life-saving interventions as a part of the healthcare team. As evidence-based practice rapidly evolves, continue to learn, and grow your knowledge of GIB. 

     

    Constipation Management and Treatment

    Introduction   

    In the realm of healthcare, where every aspect of patient well-being is meticulously tended to, constipation is a condition that often remains in the shadows. Often dismissed as a minor inconvenience, constipation is a prevalent concern that can have significant repercussions on the health and comfort of hospitalized and long-term care patients (8).  

    Imagine a scenario where a middle-aged patient, recently admitted to a hospital for a non-related condition, is experiencing discomfort due to constipation. Despite the patient's hesitation to bring up this seemingly "embarrassing" topic, a skilled nurse takes the initiative to initiate an open conversation.  

    By actively listening and empathetically addressing the patient's concerns, the nurse alleviates the discomfort and also plays a crucial role in preventing potential complications. This scenario exemplifies the pivotal role that nurses play in the comprehensive management of constipation. 

    Envision a long-term care facility where an elderly resident's mobility is limited, leading to a sedentary lifestyle. As a result, this individual becomes more susceptible to constipation, which could potentially lead to more severe issues if left unattended. Here, the nurse's expertise in identifying risk factors and tailoring interventions comes into play.  

    By suggesting gentle exercises, dietary adjustments, and adequate hydration, the nurse transforms the resident's daily routine, ensuring a healthier digestive tract and enhanced overall well-being. 

    Through the above scenarios, it becomes evident that constipation is not merely a minor inconvenience but a legitimate concern that warrants attention. As the first line of defense in patient care, nurses are uniquely positioned to identify, address, and holistically prevent constipation.  

    Nurses possess the knowledge and skills to create a profound impact on patient lives by acknowledging and addressing this issue. This course aims to equip nurses with an in-depth understanding of constipation, enabling them to be proactive vigilant advocates for patient comfort, bowel health, and overall well-being. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What role do nurses play in constipation management? 
    2. Name one lifestyle factor that can contribute to constipation. 

    Epidemiology  

    To truly comprehend the significance of constipation in healthcare settings, it's essential to grasp its prevalence and impact. Statistics reveal that constipation holds a prominent spot in healthcare challenges, with up to 30% of patients in hospitals and long-term care facilities experiencing this discomfort (4). This means that in a unit with 100 patients, nearly a third of them might be grappling with constipation-related issues.  

    Even though constipation transcends demographics, elderly patients, who are a substantial part of long-term care settings, are more susceptible to constipation due to factors like decreased mobility, altered dietary habits, and medication use. Understanding this demographic predisposition is crucial for nurses as it guides their vigilance in recognizing and managing constipation among this vulnerable group. By unraveling its prevalence and its penchant for affecting diverse patient groups, nurses can step into their roles armed with knowledge, ready to make a tangible difference in patient lives. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What percentage of patients in hospitals and long-term care facilities experience constipation?  

    Etiology/Pathophysiology  

    Embarking on the journey to comprehend constipation's root causes and underlying mechanisms offers a fascinating glimpse into the intricate workings of the digestive system. The digestive system is a well-orchestrated symphony where even a slight disruption can lead to a discordant note, constipation being one such note.  

    Constipation arises from an intricate interplay of factors. Lifestyle choices, such as physical inactivity, dietary habits, and even medication use, can disturb the symphony of digestion. These disruptions impact the stool's consistency, its journey through the intestines, and the efficiency of water absorption.  

     

    Some examples of how lifestyle choices can cause constipation include the following: 

    • The digestive tract, like a finely tuned instrument, requires regular movement to maintain its rhythm and balance. Without physical activity to nudge food along, its journey through the digestive process slows down, potentially leading to constipation. 
    • Mismanagement of water absorption in the colon can also contribute to constipation. Excess absorption of water in the colon can turn the stool hard and dry, making it a formidable challenge to pass.  
    • When fiber is lacking in the diet, stool encounters resistance and sluggishness, akin to a symphony losing its guiding rhythm. This lack of fiber can lead to constipation, underscoring the importance of dietary choices in maintaining a harmonious digestive process (10). 

     

    Understanding the above dynamics empowers nurses to decode the origins of constipation and tailor interventions that restore the harmonious rhythm of the digestive orchestra. Just as a conductor guides a symphony to its crescendo, nurses can orchestrate the path to relief and comfort for patients grappling with constipation. 

    Signs and Symptoms  

    Constipation's signs and symptoms are the stars that guide nurses toward effective management. Infrequent bowel movements, excessive straining, abdominal discomfort, and bloating are like constellations, revealing the narrative of digestive imbalance. 

    Recognizing the constellation of signs and symptoms becomes the compass guiding nurses toward effective care. Just as a seasoned sailor navigates by the stars, nurses navigate constipation's landscape by deciphering the cues that patients present. 

    Research by Anderson and Brown (1) reveals that patients grappling with constipation often experience infrequent bowel movements as a telltale sign. Nurses, armed with this insight, recognize that infrequent bowel movements warrant vigilant assessment and timely interventions. 

    Excessive straining, much like tugging at sails in adverse winds, emerges as another hallmark of constipation (6). Patients' tales of discomfort during bowel movements point to an underlying imbalance. Nurses adeptly interpret this discomfort as a call for action, initiating strategies that ease the passage of stool and restore harmony to the digestive symphony. 

    Discomfort serves as an indicator of the digestive system's struggle to find its equilibrium. Nurses, like skilled navigators, probe further, discerning the nuances of the discomfort to tailor interventions that address its root cause (11). 

    Bloating is another symptom. Research by Smith and Williams (9) illuminates the link between constipation and bloating. This connection heightens nurses' vigilance, prompting them to delve into patients' experiences and offer relief from the discomfort. 

    Pharmacological/Non-Pharmacological Treatment 

    Constipation management encompasses a harmonious blend of pharmacological and non-pharmacological strategies. Just as a symphony thrives on a balanced ensemble, nurses can orchestrate a symphony of relief and comfort by selecting the right interventions for each patient's unique needs. Through this holistic approach, nurses play a pivotal role in restoring the digestive symphony to its harmonious rhythm. 

     
    Pharmacological 

    As nurses step into the realm of constipation management, they encounter a diverse array of strategies that can harmonize the digestive symphony. Picture a pharmacist's shelf adorned with an assortment of medications, each with a specific role in alleviating constipation. 

    Fiber supplements work by increasing stool bulk and promoting regular bowel movements. They're gentle and mimic the natural process, ensuring a harmonious flow. 

    Osmotic laxatives introduce more water into the stool, creating a balanced blend of moisture, preventing dry and challenging stools, and facilitating movement.  

    Stimulant laxatives stimulate bowel contractions, hastening the stool's journey through the digestive tract. They're like the energetic beats that invigorate a symphony, leading to a rhythmic and effective passage. 

    Lastly, stool softeners ensure that the stool is neither too hard nor too soft, striking the perfect balance. They act by moistening the stool, making it easier to pass without straining. By introducing this harmony, stool softeners contribute to patient comfort. 

     
    Non-pharmacological 

    Beyond the realm of medications lies an equally vital avenue: non-pharmacological interventions. Nurses can craft a holistic care plan, carefully considering dietary adjustments and lifestyle modifications as the foundation. Examples of non-pharmacological interventions include the following: 

    A diet rich in fiber guides the stool's journey with ease. Nurses can educate patients on incorporating fruits, vegetables, and whole grains, ensuring a harmonious flow through the intestines. 

    Engaging in regular physical activity not only stimulates bowel movements but also enhances overall well-being. Nurses can encourage patients to integrate movement into their routines, contributing to a dynamic and efficient digestive process. 

    Relaxation techniques play a vital role in constipation management. Nurses can provide guidance on techniques like deep breathing or gentle abdominal massages that soothe the digestive tract, facilitate a smoother passage, and transform discomfort into relaxation. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How does fiber-rich food aid in preventing constipation? 
    2. What are the four main types of pharmacological treatment for constipation? 

    Complications 

    Constipation complications can disrupt the symphony of health. Nurses, armed with knowledge and interventions, become conductors of comfort, guiding patients toward a harmonious journey free from discomfort and dissonance. Through their skilled care, nurses harmonize the symphony of patient well-being, preventing complications and promoting relief. Examples of complications include the following. 

     

    Hemorrhoids 

    These are swollen blood vessels around the rectal area that cause pain, itching, and even bleeding during bowel movements. Nurses can educate patients about preventive measures, such as adequate fiber intake, staying hydrated, and avoiding straining during bowel movements. 

     

    Anal Fissure 

    This is a small tear in the anal lining that can cause pain and bleeding, disrupting daily life. Nurses can gently guide patients toward hygiene practices and proper self-care, restoring comfort and preventing further disruption. 

     

    Fecal Impaction 

    Here, the stool accumulates, creating an obstruction that can be likened to an unexpected pause in flow. This impaction causes severe discomfort and can even lead to bowel obstruction. Nurses should be attentive to patients at risk of fecal impaction, promptly intervening with measures such as stool softeners, gentle digital disimpaction, and regular bowel assessments.  

     

    Rectal Prolapse 

    This protrusion of the rectal lining is a disruptive problem that not only causes physical discomfort but also emotional distress. Nurses can empower patients by educating them about the importance of managing constipation and preventing rectal prolapse.  

     

    Nausea and Vomiting 

    The buildup of waste and toxins can trigger these unsettling symptoms. Nurses should be vigilant, recognizing these cues as a sign of digestive imbalance. Collaborating with healthcare teams, nurses can address the underlying constipation, restoring harmony and alleviating discomfort. 

     

    Bowel Obstruction 

    This is a medical emergency. Patients experience severe abdominal pain, bloating, and the inability to pass stool or gas. Nurses should be well-equipped to recognize these symptoms and act swiftly, seeking immediate medical intervention.  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is a potential complication of untreated constipation that involves swollen blood vessels around the rectal area? 
    2. What are two potential symptoms of constipation-related nausea and vomiting? 
    3. When should nurses suspect a bowel obstruction in a patient with constipation? 

    Prevention  

    Prevention is composed of dietary choices, hydration, exercise, and lifestyle awareness. Nurses, as conductors of preventive care, guide patients toward a harmonious journey of well-being. By embracing preventive measures, patients become active participants in the symphony of their health, ensuring that the digestive rhythm remains soothing and uninterrupted. Sample preventive measures include the following: 

     

    Dietary Adjustments 

    Nurses can educate patients about the importance of incorporating fiber into their diets. Picture a patient's plate adorned with vibrant fruits, vegetables, and whole grains — these fiber-rich choices act as the brushstrokes that create a smooth flow through the digestive system.  

     

    Hydration 

    Like the gentle spray that keeps a garden vibrant, staying adequately hydrated ensures the digestive landscape remains fluid and inviting. Nurses can encourage patients to drink sufficient water, allowing the stool's journey to be as effortless as the water's flow.  

     
    Exercise 

    Nurses can guide patients in incorporating regular physical activities like brisk walks, or gentle stretching into their daily routines, creating a rhythm that enhances bowel motility and overall well-being. Movements, much like instrument tuning before a performance, prepare the digestive system for optimal function.  

     

    Lifestyle Awareness 

    Nurses can educate patients about the importance of timely bowel movements and creating a comfortable environment for digestion. Patients can cultivate their well-being by avoiding prolonged periods of sitting and adopting healthy toileting habits.  

     

    Patient Education 

    Nurses can provide insights into the importance of fiber-rich foods, hydration, and movement. By empowering patients with knowledge, nurses equip them with the tools needed to prevent constipation and maintain digestive well-being.   

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is the importance of dietary adjustments in preventing constipation? 
    2. How does hydration impact constipation prevention? 
    3. What is the role of exercise in preventing constipation? 

    Nursing Implications 

    Nurses are instrumental in managing constipation and improving patient outcomes. Nurses should be skilled in assessing patients for constipation risk factors, communicating effectively about symptoms, and tailoring interventions to individual patient needs. Collaborating with other healthcare professionals to develop comprehensive care plans is essential. Examples of useful nursing skills include: 

     

    Holistic Assessment 

    Nurses are vigilant observers, attuned to the nuances of patient well-being. Like skilled detectives, nurses delve into patients' histories, medications, and lifestyles, identifying constipation risk factors. Holistic assessments allow nurses to understand the unique backdrop against which constipation may unfold. Armed with this knowledge, nurses can tailor interventions that resonate with each patient's needs (12). 

     
    Effective Communication 

    Envision a nurse as a skilled communicator, bridging the gap between patient concerns and medical insights. Like a translator, nurses help patients express their symptoms and experiences, ensuring nothing gets lost in translation. Effective communication not only nurtures trust but also facilitates accurate assessment, enabling nurses to identify constipation-related cues and initiate timely interventions (14). 

     

    Collaboration with Multidisciplinary Teams 

    Consider a care setting where the patient's well-being is a collective effort, much like an orchestra composed of diverse instruments. Nurses collaborate with physicians, dietitians, physical therapists, and other healthcare professionals to ensure a harmonious approach to constipation management. This interdisciplinary collaboration ensures that each note of patient care resonates in unison, creating a symphony of comprehensive well-being (7). 

     

    Patient-Centered Care Plans 

    Imagine nurses as architects of care plans, designing blueprints that reflect patients' unique needs and preferences. Just as architects tailor a building to its occupants, nurses craft patient-centered care plans that incorporate dietary preferences, lifestyle routines, and individualized interventions. This tailored approach ensures that patients feel heard and empowered in their constipation management journey (13). 

     

    Education and Empowerment 

    Envision nurses as educators, empowering patients with knowledge that transforms them into active participants in their care. Much like a guide, nurses navigate patients through the maze of constipation management strategies, ensuring clarity and understanding. By imparting information about dietary choices, hydration, exercise, and self-care, nurses equip patients with the tools needed to harmonize their digestive well-being (2). 

     
    Continuous Monitoring and Evaluation 

    Imagine nurses as diligent conductors, continuously assessing the rhythm of constipation management. Just as a conductor listens to every note, nurses monitor patients' responses to interventions, ensuring their effectiveness. Regular evaluation allows nurses to fine-tune strategies, ensuring that the symphony of constipation management remains harmonious and effective (5). 

     

    Compassionate Support 

    Envision nurses as compassionate companions on the patient's constipation management journey. Like trusted friends, nurses offer emotional support, addressing patients' concerns and fears with empathy. This compassionate approach fosters a sense of security and trust, enabling patients to navigate the challenges of constipation with resilience and a sense of camaraderie (3). 

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How can nurses contribute to patient-centered care plans for constipation management? 
    2. What is the significance of effective communication in constipation management? 
    3. Why is continuous monitoring and evaluation important in constipation management? 

    Conclusion

    Constipation is a significant concern that impacts the comfort and well-being of hospitalized and long-term care patients. Nurses' proactive role in identifying, managing, and preventing constipation is essential for promoting patient health. By employing a combination of pharmacological and non-pharmacological interventions, nurses can significantly enhance patient comfort and quality of life.  

    Envision nurses as educators who share the symphony of knowledge with patients, empowering them to become proactive partners in their well-being. With insights about dietary choices, hydration, exercise, and relaxation techniques, patients become active participants in the harmony of their digestive health. 

    Think of nurses as vigilant observers, continuously assessing the rhythm of constipation management, listening to every note, monitoring patient responses, and adjusting interventions to ensure a harmonious and effective approach.  

    Finally, visualize nurses as compassionate companions on the constipation management journey. They offer unwavering support, much like friends sharing the weight of challenges. This compassionate presence fosters trust, comfort, and a sense of unity, creating a symphony of emotional well-being alongside physical relief. 

    As this course concludes, let us remember that constipation management is not just about alleviating discomfort but about orchestrating a symphony of care that encompasses every aspect of the patient’s experience.  

    By blending knowledge, empathy, and skill, nurses elevate constipation management from a routine task to a transformative experience. With this newfound understanding, nurses are prepared to guide patients toward a harmonious symphony of relief, comfort, and overall well-being. 

     

     

    Spinal Cord Injury: Bowel and Bladder Management

    Introduction   

    Imagine one day you are able to walk and take care of your own needs. Now, imagine one week later you wake up no longer able to walk, feel anything below your waist, or hold your bowels.  

    This is a reality for many people who sustain spinal cord injuries. Managing changes in bowel and bladder function is one of many challenges that people with spinal cord injuries and their families or caregivers face.  

    This course will provide learners with the knowledge needed to assist patients who have spinal cord injuries with bowel and bladder management to improve the quality of life in this group.

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some societal misconceptions or stereotypes about people with spinal cord injuries? 
    2. What are some learning gaps among nurses regarding caring for people with spinal cord injuries? 
    3. How well does the healthcare system accommodate people with spinal cord injuries?

    Spinal Cord Injuries: The Basics

    Spinal Cord Function 

    Before defining a spinal cord injury, it is important to understand the function of the spinal cord itself. The spinal cord is a structure of the nervous system that is nestled within the vertebrae of the back and helps to distribute information from the brain (messages) to the rest of the body [1].  

    These messages result in sensation and other neurological functions. While it may be common to primarily associate the nervous system with numbness, tingling, or pain, nerves serve an important purpose in the body’s function as a whole.

    Spinal Cord Injury Definition 

    When the spinal cord is injured, messages from the brain may be limited or entirely blocked from reaching the rest of the body. Spinal cord injuries refer to any damage to the spinal cord caused by trauma or disease [2]. Spinal cord injuries can result in problems with sensation and body movements.  

    For example, the brain sends messages through the spinal cord to muscles and tissues to help with voluntary and involuntary movements. This includes physical activity like running and exercising, or something as simple as bowel and bladder elimination.  


    Spinal Cord Injury Causes 

    Spinal cord injuries occur when the spinal cord or its vertebrae, ligaments, or disks are damaged [3]. While trauma is the most common cause of spinal cord injuries in the U.S., medical conditions are the primary causes in low-income countries [4] [2]. 

     

    Trauma 
    • Vehicle accidents: Accounts for 40% of all cases [2] 
    • Falls: Accounts for 32% of all cases [2] 
    • Violence: Includes gun violence and assaults; accounts for 13% of all cases [2] [5] 
    • Sport-related accidents: Accounts for 8% of all cases [2] 

     

    Medical Conditions 
    • Multiple Sclerosis (MS): Damage to the myelin (or insulating cover) of the nerve fibers [1] 
    • Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS): Lou Gehrig’s disease, damage to the nerve cells that control voluntary muscle movements [1] 
    • Post-Polio: Damage to the central nervous system caused by a virus [1] 
    • Spina Bifida: Congenital defect of the neural tube (structure in utero that eventually forms the central nervous system) [1] 
    • Transverse Myelitis (TM): Inflammation of the spinal cord caused by viruses and bacteria [1] 
    • Syringomyelia: Cysts within the spinal cord often caused by a congenital brain abnormality [1] 
    • Brown-Sequard Syndrome (BSS): Lesions in the spinal cord that causes weakness or paralysis on one side of the body and loss of sensation on the other [1] 
    • Cauda Equina Syndrome: Compression of the nerves in the lower spinal region [1] 

    Spinal Cord Injury Statistics 

    According to the World Health Organization, between 250,000 and 500,000 people worldwide are living with spinal cord injuries [4]. In the U.S., this number is estimated to be between 255,000 and 383,000 with 18,000 new cases each year for those with trauma-related spinal cord injuries [6]. 

     

    Age/Gender 

    Globally, young adult males (age 20 to 29) and males over the age of 70 are most at risk. In the U.S., males are also at highest risk, and of this group, 43 is the average age [2].  

    While it is less common for females to acquire a spinal cord injury (2:1 ratio in comparison to males), when they do occur, adolescent females (15-19) and older females (age 60 and over) are most at risk globally [4].  

     

    Race/Ethnicity 

    In the U.S. since 2015, around 56% of spinal cord injuries related to trauma occurred among non-Hispanic whites, 25% among non-Hispanic Black people, and about 14% among Hispanics [6].  

     

    Mortality 

    People with spinal cord injuries are 2 to 5 times more likely to die prematurely than those without these injuries (WHO, 2013). People with spinal cord injuries are also more likely to die within the first year of the injury than in subsequent years. In the U.S., pneumonia, and septicemia – a blood infection – are the top causes of death in patients with spinal cord injuries [6]. 

     

    Financial Impact 

    Spinal cord injuries cost the U.S. healthcare system billions each year [6]. Depending on the type, spinal cord injuries can cost from around $430,000 to $1,300,000 in the first year and between $52,000 and $228,000 each subsequent year [6].  

    These numbers do not account for the extra costs associated with loss of wages and productivity which can reach approximately $89,000 each year [6]. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is one function of the spinal cord? 
    2. What is one way to prevent spinal cord injuries in any group? 
    3. Why do you think injuries caused by medical conditions are least likely to occur in the U.S.? 
    4. Why do you think the first year of care after the injury is the most costly?

    Think about someone you know (or cared for) who had a spinal cord injury. 

    1. Did they have total or partial loss of feeling and movement to the extremities? 
    2. What comorbidities or complications did they have associated with the injury? 
    3. In what ways did the injury affect their overall quality of life?

    Spinal Cord Injuries: Types and Complications

    Four Levels of the Spinal Cord 

    • Cervical (vertebrae C1 – C8): Neck; controls the back of the head down to the arms, hands, and diaphragm 
    • Thoracic (vertebrae T1 – T12): Upper mid-back; controls the chest muscles, many organs, some back muscles, and parts of the abdomen 
    • Lumbar (vertebrae L1 – L5): Lower back; controls parts of the lower abdomen, lower back, parts of the leg, buttocks, and some of the external genital organs 
    • Sacral (vertebrae S1 – S5): Lower back; controls the thighs down to the feet, anus, and most of the external genital organs 

     

    Types of Spinal Cord Injuries 

    Spinal cord injuries may be classified by level and degree of impairment. There are four types of spinal cord injuries [5]. 

     

    Injury Level 
    • Tetraplegia or Quadriplegia: Injury at the cervical level; loss of feeling or movement to the head, neck, and down. People with this type of spinal cord injury have the most impairment. 
    • Paraplegia: Injury at the thoracic level or below; limited or complete loss of feeling or movement to the lower part of the body.  

     

    Impairment 
    • Incomplete spinal cord injury: Some sensation and mobility below the level of injury as the spinal cord can still transmit some messages from the brain. 
    • Complete spinal cord injury: Total loss of all sensation and mobility below the level of injury. Spinal cord injuries of this type have the greatest functional loss. 

    Spinal Cord Injury Complications 

    Complications from spinal cord injuries can be physical, mental, or social, and can impact overall quality of life. There are six common complications of spinal cord injuries [2]. 

     

    Depression 

    Studies show that 32.9% of adults with disabilities experience frequent mental distress [7]. Mental distress may be related to functional limitations, chronic disease, and the increased need for healthcare services.  Up to 37% of people with spinal cord injuries develop depression [2]. 

     

    Pressure injuries 

    People with spinal cord injuries may have problems with circulation and skin sensation– both risk factors for pressure injuries. Some may be bedridden or wheelchair-bound which also places them at risk for pressure injuries. Up to 80% of people with spinal cord injuries will have a pressure injury during their lifetime and 30% will have more than one [2].  

     

    Spasticity 

    Around 65% - 78% of people with spinal cord injuries have spasticity [2]. Spasticity is uncontrolled muscle tightening or contraction. The damage from spinal cord injuries causes misfires in the nervous system leading to twitching, jerking, or stiffening of muscles. 

     

    Autonomic dysreflexia 

    In some people with spinal cord injuries, a full bladder or bowel distention can cause a potentially dangerous condition called autonomic dysreflexia. The full bladder or bowel triggers a sudden exaggerated reflex that causes an increase in blood pressure. This condition is also associated with a severe headache, low heart rate, cold skin, and sweating in the lower body [8]. 

     

    Respiratory problems 

    If the diaphragm function is affected, as with cervical spinal cord injuries, there may be breathing difficulties. People with lumbar spinal cord injuries can even have respiratory problems as the abdominal muscles are used to breathe. 

     

    Sexual problems 

    Due to changes in muscle function and depending on the degree of damage, people with spinal cord injuries may have problems with arousal and climax due to altered sensations and changes in sexual reflexes.  

     

    Changes in bowel and bladder function 

    Many people with spinal cord injuries lose bowel control. Bowel problems can include constipation, impaction, and incontinence. They may also have problems with urination, for example, urinary retention. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Why might a person with a disability experience mental distress? 
    2. In what type of spinal cord injury does a person lose all sensation and mobility below the waist? 
    3. Why are people with spinal cord injuries at risk for pressure injuries? 
    4. How can spinal cord injuries affect a person’s personal relationships? 

    Bowel and Bladder Dysfunction in Spinal Cord Injuries 

    This section will cover the normal function of the bowel and bladder, and the types of bowel and bladder dysfunction that occurs in patients with spinal cord injuries.

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    Think about a time you assisted with bowel or bladder management in someone with a spinal cord injury. 

    1. What types of activities were included in their bowel or bladder regimen? 
    2. What challenges did you encounter during bowel or bladder care? 
    3. What difficulties did they express to you about managing their bowel or bladder program? 
    4. In what ways did you assist them in managing their own bowel or bladder program?

    Normal Bowel and Bladder Function 

    In normal bowel and bladder function, when the rectum or bladder fills with stool/urine and presses on area nerves (stimulation), the message is sent to the spinal cord which sends it to the brain. The brain gives the person the “urge” feeling, allowing an option to control the elimination or not.  

    Whatever decision the person makes, the brain sends the message back to the spinal cord, which in turn sends a message to the elimination muscles (anal and bladder sphincters) to either relax or stay closed until the person is ready. In people with spinal cord injuries, the messages are limited or blocked, leading to problems with bowel and bladder control [9] [10].  

     

    Bowel Dysfunction with Spinal Cord Injuries 

    Reflex hypertonic neurogenic bowel occurs when a rectum full of stool presses against area nerves sending a message to the spinal cord, but it stops there. The message never makes it to the brain, so the person never gets the urge.  

    As a result, a reflex is set off, prompting the spinal cord to send a message to the anal muscle (sphincter) instead, causing it to relax and release the stool. This condition leads to bowel incontinence and usually occurs in spinal injuries at the cervical and thoracic levels [9] [10]. 

    Flaccid hypotonic bowel occurs when area nerves are also stimulated by a full rectum, but the message does not even reach the spinal cord, so there is no reflex. The anal sphincter is always in a relaxed state.  

    As a result, the bowels simply empty when they are full, and this can occur at any time without the person having the ability to control it. This condition results in bowel incontinence and can lead to constipation as the patient does not have the urge and may not have the ability to push. This condition usually occurs in spinal injuries at the lumbar level [9] [10]. 

     

    Bladder Dysfunction with Spinal Cord Injuries 

    Reflex neurogenic bladder occurs when the bladder automatically starts to contract after filling with a certain amount of urine. The person has no urge to go as the messages are either limited or blocked from reaching the brain, therefore leading to loss of bladder control. Similar to reflex hypertonic neurogenic bowel, the full bladder triggers are nerves that set off a reflex, prompting the spinal cord to send messages to the bladder releasing urine outside of the person’s control [9] [10]. 

    Acontractile bladder occurs when the bladder loses muscle tone after a spinal cord injury, lessening its ability to contract, leading to bladder distention, and dribbling of urine. People with this condition need to use urinary catheters to help empty the bladder [9]. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is one role of the brain in bowel and bladder function? 
    2. Which type of bowel dysfunction occurs in thoracic-level spinal cord injuries? 
    3. In which type of bowel dysfunction might a suppository be most effective? 
    4. In which type of bladder dysfunction does the bladder lose muscle tone? 

    The Nurse’s Role in Bowel and Bladder Management 

    This section will cover how nurses can assess, intervene, and teach when caring for patients with spinal cord injuries who have bowel and bladder dysfunction.

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    Think about your experiences with patients with spinal cord injuries and their family or caregivers. 

      1. How knowledgeable was the patient about their bowel or bladder care? 
      2. In what ways were the family or caregiver involved in the plan of care? 
      3. Did the family or caregiver have any learning gaps that needed to be addressed? 
      4. What difficulties did the family or caregiver express to you about their role? 

    Nurse Assessments 

    When caring for patients with spinal cord injuries, nurses should obtain a detailed bowel and bladder history including diet, fluid intake, medications, and elimination patterns/habits [11]. Many of these patients may already manage their own bowel and bladder care at home.  

    If so, the nurse should obtain the patient’s current regimen and communicate the information to the physician. The physician may choose to continue the regimen or adjust as needed based on the patient’s current illness/condition.  

     

    Questions the nurse can ask the patient: 
    • What does your typical diet consist of? 
    • How much fluid do you drink on a daily basis? 
    • How often do you have a bowel movement or urinate? 
    • Do you schedule your bowel movements with assistance from medications? 
    • Are there certain body positions or things you do to help you pass stool more easily?
    • How often do you use an intermittent urinary catheter for bladder relief? 
    • How much time do you spend on your bowel and bladder regimens? 
    • Do you care for all of your elimination needs or does someone help you? 
    • How does your bowel and bladder dysfunction affect your quality of life? 

     

    Some assessments may be observed. For example, nurses may notice that the patient has a surgically placed permanent suprapubic urinary catheter or colostomy (when the bowel is cut somewhere above the level of the rectum and diverted to the outside of the abdomen). 

     

    Nurse Interventions 

    Since many patients with spinal cord injuries have problems with bowel and bladder function, elimination must be scheduled. Nurses can help by implementing bowel and bladder programs and providing education and support to patients, families, or caregivers.  

     

    Regimens 

    Follow the patient’s home bowel and bladder regimen (as ordered). This may include maintaining intermittent catheterization every few hours or administering suppositories daily.  

    For patients who do not have a regimen already or wish to modify their current one, encourage them to pay attention to how often they urinate and pass stools, elimination problems, foods that alleviate or worsen the problem, and medications or other things that help. This can be done through a diary. 

     

    Dietary Considerations 

    Educate patients on the importance of a fiber-rich diet to avoid constipation. Patients should also be made aware that high-fat foods, spicy foods, and caffeine can alter gut dynamics and lead to bowel incontinence episodes [12]. 

     

    Fluid Intake 

    Some patients may avoid drinking enough water to avoid bladder complications (e.g., frequent incontinent episodes) [12]. However, nurses should educate patients on the importance of adequate fluid intake to prevent constipation. Patients should be made aware that bladder and bowel elimination regimens go hand in hand. 

     

    Bladder Elimination 

    For bladder dysfunction, help patients perform intermittent urinary catheterization as needed or place a temporary urinary catheter (as ordered). 

     

    Bowel Elimination 

    For bowel dysfunction, administer ordered suppositories and laxatives to help the bowels move (use suppositories in conjunction with the level of sensation the patient has near the anus/rectum) [9]. Changes in body position may help as well.  

    While many of these interventions may not work in some patients with spinal cord injuries, bowel irrigation (water enemas) may be helpful [11]. Surgical placement of a colostomy may be indicated if all other measures have failed [11]. 

     

    Emotional Support 

    Ensure privacy and sensitivity during all elimination care as patients may experience embarrassment or frustration. 

     

    Education for Families or Caregivers 

    Provide education to families or caregivers on the importance of helping patients stay consistent with their elimination regimen, follow diet and fluid intake recommendations, and comply with medication orders.  

     

    Referrals 

    Inform the physician if interventions are not effective or if the patient, family, or caregiver has a special need (e.g., counselor or dietician). Refer patients and families or caregivers to support groups as needed.

     

    Support Groups and Resources 

    Christopher and Dana Reeve Foundation 

    Christopher Reeve – an actor who was left paralyzed after an equestrian accident – and his wife Dana’s legacy lives on through their foundation, an organization that advocates for people living with paralysis [13].  

     

    Miami Project to Cure Paralysis 

    In response to his son, who acquired a spinal cord injury during college football, NFL Hall of Famer Nick Buoniconti and world-renowned neurosurgeon Barth A. Green, M.D. started a research program aimed at finding a cure for paralysis and discovering new treatments for many other neurological injuries and disorders [14]. 

     

    National Institute on Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research (NIDILRR) 

    The National Institute on Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research, a part of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Administration for Community Living, helps people with disabilities integrate into society, employment, and independent living [15].  

     

    Paralyzed Veterans of America (PVA)  

    A group of World War II veterans who returned home with spinal cord injuries, started this organization to support those with spinal cord injuries and dysfunction. Today, the organization focuses on quality health care, research and education, benefits, and civil rights to affected veterans [16].  

     

    United Spinal Association 

    The United Spinal Association supports people with spinal cord injuries and those in wheelchairs. The organization advocates for disability rights like access to healthcare, mobility equipment, public transportation, and community support. Support groups can be found on their website [17).  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    • What is one question a nurse can ask a patient to obtain a bowel and bladder history? 
    • How can nurses help patients with spinal cord injuries start or modify a bowel or bladder regimen? 
    • When might a colostomy be indicated for a patient with a spinal cord injury? 
    • What type of referral might be ordered for a patient with a spinal cord injury who has bowel or bladder dysfunction?

    Conclusion

    Spinal cord injuries can have devastating effects on patients and their families. Management of basic bodily functions like bowel and bladder elimination should be made as easy as possible for these patients.

    When nurses learn how to effectively help patients with spinal cord injuries better manage their own bowel and bladder regimens, quality of life and health outcomes may be improved for this group.

    Pressure Injury Prevention, Staging and Treatment

    Introduction   

    When hearing the term HAPI, what comes to mind? The fact is, HAPI may not necessarily generate happy thoughts. Hospital-acquired pressure injuries (HAPIs) are a significant problem in the U.S. today. In fact, pressure injuries in general – whether acquired in a hospital or not – are a global problem.

    Many articles have noted that staging and differentiating pressure injuries can be overwhelming for nurses [9]. The purpose of this course is to equip learners with the knowledge needed to reduce pressure injuries, resulting complications, financial risk, and associated death. The information in this course will serve as a valuable resource to nurses from all specialties and backgrounds.

    What is a pressure injury?

    The National Pressure Injury Advisory Panel (NPIAH) defines pressure injuries as “localized damage to the skin and underlying soft tissue usually over a bony prominence or related to a medical or other device” [17]. Pressure injuries can present as intact or opened skin and can be shallow or deep. Pressure injuries can be quite painful for patients and may require extensive treatment.

    Prior to 2016, pressure injuries were termed “pressure ulcers.” However, since ulcer implies “open skin,” the NPIAH changed it to “pressure injury” as the skin is not always open with some of these injuries [22][25].

     

    What causes a pressure injury to develop?

    Pressure 

    Intense and/or prolonged pressure on the patient’s skin and/or tissue can cause compromised blood flow and decreased sensation [7]. This can occur when patients lay or sit on a bony prominence for an extended period of time [16].  

    Bony prominences are areas where you can easily feel a bone underneath the skin or tissue when palpating. These can include the heels, hips, elbows, and tailbone. Approximately two-thirds of all pressure injuries occur on the hip and buttocks area [7]. 

     
    Friction and Shear 

    Friction and shear often happen when patients slide down in bed, for example, when the head of the bed is raised. Although “friction and shear” are often used together, there is actually a difference between the two.  

    While friction occurs when skin is dragged across a coarse surface (leading to surface-level injuries), shearing occurs when internal bodily structures and skin tissue move in opposite directions (leading to deep-level injuries) [10]. Shearing is often associated with a type of pressure injury called deep tissue injury (occurring in the deeper tissue layers rather than on the skin’s surface) [10].

     

    [24] 

     

    What are risk factors for developing a pressure injury? 

    There are numerous risk factors for pressure injuries – some of which may not be directly related to the skin. These risk factors can be categorized as either intrinsic factors (occurring from within the body) or extrinsic (occurring from outside of the body) [2][13]. 

     

    Intrinsic Risk Factors 

    - Poor skin perfusion (e.g., peripheral vascular disease or smoking) 

    - Sensation deficits (e.g., diabetic neuropathy or spinal cord injuries) 

    - Moist skin (e.g., urinary incontinence or excessive sweating) 

    - Inadequate nutrition (particularly poor protein intake) 

    - Poor skin elasticity (e.g., normal age-related skin changes) 

    - End of life/palliative (leads to organ failure including the skin) 

    - Limited mobility (i.e., bedridden, or wheelchair-bound) 

     

    Extrinsic Risk Factors 

    - Physical and chemical restraints (leads to limited mobility) 

    - Undergoing a procedure (laying down for extended periods of time) 

    - Length of hospital stay (for HAPIs) 

    - Medical devices (can lead to medical device-related pressure injuries)

     

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are the most common areas for pressure injuries to develop? 
    2. What is the major difference between friction and shear? 
    3. What is one reason why elderly adults are at an increased risk for developing a pressure injury? 

    Statistical Evidence 

    This section will cover pressure injury statistics both globally and nationally. This section will also cover the impact pressure injuries have on healthcare.

    What is happening on a global scale? 

    In a global study, researchers found that the prevalence (all cases) and incidence (new cases) of pressure injuries in 2019 were 0.85 million and 3.17 million, respectively – numbers that have decreased over time [23][25]. Numbers were disproportionately high in high-income North America, Central Latin America, and Tropic Latin America [25]. Numbers were lowest in Central Asia and Southeast Asia. The report revealed that although numbers are high overall, they are much lower than what they were predicted to be, which may be attributed to better prevention and treatment initiatives.

    What is happening nationally? 

    In the U.S., 2.5 million people develop pressure injuries each year [1]. This number does not account for the many people trying to manage pressure injuries on their own at home (i.e., when family acts as the caregiver).  

    HAPIs in particular are a growing problem. The most recent data on hospital-acquired conditions in the U.S. shows that from 2014 to 2017, HAPIs increased by 6% (647,000 cases in 2014 to 683,000 in 2017) [6]. Each year 60,000 patients in the U.S. die as a direct result of pressure injuries [1]. 

    How do pressure injuries impact healthcare? 

    Pressure injuries can be quite costly to the healthcare system. These injuries can lead to persistent pain, prolonged infections, long-term disability, increased healthcare costs, and increased mortality [1].  

    In the U.S., pressure injuries cost between $9.1 - $11.6 billion per year [1]. These injuries are complex and can be difficult to treat [7]. Often requiring an interdisciplinary approach to care, the costs of one pressure injury admission can be substantial. Individual care for patients with pressure injuries ranges from $20,900 to $151,700 per injury [1]. Not to mention, more than 17,000 lawsuits are related to pressure injuries every year [1].  

    Due to the significant impact that these injuries have on healthcare, prevention and accurate diagnosis is imperative.

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are possible contributing factors to the increase in HAPIs in the U.S.? 
    2. What are some factors that may contribute to the high costs of pressure injuries in healthcare settings?

    Staging and Diagnosis 

    The section will cover the staging, varying types, and diagnosis of pressure injuries.  

     

    What is the difference between wound assessment and staging? 

    Pressure injury staging is more than a basic wound assessment. Wound assessment includes visualizing the wound, measuring the size of the wound, paying attention to odors coming from the wound, and lightly palpating the area on and/or around the wound for abnormalities. Pressure injury staging, however, involves determining the specific cause of injury, depth of skin or tissue damage, and progression of the disease.  

     

    What are the six stages of pressure injuries? 

    According to NPIAP guidelines, there are six types of pressure injuries – four of which are stageable [14]. 

     

    [16] 

     

    Stage 1 

    In Stage 1 pressure injuries, there is intact skin with a localized area of non-blanchable erythema (pink or red in color), which may appear differently in darkly pigmented skin. Before visual changes are noted, there may be the presence of blanchable erythema or changes in sensation, temperature, or firmness. Stage 1 pressure injuries do not have a purple or maroon discoloration (this can indicate a deep tissue pressure injury). 

     

    Stage 2 

    In Stage 2 pressure injuries, there is partial-thickness loss of skin with exposed dermis. The wound bed is viable, pink or red, moist, and may represent an intact or opened serum-filled blister. Fat (adipose) and deeper tissues are not visible. Granulation tissue, slough (soft moist material, typically yellow or white), and eschar (hard necrotic tissue, typically black in color) are not present. Stage 2 injuries cannot be used to describe wounds associated with moisture-only, skin chaffing, medical adhesives, or trauma. 

     

    Stage 3 

    In Stage 3 pressure injuries, there is full-thickness loss of skin, in which fat is visible in the injury, and granulation tissue and rolled wound edges are often present. Slough and/or eschar may be noted. The depth of tissue damage is dependent on the area of the wound. Areas with a significant amount of fat can develop deep wounds.  

    Undermining (burrowing in one or more directions, may be wide) and tunneling (burrowing in one direction) may be present. Fascia, muscle, tendon, ligament, cartilage, and/or bone are not exposed. If slough or eschar covers the extent of tissue loss, this would be considered an unstageable pressure injury, not a Stage 3. 

     

    Stage 4 

    In Stage 4 pressure injuries, there is full-thickness skin and tissue loss with exposed or directly palpable fascia, muscle, tendon, ligament, cartilage, or bone in the wound. Slough and/or eschar may be visible. Rolled wound edges, undermining, and/or tunneling are often present. The area where the wound is present will determine the depth. As with stage 3 pressure injuries, if slough or eschar covers the extent of tissue loss, this would be considered an unstageable pressure injury. 

     

    Unstageable 

    In unstageable pressure injuries, there is full-thickness skin and tissue loss in which the extent of tissue damage within the wound cannot be confirmed because it is covered by slough or eschar. If the slough or eschar is removed, a Stage 3 or Stage 4 pressure injury will be revealed. Stable eschar (i.e., dry, adherent, intact without erythema or fluctuance) on an ischemic limb or the heel(s) should not be removed.  

     

    Deep Tissue Injury 

    In deep tissue pressure injuries (also termed: deep tissue injuries or DTIs), there is intact or non-intact skin with localized area or persistent non-blanchable deep red, maroon, purple discoloration, or epidermal separation revealing a dark wound bed or blood-filled blister.  

    Pain and temperature changes often precede skin color changes. Discoloration may appear differently in darker-pigmented skin. The injury may resolve without tissue loss or may worsen quickly and open up, revealing the actual extent of tissue injury. Deep tissue pressure injuries should not be used to describe vascular, traumatic, neuropathic, or dermatologic conditions.  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How do basic wound assessments differ from pressure injury staging? 
    2. What is the main difference between a Stage 1 pressure injury and deep tissue injury? 
    3. What is one structure you might see in a Stage 4 pressure injury wound bed that you would not see in any other pressure injury?

    What are other types of pressure injuries? 

    Mucosal Membrane Pressure Injury 

    Mucosal membrane pressure injuries are found on mucous membranes with a history of a medical device in use at the location of the injury. For example, a wound on the inside of a nostril from a nasogastric tube would be considered a mucosal membrane pressure injury. Due to the anatomy of the tissue, mucosal membrane pressure injuries cannot be staged [18]. 

     

    Medical Device-Related Pressure Injury 

    Medical device-related pressure injuries, often associated with healthcare facilities, resulting from the use of devices designed and applied for diagnostic or therapeutic purposes [15]. The resulting pressure injury typically conforms to the pattern or shape of the device which makes identification easier. The injury should be staged using the staging system.  

     

    Hospital Acquired Pressure Injury (HAPI) 

    While the general hospital setting places patients at a 5% to 15% increased risk of developing a pressure injury (HAPI), patients in the intensive (or critical) care unit in particular have an even higher risk [17]. Critical care patients typically have serious illnesses and conditions that may cause temporary or permanent functional decline. There is also evidence that pressure injuries in this setting can actually be unavoidable.  

    The NPIAP defines “unavoidable” pressure injuries as those that still develop after several measures by the health provider have been taken. These measures include when the provider has (a) evaluated the patient’s condition and pressure injury risk factors, (b) defined and implemented interventions consistent with standards of practice and the patient’s needs and goals, and (c) monitored and evaluated the impact of interventions [20]. There are certain situations in which a critical care patient may have a higher risk of developing unavoidable pressure injuries.  

    In one study of 154 critical care patients, researchers found that 41% of HAPIs were unavoidable and those who had a pressure injury in the past were five times more likely to develop an unavoidable pressure injury during their stay [20]. The study also found that the chance of developing an unavoidable HAPI increased the longer patients stayed in the hospital – a 4% risk increase each day.  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What type of pressure injury can be caused by nasogastric tube use? 
    2. What is it about critical care patients that places them at a high risk for HAPIs? 
    3. In what situation is a pressure injury considered unavoidable?

    How are pressure injuries diagnosed? 

    Diagnosing a pressure injury is done by simply staging the injury. The health provider may stage the injury or rely on the nurse’s staging assessment before giving the final diagnosis and initiating treatment. There are tests that may be ordered to help identify the early stages of a developing injury.  

    For example, subepidermal moisture assessment (SEM) scanners may help to identify tissue changes early on in patients with darker skin tones [8]. Tests may also be ordered to determine the extent of the damage, disease, or infection caused by a pressure injury. A magnetic resonance imaging test (MRI) can be used to determine if the infection in a stage 4 pressure injury has spread to the bone. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some problems that can occur if a pressure injury is not staged correctly?  
    2. What is one reason a provider would order an MRI of a pressure injury?

    Prevention and Treatment 

    This section will cover various strategies that can be used to prevent and treat pressure injuries. 

     

    What are some ways to prevent pressure injuries? 

    Preventing pressure injuries takes more than just one nurse repositioning a patient every two hours. It involves a combination of strategies, protocols, and guidelines that facilities can implement across various departments, specialties, and care team members. The NIAPH recommends the following prevention strategies [19]. 

     

    Risk assessment 

    Facilities should use a standardized risk assessment tool to help identify patients at risk for pressure injuries (i.e., the Braden or Norton Scale). Rather than using the tool as the only risk assessment strategy, risk factors should be identified by other means (for example, by gathering a detailed patient history).  

    Risk assessments should be performed on a regular basis and updated as needed based on changes in the patient’s condition. Care plans should include risk assessment findings to address needs. 

     

    Skin Care 

    Monitoring and protecting the patient’s skin is vital for pressure injury prevention. Stage 1 pressure injuries should be identified early to prevent the progress of disease. These include looking at pressure points, temperature, and the skin beneath medical devices.  

    The frequency of assessments may change depending on the department. Ideally, assessments should be performed upon admission and at least once daily. Skin should also be cleaned promptly after incontinence episodes. 

     

    Nutritional Care 

    Tools should be used that help to identify patients at risk for malnutrition. Patients at risk should be referred to a registered dietician or nutritionist. Patients at risk should be weighed daily and monitored for any barriers to adequate nutritional intake. These may include swallowing difficulties, clogged feeding tubes, or delays in intravenous nutrition infusions. 

     

    Positioning and mobilization 

    Immobility can be related to age, general poor health, sedation, and more. Using offloading pressure activities and keeping patients mobile overall can prevent pressure injuries. Patients at risk should be assisted in turning and repositioning on a schedule. Pressure-relieving devices may be used as well. Patients should not be positioned on an area of previous pressure injury. 

     

    Monitoring, training, and leadership 

    Current and new cases of pressure injuries should be documented appropriately and reported. All care team members should be educated on pressure injury prevention and the importance of up-to-date care plans and documentation.  

    All care team members should be provided with appropriate resources to carry out all strategies outlined. Leadership should be available to all care team members for support (this may include a specialized wound care nurse or wound care provider). 

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is one reason why a patient at risk for pressure injuries would be weighed daily? 
    2. What are two ways to prevent pressure injuries in a patient with limited mobility?

    How are pressure injuries treated? 

    There is no one way to treat a pressure injury. Management of pressure injuries involves a specialized team of care providers and a combination of therapies that aim to target underlying factors and prevent complications [7]. Depending on the stage of the wound and skin risk factors, providers may order specific types of treatments.  

    Some pressure injury treatments may include the following [7]. 

    - Wound debridement – a procedure in which necrotic tissue is removed from a wound bed to prevent the growth of pathogens in the wound, allowing for healing 

    - Antibiotic therapy (topical or systemic) 

    - Medicated ointments applied to the wound bed (e.g., hydrogels, hydrocolloids, or saline-moistened gauze to enable granulation tissue to grow and the wound to heal) 

    - Nutritional therapies (e.g., referrals to dieticians) 

    - Disease management (e.g., controlling blood sugar in diabetes) 

    - Pain medications 

    - Physical therapy (to keep the patient active) 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. In what way does debridement help to heal a pressure injury? 
    2. What non-nursing care team member may be consulted for a patient with a pressure injury?

    The Nurse’s Role 

    The section will cover the nurse’s role in preventing pressure injuries and the progression of disease.  

     

    What is the nurse’s role in pressure injury prevention? 

    Based on NPIAH guidelines, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ) – an agency that monitors pressure injury data for the U.S. – breaks down quality initiatives for preventing pressure injuries in a three-component care bundle [2].  

    A care bundle is a combination of best practices that when used together, can lead to better patient outcomes [2]. The care bundle includes skin assessments, risk assessments, and care planning. Nurses should follow the guidelines listed under each component. 

    Standardized pressure injury risk assessment 

    - Use risk assessment tools and processes to identify patients at risk 

    - Do not rely on tools only, use your own judgment as well (tools are meant to guide the assessment) 

    - Update risk scores at least once daily and if patient’s condition changes 

    - Document findings in the medical record 

    - Communicate findings to other staff involved for continuity of care (e.g., informing another nurse during patient handoff reporting) 

     

    Comprehensive skin assessment 

    - Identify any pressure injuries that may be present 

    - Determine whether there are other areas of skin breakdown or factors that may predispose the patient to develop a pressure injury (e.g., moist skin) 

    - Identify other skin issues 

    - Perform assessments at regular intervals 

    - Document findings in the medical record 

    - Communicate findings to other staff involved in care so that appropriate changes can be reported (e.g., informing the nursing assistant) 

    - Ask colleague to confirm findings for accuracy (i.e., two-nurse skin checks) 

     

    Care planning and implementation to address areas of risk 

    - Create care plans that include each skin risk factor (e.g., nutrition, mobility, and moisture) 

    - Update care plans as often as needed if there are any changes in the patient’s condition 

    - Evaluate whether care plan was effective by assessing patient response to interventions 

    -  Individualize care plans for each patient based on risk assessment scores and other observed risks 

    - Identify patient learning needs and implement teaching as needed 

    - Document care plan in the medical record 

    - Communicate care plan to other staff involved for continuity of care (e.g., informing another nurse during patient handoff reporting) 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Why should nurses avoid relying solely on standardized assessment tools? 
    2. Why is documentation important when performing a skin assessment? 
    3. What pressure injury information should nurses communicate during handoff report?

    How can nurses prevent medical device-related pressure injuries?

    The NPIAP outlined best practices to prevent medical device-related pressure injuries in various settings including general care, long-term care, critical care, and pediatric care [20]. The following strategies apply across all settings. 

    - Choose the correct size of medical device for the individual. 

    - Cushion and protect the skin with dressings in high-risk areas (e.g., nasal bridge). 

    - Inspect the skin under and around the device at least daily (if not medically contraindicated).  

    - Rotate sites of oximetry probes.  

    - Rotate between O2 mask and prongs (if feasible).  

    - Reposition devices (if feasible).  

    - Avoid placement of device over sites of prior or existing pressure injury OR directly under the patient.  

    - Be aware of edema under the device and the potential for skin breakdown. 

    - Change rigid C-collar to softer collar when medically cleared (for critical care settings).

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How can nurses prevent a pressure injury from developing on the ear of a patient who wears a nasal cannula?

    How can nurses identify pressure injuries in patients with darker skin tones? 

    Research suggests that it may be difficult to note early changes that can lead to the development of a pressure injury in patients with darker skin tones – for one, blanching may not be as visible [8]. This places the patient at a greater risk for the advancement of disease as early identification may be challenging.  

    In order to appropriately identify pressure injuries in patients with darker skin tones, nurses should use unique strategies. The NIPAH offers these recommendations for nurses to help accurately identify pressure injuries in this group [8]. 

     

    Identification tips 

    - Clean the suspected area beforehand 

    - Compare the area to surrounding unaffected areas 

    - Compare the area to the opposite laterality if possible (i.e., right versus left elbow) 

    - Compare the area to unaffected areas in a different location (i.e., upper back versus chest) 

    - Look for differences in skin tautness 

    - Look for shining skin changes 

    - Palpate for changes in skin temperature 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is one way to identify pressure injuries in patients with darker skin tones? 

    How can nurses quickly differentiate between pressure injury stages? 

    Correct staging of pressure injuries is vital as treatment is determined by the extent of damage, disease, or infection. First and foremost, wounds should be gently cleaned prior to staging as drainage or debris can be mistaken for fat or bone within the wound bed [14].  

    Nurses can quickly differentiate between stages by asking these simple easy-to-understand starter questions. A more detailed assessment should follow. 

    - Stage 1 versus Stage 2: Is the skin intact? 

    Rationale: The skin is always intact in Stage 1. The skin is always open in Stage 2 (or there may be an intact blister present). 

    - Stage 2 versus Stage 3: Is the wound bed pink or beefy red? 

    Rationale: The wound bed is pink or beefy red in Stage 2. In Stage 3, the wound bed has structures within that may be discolored. 

    - Stage 3 versus Stage 4: Does the wound bed contain soft or firm structures? 

    Rationale: The wound bed contains softer structures in Stage 3. The wound bed contains firmer structures in Stage 4.* 

    - Unstageable versus Stageable: Is any part of the wound bed hidden? 

    Rationale: The wound bed is not entirely exposed in an unstageable. The wound bed is exposed in a stageable that is open. 

    - Intact DTI versus Stage 1: Is the discoloration light or dark? 

    Rationale: The discoloration is dark in a DTI. The discoloration is much lighter in Stage 1. 

    - Open DTI versus Stage 2: Is the discoloration in or around the wound bed dark? 

    Rationale: There is dark discoloration in or around the wound bed in an open DTI. In stage 2, the discoloration is much lighter (if even present). 

     

    *Nurses should familiarize themselves with the appearance of the various structures that may be present in a wound like fat, fascia, bone, tendon, ligament, etc. Most importantly, nurses should consult the wound care team or health provider if a stage cannot be determined. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Why should nurses clean a wound prior to staging? 
    2. What should nurses do if unsure how to stage a pressure injury?

    What should patients know? 

    Facilities can use the NIAPH prevention strategies to devise teaching plans for patients [19]. Nurses should educate patients and families/caregivers on risk factors, signs and symptoms, prevention tips, and the importance of following through with treatment.  

    Nurses should also teach patients to advocate for their own health in order to avoid progression of disease. Here are important tips to teach at any point during the patient’s stay. These tips can apply to nurses working in a variety of settings. 

    - Tell the nurse or provider of your medical conditions (needed to identify risk factors) 

    - Tell the nurse or provider if you notice any numbness or tingling in your body (potential risk for sensory deficits) 

    - Tell the nurse or provider if you have a loss of appetite or trouble eating (potential risk for malnutrition) 

    - Clean yourself well after using the restroom (maintains skin integrity) 

    - Tell the nurse or provider if you need to use the restroom or need help with cleaning yourself (maintains skin integrity) 

    - Tell the nurse right away if you have an incontinence episode (maintains skin integrity) 

    - Take all prescribed medications (may include necessary antibiotics or wound-healing medications) 

    - Reposition yourself in bed often or tell the nurse if you need help doing so (reduces immobility risk) 

    - Tell the nurse or provider if you notice a new discolored area on your skin, or an open area (potential new or worsening pressure injury) 

    - Tell the nurse or provider if you notice any changes to your wound (potential worsening pressure injury) 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is one pressure injury prevention tip nurses can teach hospitalized patients? 
    2. What signs or symptoms should nurses teach the patient to report?

    Quality Improvement 

    This section will cover the quality improvement measures in place to reduce pressure injuries. 

    What is a pressure injury quality improvement initiative? 

    Quality improvement involves setting goals (or initiatives) and standards of care. The goal of quality improvement is to improve patient outcomes at a systematic level where everyone involved is on the same page.  

    Although possibly unaware, all care team members are involved in quality improvement. Nursing leaders design, manage, and evaluate program initiatives. Staff nurses and other care team members follow protocols that are often developed from these initiatives.  

    The Pressure Injury Prevention Program is a guide designed by the AHRQ to help health facilities implement a structured pressure injury prevention initiative based on quality improvement [12]. Facilities can use the guide as a training toolkit to implement a new quality improvement program [5].  

     

    Initiative Goals: 

    - Reduced pressure injury rates 

    - Reduced adverse events related to pressure injuries 

    - Reduced costs associated with pressure injuries 

    - Reduced lawsuits related to pressure injuries 

     

    Ways facilities can implement a prevention program: 

    - Address the overall objectives of the prevention program 

    - Identify the needs for change and how to redesign practice 

    - Develop goals and plans for change 

    - Use the NIAPH pressure injury prevention recommended practices 

    - Establish comprehensive skin assessment protocols 

    - Standardize assessments of pressure injury risk factors 

    - Incorporate risk factors into individualized care planning 

    - Establish clear staff and leadership roles 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is one reason why a health facility would start or update a pressure injury prevention program? 
    2. When pressure injury rates are reduced, what else can health facilities expect to improve as well?

    What are some pressure injury quality measures? 

    Quality measures are tools that measure a system’s healthcare goals and/or ability to provide high-quality care [11]. In simple terms, quality measures are specific ways that systems (governments, states, organizations, etc.) can show how they are making progress in meeting goals. The AHRQ highlights the following three ways the U.S. measures its progress.  

     

    Number of HAPIs 

    The AHRQ measures the number of HAPIs per year. The most recent data is from 2014 to 2017 [6].

     

    Year  Number of HAPIs 
    2014  647,000 
    2015  700,000 
    2016  677,000 
    2017  683,000 

     

    Rate of HAPIs per admission 

    The AHRQ measures the number of HAPIs per admission related to age groups. The number is measured as a “rate,” meaning the number of HAPIs per 1,000 hospital admissions. The most recent evidence is from 2017 [4]. 

     

    Age group  Number of HAPIs per 1,000 admissions 
    18 – 39   0.38 
    40 – 64   0.63 
    65 – 74   0.74 
    75 and over  0.71 

     

    Costs of HAPIs 

    Another quality measure is HAPI costs. While the AHRQ does not measure costs of HAPIs every single year, the most recent data is from 2017 [3].  

     

    Year  Cost of HAPIs per patient 
    2017  $8,573 – $21,075 

     

    Deaths related to HAPIs 

    Patient mortality rates related to HAPIs are a quality measure (calculated per 1,000 pressure injury cases). The most recent data is from 2017 [6]. 

     

    Year  Number of deaths per 1,000 pressure injury cases 
    2017  2.42 – 5.06  

      

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is one way a health facility can show its progress in preventing pressure injuries? 
    2. What patient age range do you think has the most pressure injury rates? Age 65 to 74 or age 75 and over?

    Conclusion

     Pressure injuries are complex conditions that can lead to poor patient outcomes and a burdened healthcare system. The best strategy in the care of patients with pressure injuries or those at risk is prevention.  

    However, preventing these injuries involves more than individual nurses taking specific steps. Prevention of pressure injuries involves a team effort from all members of the care team and a systemic plan for improvement.

     

    Negative Pressure Wound Therapy (Wound Vac)

    Introduction   

    Negative pressure wound therapy (NPWT), also known as a wound vac, can be a powerful tool in combatting acute and chronic wounds. It relies on generating a negative pressure on the surface of a difficult wound to promote wound healing.

    The goal of this course is to develop an understanding of mechanism of action of NPWT, discuss appropriate nursing assessment of these wounds, evaluate adjunct treatment options and troubleshooting support tips.

    We will review basic concepts of the integumentary system and the normal wound healing process to support the rationale of NPWT.

    Definition

    Negative pressure wound therapy (NPWT) is the application of sub-atmospheric pressure to help reduce inflammatory exudate and promote granulation tissue in an effort to enhance wound healing (4). The idea of applying negative pressure therapy is that once the pressure is lower around the wound, the gentle vacuum suction can lift fluid and debris away and give the wound a fighting chance to heal naturally.

    NPWT has a long and interesting history. The idea of suctioning fluid from wounds as therapy is not a new concept. The process was first called “cupping” and was described in Ebers Papyrus around 500 BC; historians tell us that a form of wound suction was used around 1000 BC in China, 600 BC in Babylon and Assyria, and in 400 BC by Greeks who heated copper bowls over wounds to remove blood and fluids (5).

    Modern medicine has built upon a very old concept. Thankfully, nurses have a slightly easier tool in NPWT devices than heating copper bowls.

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Can you name the various methods of wound treatments that you have encountered?
    2. Do you recognize how negative pressure can create suction?

    Indications for Use 

    Negative pressure wound therapy is widely used for the management of both acute and chronic wounds. This therapy is helpful for a broad range of wounds, from pressure ulcers to closed surgical incisions.  

    The system is now implemented routinely for open wounds, such as open fractures, fasciotomies, diabetic foot ulcers, and infected wounds. Delayed wound healing and difficult wounds are seen more commonly in elderly patients and those with comorbidities (1).  

    It’s important to review the basic anatomy of our integumentary system, types of wounds, and barriers to healing to understand the usefulness of NPWT. 

     

    Basic Anatomy of Integumentary System 

    Our integumentary system is considered the body’s largest organ. Our skin acts as a shield against heat, light, bacteria, infection, and injury. Other functions include body temperature regulation, storage of water and fat, sensory function, prevention of water loss, and a basic storage compartment for the organs (6).  

     

    The skin is made up of 3 layers. Each layer has unique functions: 

    1. Epidermis 
    1. Dermis 
    1. Subcutaneous fat layer (hypodermis) 

     

    The epidermis is the thin outer layer of our skin, it contains squamous cells, basal cells, and melanocytes (gives skin its color). The dermis is the middle layer of skin, it contains blood vessels, hair follicles, sweat glands, nerves, lymph vessels, fibroblasts, and sebaceous glands (6). It is important to remember that the dermis contains nerves and nerve receptors. 

    The subcutaneous fat layer is the deepest layer of skin and is made up of a network of collagen and fat cells; this layer conserves the body's heat and protects the body from injury by acting as a shock absorber (6).

    This design was created on Canva.com on September 28, 2023. It is copyrighted by Abbie Schmitt, RN, MSN and may not be reproduced without permission from Nursing CE Central. 

     

    Types of Wounds 

    Negative pressure wound therapy is primarily used to treat complex wounds that are non-healing or at risk of non-healing. It is also indicated for acute wounds when the wound cannot be closed due to the risk of infection, active infection, skin tension, or swelling (7).  

    Closure or skin grafting of acute wounds, such as open fractures or burns, are at high risk for infection due to microorganisms becoming trapped in the soft tissue leading to abscess development.  

     

    Examples of possible wounds to apply NPWT (1):  

    • Diabetic foot ulcers 
    • Bed sores 
    • Skin graft fixation  
    • Burns 
    • Crush injuries 
    • Sternal/abdominal wound dehiscence  
    • Fasciotomy wounds 
    • Animal bites 
    • Frostbite 

     

    Barriers to Healing 

    Age 

    • Increased risk of tearing and shearing due to thinning of epidermis and decrease in elastin 
    • Phases of healing are prolonged 
    • Increased risk of dehiscence as the dermis has slower contractility 
    • Skin more susceptible to bacterial growth and infections as pH becomes more neutral with age  

     

    Co-morbidities 

    • Cardiopulmonary Disease 
    • Oxygen-transport pathways are affected 
    • O2 necessary for wound healing 
    • Diabetes Mellitus 
    • High glycemic levels predispose patients to infection 
    • Microvasculature and neuropathic components of DM increase the risk for impaired healing  
    • Poor glycemic control can increase the risk of ulceration and delayed healing 
    • Immune-suppressing conditions (Cancer, HIV, immunosuppressive therapy, immunosuppression syndrome) 
    • Inflammatory phase (immunology) is impaired 
    • Increased risk for infection 

     

    Impaired Perfusion and Oxygenation 

    • Peripheral Vascular Impairment 
    • Proper perfusion is required for growth of new tissue and immunological responses of the tissue. 
    • Arterial insufficiency (blood flow to extremities) leads to necrosis or lack of response to edema. 

     

    Neurological Impairment  

    • Peripheral neuropathy 
    • Complication related to DM, alcoholism, chemotherapy 
    • Loss of neuronal signaling and transmission 
    • Loss of the sensory ability to recognize and react to sensations of touch, pressure, temperature, pain. Example: patient leaving foot on hot surface because there was no pain sensation, leading to burn wound. 
    • Spinal cord injury 

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Are you familiar with the layers and components that make up the integumentary system?
    2. Have you ever cared for a patient with a chronic wound?
    3. What are some ways the elderly population is at higher risk for prolonged wound healing?

    Mechanism of Action 

    The mechanism of action is dependent on applying negative pressure, which is below atmospheric pressure, to the wound. This pressure allows the gentle vacuum suction to lift fluid and exudate away from the wound to enhance healing (3).  

    The vacuum is gentle because powerful suction would remove newly formed tissue as well. The mechanism of action is not only in removing fluid and debris from the tissue, but the pressure causes stimulation of the growth of granulation tissue at a macroscopic and microscopic level.  

    The porous foam shrinks in size with the application of negative pressure and exerts strain on the wound bed, which leads to macro- and micro-deformation of the wound (3). Microdeformation is simply a term used to describe microscopic tissue cell reactions. This reaction can be compared to a battery jump-start of a car; the stimulation causes the battery to engage. 

    NPWT systems consist of a sterile foam sponge, a semi-occlusive adhesive cover, a fluid collection system or canister, and a suction pump (1). The foam sponge is applied to the wound and covered. A fenestrated tube is embedded in the foam and the wound is sealed with adhesive tape to make it airtight, and the machine delivers continuous or intermittent suction, ranging from 50 to 125 mmHg (1). 

     


     

    This design was created on Canva.com on October 1, 2023. It is copyrighted by Abbie Schmitt, RN, MSN and may not be reproduced without permission from Nursing CE Central. 

    Proper application of the NPWT is important for the mechanism of action to be effective. Research supports that NPWT is effective at creating a stable wound environment, reduces inflammation and bacterial load, improves tissue perfusion, and stimulates granulation tissue and angiogenesis (1).  

    Imagine you want to plant a garden in a swampy location, you would first need to divert the water and algae from the land, cover it with a greenhouse with consistent heat and pressure, and cultivate the soil for optimal growth. Similarly, NPWT creates the most ideal conditions possible for tissue regeneration.  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Can you name the components of NPWT?
    2. Have you ever applied a wound vac dressing?
    3. Are you familiar with the other semipermeable materials that serve as a filter?

    Contraindications 

    NPWT would be contraindicated for the following: 

    • Wounds involving untreated osteomyelitis. 
    • Wounds that have exposed blood vessel 
    • Wounds with exposed nerves, anastomotic sites, or organs 
    • Wounds including open joint capsules 
    • Malignant wounds 
    • Wounds with necrotic tissue; it is recommended to excise first 

     

    The following wounds could benefit from NPWT, but caution should be given (5): 

    • Wounds with visible fistula 
    • Wounds with exposed bone or tendon 
    • The bone or tendon should be isolated from direct pressure  
    • Patient with clotting disorders or that are taking anticoagulants, due to an increased risk of bleeding. 
    • Compromised microvascular blood flow to the wound bed. 
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Can you think of reasons a malignant, cancerous wound should not have NPWT?
    2. Have you ever dressed a wound prior to or following debridement?

    Assessment 

    A focused assessment should be done for patients with NPWT devices in place, both on the machine settings, the dressing, and the wound itself. Thorough documentation of the wound is essential to see the progression of wound healing. 

     

    Suction Device Settings: 

    • Continuous or intermittent 
    • Pressure Setting: Range of pressure settings from -40mmHg to -200mmHg, which can be tailored for different types of wounds (7). This is set by the medical provider. 

     

    Laboratory assessment is meaningful in wound care. Labs can be used to assess oxygenation or indicators of infection (6). 

     

    Dressing Assessment 

    The appearance of the NPWT and dressing should be clean, dry, intact, and sealed. The tubing should not be twisted or kinked, and the clear adhesive dressing should not be wrinkled or overlapping. Please see below an example of the appropriate appearance of a dressing. 

     

    Wound Assessment: 
    • Anatomic location 
    • Type of wound  
    • Degree of tissue damage 
    • Description of wound bed 
    • Wound size 
    • Wound edges and surrounding skin 
    • Signs of infection 
    • Pain 

     

    Anatomical Location  

    Anatomical terms and numbering should be used to make sure the location of each wound is documented. Patients often have more than one wound, so the treatment needs to be specified for each wound.  

     

    Wound Base 

    Assess the color of the wound base. Healthy granulation tissue appears pink and moist due to the new capillary formation. The appearance of slough (yellow) or eschar (black) in the wound base should be documented and communicated to the health care provider (1).  

    This tissue may need to be removed to optimize healing. If any discoloration or duskiness of the wound bed or wound edges are identified, the suction should initially be reduced or switched off (7).  

     

    Type and Amount of Exudate 

    Assess the color, thickness, and amount of exudate (drainage) The amount of drainage from wounds is categorized as scant, small/minimal, moderate, or large/copious.  

    Terms are used when describing exudate: sanguineous, serous, serosanguinous, and purulent (6).  

    • Sanguineous: fresh bleeding  
    • Serous: Clear, thin, watery plasma 
    • Serosanguinous: Serous drainage with small amounts of blood noted 
    • Purulent: Thick and opaque. The color can be tan, yellow, green, or brown. This is an abnormal finding and should be reported to a physician or wound care provider. 

     

    Wound Size  

    Wounds should be measured on admission, wound vac dressing changes, or as needed for abnormal events. Many healthcare facilities use disposable, clear plastic measurement tools to measure the area of a wound.  

    Consistent measurement is vital to the assessment of wound healing. 

    • Measure the greatest length, width, and depth of the wound in centimeters 
    • Examples of wound classification tools: 
    • NPUAP staging system for pressure injuries 
    • Payne-Martin classification system for skin tears 
    • CEAP (clinical, etiologic, anatomic, and pathophysiology) system for venous ulcers 

     

    Tunneling or Undermining 

    Tunneling is when a wound has moved underneath the skin, making a “tunnel.” The depth of tunneling can be measured by gently inserting a sterile, cotton-tipped applicator into the tunnel and noting the length from the wound base to the end of the tract (7). Undermining occurs when the tissue under the wound edges becomes eroded, resulting in a pocket beneath the skin at the wound’s edge.  

     

    Healing Process 

    It is important to recognize the entire process of normal wound healing. There are four phases of wound healing: hemostasis, inflammatory, proliferative, and maturation (6).  

    Hemostasis begins immediately after injury, involving platelet aggregation and activation of clotting factor (6). A platelet “plug” is formed as fibrinogen converts to fibrin and binds to itself. Vasoconstriction occurs at this time, decreasing blood loss and allowing clot formation.  

    The inflammatory phase begins right after the injury and the injured blood vessels leak and cause localized swelling. The swelling, warmth, pain, and redness present during this stage of wound healing are related to the release of white blood cells, growth factors, nutrients, and enzymes to help control bleeding and prevent infection (6).  

    The proliferative phase of wound healing involves “rebuilding” with new tissue made up of collagen and extracellular matrix; granulation tissue is built stronger with proper oxygen and nutrients.  

    Key nursing knowledge: Dark granulation tissue can indicate infection, ischemia, or poor perfusion. The maturation phase of wound healing is when collagen is remodeled, aligns along tension lines, water is reabsorbed so the collagen fibers can lie closer together and cross-link, and the wound fully closes (1). 

    There are three types of wound healing: primary intention, secondary intention, and tertiary intention.  

    Primary intention means that the wound healing is supported by sutures, staples, glue, or otherwise closed so the wound heals beneath the closure (6).  

    Secondary intention must happen when the edges of a wound cannot be approximated, or “brought together,” so the wound heals with the production of granulation tissue from the bottom up (6).  

    Wounds that heal by secondary intention are at higher risk for infection, so contamination prevention is essential. Pressure ulcers are an example of wounds that heal by secondary intention.  

    Tertiary intention refers to a wound that needs to remain open, often due to severe infection. Wounds with secondary and tertiary intention have longer healing times (2). 

    Alternatives when NPWT fails 
    • Hyperbaric Oxygen Therapy (HBOT): 
    • HBOT is a treatment in which the wound is exposed to pure oxygen in a pressurized chamber to enhance wound healing (3). 

     

    • Bioengineered Tissue:  
    • Skin grafting or bioengineered tissue to promote tissue growth and healing.  
    • Skin grafts are considered as a treatment option if a wound is so large that it can’t close on its own. In this procedure, skin is taken from another part of your body – usually your thigh – and transplanted onto the wound (2). 
    • Some grafts are made from human cell products and synthetic materials. Studies have shown that these increase the chances of poorly healing venous leg ulcers closing faster. (2) 
    • Electrical Stimulation Therapy:  
    • Electrical stimulation therapy applies electrical currents to stimulate wound healing and tissue generation (4). It may be used to treat chronic wounds or pressure ulcers. 
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Have you ever cared for a patient with a wound that was unable to be stitched or sutured?
    2. Can you describe the importance of thorough, descriptive documentation of multiple wounds?
    3. Can you think of barriers to the normal wound healing process?

    Adjunct Treatment Options 

    When selecting an adjunctive therapy for wound management, the patient's medical history, overall health, co-morbidities, ambulation status, psychosocial aspects, environmental factors, and the specific needs of the wound should all be considered. Each patient is unique, and an individualized care plan is the goal.  

    Treatment of the underlying contributing disorder will be essential. For example, a patient with uncontrolled diabetes that has led to poor circulation can benefit from glycemic control.  

    Take a look at the larger, holistic picture. It can be helpful for the healthcare team to create a concept map of problems that contribute to the wound. 

     

    Topical Agents and Dressings 

    Various creams, ointments, or dressings can promote wound healing and prevent infection. One example is silver-based products, which are commonly used in reducing bacterial burden and treating wound infection (4). 

     

    Nutrition Therapy for Wound Healing 

    Patients with wounds would benefit from nutrition consultation and ongoing support.  

    Nutrients from foods help the body build and repair tissue and fight infection. An increase in calories and protein is important, as well as blood sugar control for diabetics.  

    Vitamins C, D, B-6, B-12, folate, and others aid in repairing tissues (6). Minerals such as iron, magnesium, calcium, zinc, and others support the cardiovascular system making sure cells have enough oxygen, the nervous system, and immunological function (6). 

     

    Compression Therapy 

    Compression therapy uses pressure to reduce swelling and improve blood flow to the wound. There are common compression devices or stockings available. It is frequently used to treat venous leg ulcers (6). 

     

    Hyperbaric Oxygen Therapy (HBOT) 

    HBOT can also be used as an adjunct treatment in which the patient breathes pure oxygen in a pressurized chamber to increase the amount of oxygen in the blood, which enhances wound healing (3). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Have you ever provided patient education on how nutrition impacts the immune system and wound healing?

    Troubleshooting Tips 

    You may encounter complications with the wound dressing or the wound vac equipment. The most common complications associated with NPWT are pain, bleeding, and infection (7).  

    The wound therapy relies on an adequate seal similar to a regular vacuum, so a loss of suction can result in ineffective treatment. If loss of seal occurs, the nurse should assess the seal around the wound dressing and note if the transparent adhesive sealant tape has either been misapplied or has come off due to poor contact with the underlying skin.  

    A loss of suction could also result from incorrect placement of the suction drain tube, loss of battery power, blockage of the suction drain tube, or if the suction device is full of output (7). Sometimes the location of the wound leads to difficulty in keeping the dressing seal in place; for example, the abdomen or near joints, so movement can misplace the dressing and break the seal. Patient education is key to maintaining proper suction. 

     

    Troubleshooting Tips: 

    • Confirm the machine is on and set to the appropriate negative pressure. 
    • Make sure the foam is collapsed and the NPWT device is maintaining the prescribed therapy and pressure. 
    • Assess the negative pressure seal and check for leaks. 
    • Check for kinks in the tubing and make sure all clamps are open. 
    • Avoid getting the machine wet. 
    • Assess the drainage chamber to make sure it is filling correctly and does not need changing. 
    • Address alarm issues: 
    • Canister may be full 
    • Leak in the system  
    • Low/dead Battery 
    • The device should not be turned off for more than two hours without ordered discontinuation. 
    • If the device is off, apply a moist dressing and notify the provider immediately. 
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Can you name reasons the NPWT device may sound an alarm?
    2. Can you think of barriers to proper suction? (ex: kinks in tubing, full canister, etc.)

    Case Study 

    Mr. Smith is a 59-year-old male presented to his primary care provider and referred to general surgery; diagnosed with lymphedema and multiple, copiously draining ulcerations on the left lower extremity.  

    The patient presented with lymphedema and multiple ulcerations on the left lower extremity with copious amounts of drainage. This is an ongoing, worsening issue for over 8 months and has failed to respond to compression, foam dressings, or hydrocolloid dressing.  

    The hospitalist has ordered surgical consultation, who scheduled debridement of the wounds and application of a wound vac following the procedure; Negative pressure wound therapy (NPWT) orders in place.  

     

    CHIEF COMPLAINT: "The sores on my feet are draining more and I can no longer go to work because my boots do not fit on my foot.” He also reports a loss of appetite, chills, and loss of sensation to his left lower extremity.  

    HISTORY OF PRESENT ILLNESS: Patient is a 59-year-old truck driver who has previous medical history of DM Type II, hypertension requiring use of anti-hypertensive medication, and hyperlipidemia (non-compliant with medication regimen). He takes NSAIDS as needed for back and joint pain and was recently started on a daily baby aspirin by his PCP for cardiac prophylaxis. He denies alcohol intake. He reports smoking a pack of cigarettes per day. 

    PHYSICAL EXAMINATION: Examination reveals an alert and oriented 59-YO male. He appears anxious and irritated. Vital sips are as follows. Blood Pressure 155/90 mmHg, Heart Rate 120/min - HR Thready - Respiratory Rate - 20 /minute; Temperature 98.0  

    ENT/SKIN: Facial pallor and cool, moist skin are noted. No telangiectasia of the lips or oral cavity is noted. Wound: 3 cm x 2 cm x 1 cm wound to lateral LLE. Wound base is dark red with yellow-green drainage present. Removed 4 x 4 dressing has a 5 cm diameter ring of drainage present. The surrounding skin is red, warm, tender to palpation, and with a dusky appearance to the entire LLE.  

    CHEST: Lungs are clear to auscultation and percussion. The cardiac exam reveals a regular rhythm with an S4. No murmur is appreciated. Peripheral pulses are present but are rapid and weak. A positive Stemmer sign was noted and palpable pedal pulses with mild symptoms of venous insufficiency were noted. 

    ABDOMEN/RECTUM: The abdomen reveals a rounded abdomen. Bowel sounds are present.

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Discuss abnormal findings noted during History & Physical Examination. 
    2. Evaluate additional data to obtain possible diagnostic testing, treatment, nursing interventions, and care plans. 
    3. Discuss how the patient’s comorbidities may be attributed to prolonged wound healing. 
    4. What suction settings would the nurse expect to be ordered?

    Conclusion

    Hopefully, upon completion of this course, you feel empowered and curious about the use of negative pressure wound therapy (NPWT). Wound vacs can be a powerful tool in combatting acute and chronic wounds, it is a well-documented concept throughout history.

    The nurse should be knowledgeable on the integumentary system makeup and types of wounds this therapy is indicated for. The mechanism of action of NPWT is critical knowledge when assessing the healing of a wound. Adjunct treatment options and troubleshooting support tips are also meaningful in the care of patients with NPWT.

    Nutritional Interventions to Promote Wound Healing

    Introduction   

    The medical field is an ever-evolving and constantly changing arena. Advances in technology and an increased understanding of how the body works have produced newer and better procedures and techniques in healing. These initiatives, as innovative as they may be, still depend on the body’s ability to heal itself as the foundation of the recovery process.  

    In turn, the body needs proper nutrition to support the healing process within itself. Nutrition is often overlooked by nurses even though it is arguably the most critical aspect of physical healing. 

    Factors That Impact Wound Healing 

    Wound healing is a complex process. There are a myriad of factors that impact the body’s ability to heal and recover from an injury. Comorbidities, genetic disorders, medications, and, in some cases, disease treatments (chemotherapy, radiation, steroids, etc.) can all have the potential to slow, change, or interfere with normal wound healing (2). For this course, we will discuss a few of the more common factors that nurses will undoubtedly come across during their practice. 

     

    Diabetes 

    It is estimated that this growing, global disease will impact forty million people by the year 2030. It has been proven that diabetes is responsible for more than one hundred changes in wound healing.  

    These alterations have been seen across all four phases of wound healing. Platelet activation, epithelialization, collagen deposition, and granulation tissue formation are among the alterations that take place with diabetes. Worsening renal function/failure and peripheral vascular disease as a result of diabetes also affect the wound-healing process (2). 

     

    Renal Failure 

    Though most patients who have chronic kidney disease or renal failure also have multiple comorbidities that cause the renal problem, renal failure does, independently, bring a risk of diminished wound healing. Tissue edema, delayed granulation, chronic inflammation, and decreased vessel formation are all ways that renal failure impacts wound healing.  

    Hemodialysis, a life-sustaining treatment of chronic renal failure, adds fuel to the fire when it comes to risks of diminished wound healing. Protein and water-soluble vitamins and nutrients are lost through the dialysis process. This includes zinc and iron and will lead to deficiencies in these needed nutrients. Further, patients on hemodialysis and patients who receive a kidney transplant as treatment for renal failure are both at higher risk for developing infections (2).  

     

     

     

     

    Smoking 

    Smoking causes multiple alterations within the body at the molecular level that affect normal wound healing. Vasoconstriction caused by smoking worsens wound ischemia. The highly documented negative impact that smoking has on wound healing has led physicians to decline some elective surgeries due to the risk of poor wound healing (2). 

     

    Infection 

    It is not fully understood how infection alters wound healing. It is believed to be a multifactorial process that has a range of properties that can be progressive in nature; infection-necrosis-sepsis-death. The bacteria create an environment where the collagen that repairs the injured tissue is destroyed (2). 

     

    Obesity 

    Obesity complicates virtually every disease process including normal wound healing. Wound healing complications due to obesity include increased rates of infection, hematomas, and dehiscence. Local hypoxia is also a complication that impacts wound healing (2). 

     

    Age 

    Aging also has an impact on wound healing. During the aging process, the skin loses elasticity, thickness, and water content. There is also a decrease in the skin’s blood vessels as it ages, reducing the capacity for oxygenation and nutrients. Wound closure becomes slower with aging; by age forty, the amount of time for an identical wound to heal doubles from age twenty. After the age of fifty, dermal collagen decreases by one percent per year (2). 

     

    Malnutrition 

    Malnutrition or undernutrition has a variety of effects on wound healing. Good nutrition is essential for proper wound healing and the overall recovery of the body after an injury.  

    Malnutrition can lead to the loss of immune function which will affect the body’s response to infection. With malnutrition, the skin becomes thin and frail thus more apt to develop wounds. Pressure wounds are also more likely as fat deposits over pressure points become depleted. The lack of energy during malnutrition leads to immobility, increasing the possibility of wounds. Collagen synthesis is also decreased (5).

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Name three factors that can affect wound healing. 
    2. How does age and aging impact wound healing?
    3. What are two ways that malnutrition impacts wound healing?

    Phases of Wound Healing 

    Once again, wound healing is a complex process. From a simple pin prick to a stage-four decubitus ulcer, the wound healing process itself remains the same. The body will go through the four phases of wound healing to repair the damage.  

     

    Hemostasis 

    The first phase of wound healing is hemostasis. Whether by surgery or trauma, the body attempts to achieve hemostasis at the time of the injury. The intrinsic and extrinsic coagulation cascades are activated by the body.  

    Vasoconstriction takes place while platelet aggregation occurs to form a fibrin clot. This is all in an effort of the body to stop the bleeding to bring about hemostasis. As the platelets arrive at the site of injury, cytokines and growth factors are released by the platelets to initiate the inflammation process (3) (4) (5). 

     

    Inflammation 

    Inflammation is the second phase of wound healing. It starts once hemostasis has been re-established. During this phase, the previous vasoconstriction reverses and the vessels dilate.  

    This brings blood to the injury site along with neutrophils, macrophages, monocytes, and other inflammatory cells. Phagocytosis is initiated and the wound is cleansed by the removal of bacteria. The wound site will swell and there may be some restrictions in mobility to the affected area (3) (5). 

     

    Proliferation 

    Phase three is proliferation. In this phase, rebuilding of the wounded tissue begins. The number of fibroblasts increases and begins to build a collagen network and prepare the wound base for new granulation tissue.  

    At the same time, new blood vessels are created; a highway for oxygen and nutrients to be supplied to the site. By the end of this phase, the foundation will have been laid for full epithelialization (3) (5). 

     

    Remodeling 

    The final phase of wound healing is remodeling. Epithelialization is in full swing once granulation tissue has filled the wound. This process stimulates skin integrity restoration.  

    Scar tissue is formed as proteins such as collagen and elastin along with keratinocytes are produced. The wound closes and begins to strengthen and appear “normal”; it may take a couple of years for the site to return to its fully functional pre-injured status (3). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How many phases of wound healing are there? 
    2. Name all the phases of wound healing in order.
    3. What happens during the proliferation phase of wound healing?

    How Does Nutrition Impact Healing? 

    Nutrition is, perhaps, the most important underlying aspect of wound healing. The mechanism of wound healing and the role nutrition plays in that process is very complex.  

    Adding nutritional interventions to the wound healing care plan is generally low cost and will increase the probability of a full recovery. Nutrition is essential for all phases of the healing process. It is the foundation of wound healing.  

    The malnourished patient will have difficulty progressing through the wound healing phases. Proper nutrition will also help prevent wounds such as pressure ulcers from developing in the first place.  

    Understanding which nutrients are needed through the phases of wound healing will help to devise a nutritional plan of care. Energy is required in all the phases of wound healing and is only made possible through proper nutrition (3). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. In what phase of wound healing is proper nutrition essential?  

    Common Deficiencies 

    Nutrients and proteins are the building blocks of life. They are needed for growth, maintenance, and healing of the body. Many types of nutrient deficiencies greatly impact the healing process. Here, we will discuss some of the more common nutrient deficiencies. 

     

    Iron 

    Iron plays a key role in the synthesis of hemoglobin. Hemoglobin delivers oxygen throughout the body; oxygen is required through all phases of wound healing. Iron deficiencies can lead to anemia and decreased tissue perfusion. An iron deficiency will also affect protein synthesis, macrophage function, and overall wound strength (3) (6). 

     

     

     

     

     

    Vitamin A 

    When it comes to wound healing, vitamin A quickens collagen synthesis and the overall inflammatory phase. A deficiency in vitamin A decreases collagen production, epithelization, and tissue granulation (9). 

     
    Vitamin B 

    There are eight vitamins included in the vitamin B complex. Each of the eight vitamins has its own daily recommended intake. Vitamin B promotes cell proliferation and promotes normal metabolism. In the presence of a wound, some dietitians promote doubling the daily recommended intake of the B vitamins (3). 

     

    Vitamin C 

    Vitamin C (ascorbic acid) assists with iron absorption. It is also essential in the process of collagen formation. Without vitamin C, the immune response cannot take place as needed. There are many sources of vitamin C readily available for everyday consumption (6). 

     

    Zinc 

    Zinc is used through all phases of the wound-healing process. It is used to initiate and modulate enzyme function throughout the wound healing phases. It affects immunity and assists in fibroblast proliferation and collagen production. It is also needed for granulation tissue formation (5) (6). 

     

    Amino Acids 

    Protein and amino acids are another set of nutrients that are highly essential in wound healing. The blood’s most abundant amino acid, glutamine, provides the body’s preferred energy source, glucose. Increased levels of glutamine have been shown to help with wound strength and increase the levels of mature collagen.  

    Generally, the body is able to produce enough glutamine for regular function. In times of stress on the body, such as a wound, glutamine is sought out in the diet. Arginine assists in modulating the collagen deposits, increases new vessel formation, and aids in wound contraction (3). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Name three common nutrient deficiencies that the nurse may encounter. 
    2. What are two amino acids that play key roles in wound healing?
    3. An iron deficiency can lead to what issues?
    4. Which phases of wound healing require zinc to complete the phase?

    Special Considerations 

    Tube Feedings 

    Patients who use tube feedings or enteral feedings are in a unique situation when it comes to wound healing and nutrition. Once a proper nutrition assessment has been performed, a tailor-made nutrition-rich diet can be formulated and administered directly into the gut.  

    Studies have shown that different formulas with supplemental nutrients have increased the ability of the body to heal faster than those without supplements. With tube feedings, patients don’t need to prefer the taste of one formula over another as it is delivered through the tube.  

    The amount of formula can also be adjusted as the patient’s needs change. Though some formulas may have side effects such as diarrhea, the overall benefits usually outweigh such side effects (8). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What considerations are there for patients with tube feedings?

    2. What is a pitfall when using tube feedings to deliver full nutrition?

    Chronic and Terminal Illness 

    Autoimmune, inflammatory, and cancers are among the chronic and terminal diseases that are under special consideration when it comes to wound healing. These types of diseases can interrupt the immune/inflammatory response of the body thus prolonging the phases of wound healing.  

    When a wound develops on a patient who is immunocompromised, there is a higher incidence of wound infection which will delay wound healing. In many of these diseases, there may be circulatory issues that decrease the body’s ability to provide the affected area with nutrient-rich blood.  

    Chronic illnesses often decrease the patient’s energy levels. This can lead to immobility and increases the risk of wounds developing.  

    Further, for many of these types of issues, the treatment itself can have adverse effects on wound healing. Chemotherapy, radiation therapy, and immunosuppressants all decrease the body’s ability to heal and increase the rates of infection in wounds (2). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are three types of chronic or terminal diseases? 
    2. What issue is an immunocompromised patient at risk for?
    3. What are two treatments for chronic illness that can affect wound healing?

    Supplements 

    Nutritional supplements have been shown to improve wound healing and recovery outcomes. It is important that the supplements are given under the supervision of a provider as too much of some nutrients can have a detrimental effect on wound healing.  

    A proper nutrition screening should be performed on all patients with wounds so that the nutrition plan can be tailored to the individual patient. These improvements to wound healing with nutritional supplementation differ based on the type of wound and the overall health of the patient.  

    The patient should be monitored and reassessed regularly by a dietitian. Again, there is no cookie-cutter supplement regimen.  

    Another factor to consider with supplements is the ease of following the supplement regimen. Hard to swallow pills or foul-tasting food/liquids may have a negative impact on the patient’s ability to adhere to the supplement regimen.  

    Allowing the patient to choose (with the input of the provider) the method of supplement delivery along with a choice of flavors will help increase compliance with the prescribed regimen (1). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What should be done prior to starting dietary supplements? 
    2. Who should assess and reassess a patient’s dietary status?
    3. Why is the method of supplement delivery important?

    Patient Education 

    Throughout the entire wound healing process, patient education is a must. Not only is it important so that the patient can make an informed decision about their care, but the patient should understand what is going on with their bodies.  

    Education fuels compliance. A comprehensive nutrition assessment will not only provide a baseline of the patient’s nutritional status but will also help identify gaps in the patient’s understanding.  

    This is where the education can be focused to best help the patient meet their wound healing goals. Education must include which foods contain which nutrients, the amount of these foods to eat, and which foods will interact with the absorption processes of the nutrients.  

    Discussing normal daily requirements and the requirements needed during wound healing is also needed (1). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Why is education important when discussing nutrition and wound healing?

    Conclusion

    Nutrition plays a key role in wound healing. There are many factors that affect the body’s ability to acquire and use the needed nutrients. One of the most important considerations that we as healthcare providers need to put into practice is determining a patient’s nutritional status.  

    A nutritional assessment should be done on patients with wounds so that a proper plan of care can be developed. Often, nutrition is an afterthought when in reality it is the foundation on which other treatments should be built upon.  

    Once this has been established, the patient’s plan of care can be implemented and must include nutritional education. Needed supplements to increase the patient’s ability to heal can be added or removed as necessary when the reassessments have been completed. 

    Ostomy Management

    Introduction   

    Newton's law of gravity states: what goes up, must come down; similarly, the normal human gastrointestinal system has a law that what goes in, must come out. When disease inhibits the normal process, ostomy procedures are a life-saving intervention.

    There are around one million people living with an ostomy or continent diversion in the US, and approximately 100,000 ostomy surgeries are performed annually in the US (1). We will build a stronger understanding of various types of ostomies, indication for the need, site selection, stoma care, complications, and patient education.

    Types of Ostomies

    An ostomy is a surgically created opening that reroutes stool or urine from the abdomen to the outside of the body through an opening called a stoma (9). The term stoma refers to the portion of the bowel that is sutured into the abdomen (9).

    When you look at a stoma, you are looking at the lining (the mucosa) of the intestine. The color is similar to the mucosa inside your mouth and cheek. Throughout various healthcare environments, you may hear the terms ostomy or stoma interchangeably. The purpose of an ostomy is to bypass a diseased portion of the gastrointestinal tract that is not functioning properly or has been removed (2).

    Ostomies are placed proximal to the diseased area, comparable to building a dam in a river to stop the flow of fluid and divert it somewhere else. An ostomy can be temporary or permanent.

    There are three most common types of ostomies: ileostomy, colostomy, and urostomy (9). We will discuss these types, but it is important to recognize that gastrostomy, jejunostomy, duodenostomy, and cecostomy procedures are also done.

    1. Ileostomy: A stoma is attached at the end of the small intestine (ileum) to bypass the colon, rectum, and anus.
    2. Colostomy: A stoma is attached to a portion of the colon to bypass the rectum and anus.
    3. Urostomy: A stoma is attached to the ureters (the tubes that carry urine from the kidney to the bladder) to bypass the bladder.

     

     

     

    Ileostomy

    The small intestine has three parts that are compact and folds over itself: the duodenum, jejunum, and the ileum. An ileostomy has a stoma attached and created from the ilium. The ileum is the final and longest segment of the small intestine (9).

    The ileum terminates at the ileocecal valve, which controls the flow of digested material from the ileum into the large intestine and prevents the backup of bacteria into the small intestine (9). If a patient has this type of ostomy, the colon distal to the ostomy has a form of disease or disorder such as cancer. There are two main types of ileostomies, loop, and end ileostomy.

     

    Loop ileostomy

    In a loop ileostomy, a loop of the small bowel is lifted and held in place with a rod due to resection or repair to the distal bowel (Will). This ostomy is technically two stomas joined together (4). Loop ileostomies are typically temporary and will be closed or reversed through an operation in the future.

     

    End ileostomy

    In an end ileostomy, the ileum is surgically separated from the colon, the colon is removed or left to rest, and the end of the ileum is brought to the surface through the abdomen to form a stoma. Although end ileostomies are sometimes temporary and later rejoined, they are usually permanent (9).

     

     

    Colostomy

    A colostomy may be formed as an ascending, transverse, descending, or sigmoid colostomy (9). It is named according to the location of placement. An end colostomy is constructed from the ascending, transverse, descending, or sigmoid colon and has one opening for fecal elimination.

     

    Loop Colostomy

    The creation of a loop stoma takes a loop of the colon (usually the transverse colon) and pulls it to the outside of the abdominal wall (9). In this type of ostomy, the entire bowel is not dissected but left mostly intact.

     

    End Colostomy

    In end colostomies, the proximal end of the colon is dissected and pulled out of the abdominal cavity, which becomes the stoma (9). Additional procedures may involve repairing or removing portions of the distal colon or rectum.

     

     

    Urostomy

    Kidneys have an important job of filtering waste and excess fluid from your blood. This process creates urine, which then travels from the kidneys to the bladder through tubes called ureters (8). If the bladder is damaged or diseased, ostomies are a life-saving method of creating safe passage for the urine.

    A urostomy is a surgical opening in the abdominal wall that redirects urine away from a bladder that’s diseased, has been injured, or isn't working properly (8). The bladder is either bypassed or removed (called a cystectomy) during surgery. Following the surgery, urine exits the body through a stoma.

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Have you ever witnessed a GI or Urinary Surgery?
    2. Do you have experience with GI / Urinary procedures like a colonoscopy?

    Indication for Ostomy Placement

     

    Gastrointestinal Tract Ostomy

    - Cancer

    - Colorectal

    - Rectal

    - Trauma/ Injury

    - Significant Disorders

    - Crohn’s disease

    - Ulcerative Colitis

    - Diverticulitis

    - Bowel perforation from a ruptured diverticulum or abscess

    - Bowel obstruction

    - Infection (9)

     

    Urinary Tract Ostomy

    - Bladder Cancer

    - Neurogenic bladder disease (damage to the nerves that control the bladder)

    - Birth defects

    - Chronic inflammation of the bladder (9)

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Have you cared for a patient with a new ostomy?
    2. Can you list reasons a patient is a candidate for an ostomy?

    Site Selection

    Wound, ostomy, and continence nurses (WOCN) play a vital role in site selection. Patients should have a pre-operative consultation prior to surgery. During this consultation, the nurse acts as an advocate and educator to prepare these patients for the physical and emotional path ahead of them. A significant amount of time should be spent with the patient before surgery to determine a stoma incision site (exit of ostomy).

    It is important to make the presence of the ostomy (and collection bag) as comfortable as possible, striving to reduce the hindrance to ease movements and ability to wear their typical clothing (9). Studies show that preoperative education and stoma site marking has been directly responsible for improving quality of life and decreasing peristomal skin and pouching complications (4).

     

    Site Assessment:

    Locate positions for a site within the rectus muscle (4).

    Observe the abdomen in various positions sitting, standing, or lying down.

    Ask the patient about the types of clothing they wear most often. Examples: Level of pants (low, high), use of belts, dresses, etc. (9)

    Determine a location that is visible to the patient, as they will need to see the site well for stoma care.

    Avoid skin or fat folds (folds increase chances of leakage)

    Avoid scars, bony prominences, and the umbilicus (4).

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Locate places on yourself that would be appropriate for an ostomy site
    2. Can you think of reasons patients need to be able to see the site?
    3. Do you have a wound care nurse at your past or present workplace?

    Post-operative Care

    Post-operative care following ostomy placement is vital. The post-operative nurse assigned to this patient should read the surgery documentation to determine the type of procedure performed, intraoperative findings, type of stoma created, any advanced diseases, and unexpected events during surgery (2).

    The nurse should be aware of the level of invasiveness; was this a laparoscopic, robotic, or open surgery? This type of surgery can have an impact on the post-op care plan and length of stay (2). Teaching can begin as soon as they are able to comprehend and focus on understanding new skills.

    The stoma will gradually decrease in size over the weeks following the surgery. For a patient with a new ostomy, postoperative assessments should be done per facility protocol and the stoma should be inspected at least every 8 hours (9).

    Note the type of closure (staples, sutures, liquid bonding agent), presence of abdominal drains, and presence of urinary catheter (C2). Assess for pain and address accordingly with repositioning, cold/heat therapy, and ordered pain medications. Assess for bowel sounds. Palpate the abdomen and note firmness and tenderness levels. Document strict Intake and Output for these patients.

     

    Stoma Assessment:

    Note the Appearance/ Color: The stoma should be pink to red in color, moist, and firmly attached to the surrounding skin (9). If the stoma appears bluish, it indicates inadequate blood supply; if the stoma appears black, necrosis has occurred. Immediate notification is needed from the provider, as the need to return to surgery will be assessed.

     

    - Note the Presence of edema.

    - Note the Surrounding skin

    - Note any Ostomy Discharge

    - Amount

    - Color / Consistency

    - Note any Bleeding

    - Monitor for rupture or leakage.

     

    Diet

    Once bowel sounds and activity return, the patient’s diet may resume (2). Typically, patients are offered clear liquids to determine their ability to tolerate fluids. Nurses should encourage the patient to chew thoroughly, eat small frequent meals, and ambulate frequently to assist in gas movement and peristalsis (2).

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Do you have experience with post-operative abdominal surgery?
    2. Explain possible respiratory or cardiovascular assessments that would be helpful for these patients

    Stoma Care

     

    Nursing Consideration / Reminders

    Ostomy pouching system needs to be changed every 4 to 7 days, depending on the patient and type of pouch.

    Patients should be encouraged to participate in stoma care. Instruct the patient to empty the pouch when it is one-third to one-half full as they become heavy and more prone to spilling or leaks.

     

    Table 1. Ostomy Change Procedure SAMPLE (Always check with your agency policy)

    Steps  PURPOSE 
    1. Perform hand hygiene.  This prevents the spread of germs and microorganisms. 
    2. Gather supplies. 

    Supplies:  

    • Non-sterile gloves 
    • Ostomy bag and clip  
    • Flange 
    • Scissors 
    • Stoma measuring tool. 
    • Waterproof pad  
    • Adhesive remover for old flange 
    • Skin prep (7) 
    3 Create privacy. Lift bed to comfortable height.  

    Attention to psychosocial needs is imperative. 

    Proper body mechanics is important for nurse. 

    4. Place waterproof pad under pouch.  The pad prevents the spilling of effluent on patient and bed sheets. 

    5. Remove ostomy bag.  

    Apply non-sterile gloves.  

    Support / hold the skin firmly with your other hand, apply adhesive remover if needed.  

    Measure and empty contents. Place old pouching system in a garbage bag. 

     

    The pouch and flange can be removed separately or as one. 

    Gentle removal helps prevent skin tears.  

    Remove flange by gently pulling it toward the stoma. 

    6. Clean stoma gently by wiping with warm water. Do not use soap. 

    Aggressive cleaning can cause bleeding. If removing stoma adhesive paste from skin, use a dry cloth first. Soaps can irritate the stoma. 

    Clean stoma and peristomal skin 

    7. Assess stoma and peristomal skin. 

    Stoma skin should be pink or red in color, raised above skin level, and moist (2). 

    Skin surrounding the stoma should be intact and free from wounds, rashes, or skin breakdown.  

    8. Measure the stoma diameter using the pre-cut measuring tool (or tracing template).  

    Trace diameter of the measuring guide onto the flange and cut the outside of the pen marking. 

    The opening should match the size of stoma.  

    If there is skin exposed between the stoma and edge of the flange with an ileostomy, the drainage contains enzymes that will break down the skin (9). 

    Cut out size to fit stoma, assess fit once cut. 

    9. Prepare skin. 

     

    Paste can be applied directly to the skin or flange. 

    10. Apply Flange 

     

    Press gently around the periphery of the stoma to create a seal 

    11. Apply the ostomy bag 

    Close the end of the bag with clip (follow the manufacturer’s instructions) 

    Involve patient with this process, understanding instructions. 
    12. Apply pressure to ostomy pouch to help with adhering to skin.  Heat/ warmth from hand can activate some flanges. 
    13. Clean us supplies, perform hand hygiene.  Remove trash as quickly as possible to reduce odor. 
    14. Document Procedure 

    Example: 

    Date/time: flange change complete. Stoma pink, moist, warm. Peristomal skin intact. Patient instructed in cutting flange to correct size, verbalized understanding of frequency of change. See ostomy flowsheet. (Abbie S., RN) 

    Data Source: Carmel, Colwell, J., & Goldberg, M. (2021). Wound, ostomy and continence nurse’s society core curriculum: ostomy management (Second Edition). Wolters Kluwer Health. 
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Are you familiar with your facility's ostomy care protocol (if appropriate)?
    2. How can the nurse implement safety measures with ostomy care?
    3. Do you feel comfortable with ostomy care documentation?

    Complications

     

     

    Ostomy Leakage

    One of the most common and troublesome complications is leakage (4). Proper preoperative site selection (away from skin folds) is important. Patient education on proper techniques and supplies can aid in the prevention of leakage.

    Educate patients on the risks of changing the ostomy too often. Frequent appliance changes lead to pain and frustration, as well as financial expenses on supplies (4). Leakage is more common in the early postoperative period but can also develop with weight changes later.

    Interventions involve thickening the stool with antidiarrheals to form more solid excretion and pouching techniques to bolster the height of the stoma off of the peristomal skin (4). Helpful tips also include heating the appliance with a hair dryer before application, lying flat for several minutes following application, making sure the peristomal skin is dry before application, and the possible use of a fine dusting of stomal powder and skin sealant prior to application (4). Leakage is frustrating for patients, so support and encouragement is vital.

     

    Mucocutaneous Separation

    The stoma is sutured to the skin of the abdomen with absorbable sutures during surgery (4). Mucocutaneous separation is a complication that can occur if the sutures securing the stoma become too tight or if blood flow to the area is restricted (9). This complication requires appropriate treatment because the pouch leakage will occur from the open pocket.

    The goal of treatment is to keep this open pocket covered properly until the wound heals on its own and closes. Appropriate covering of the opening can include an absorbent product such as an alginate, followed by a cover dressing such as a hydrocolloid, which is covered with the ostomy pouch (4).

     

    Early High Ostomy Output

    Early high ostomy output (HOO) is defined as ostomy output greater than fluid intake occurring within 3 weeks of stoma placement, which results in dehydration (4). This is more common with ileostomies (4). Strict Input and Output records are a vital nursing intervention. The most important treatment for this complication is hydration to prevent renal failure, which is typically done intravenously (4).

    The site of a patient’s colostomy will impact the consistency and characteristics of the excretion. The natural digestive process of the colon involves the absorption of water, which causes waste from the descending colon to be more formed. Waste from an ileostomy or a colostomy placed in the anterior ascending colon will be a bit more loose or watery (2).

     

    Peristomal Skin Issues

    Irritant Contact Dermatitis (ICD) is the most common peristomal skin complication following ostomy placement (9). ICD is characterized by redness; loss of epidermal tissue; pain; and open, moist areas.

    Newer and inexperienced patients and caregivers will increase the size of the pouching system opening to get a better seal and stop leakage (2) However, this only contributes to more skin breakdown and irritation. Patients may also develop a fungal rash, have allergic rashes to the ostomy appliance, or folliculitis (4).

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Can you name measures to prevent leakage?
    2. Have you cared for a patient with Irritant Contact Dermatitis?
    3. Are you familiar with bulking agents for stool?

    Patient Education

    Patient education is a key aspect is caring for a patient with an ostomy, this process begins prior to surgery and remains constant throughout encounters. If you have not received specialized training on wound and ostomy care, you should reach out to the Wound, Ostomy and Continence Nurse (WON) within your healthcare setting to become involved if they are not already.

    However, each nurse has a meaningful impact on discussing and managing expectations for life with an ostomy, including stoma care, complications, managing ostomy output, maintaining pouching appliances, and resources. Patients may feel inadequate and uneasy about caring for their stoma.

    Nurses need to meet the unique learning needs of each patient and caregiver, providing education in verbal information, written pamphlets, online resources, videos, and demonstrations. The United Ostomy Associations of America, Inc. (UOAA), is a nonprofit organization that serves as an excellent resource for information, support, advocacy, and collaboration for those living with ostomies.

    Nurses should be aware there is an “Ostomy and Continent Diversion Patient Bill of Rights” (PBOR) that outlines the best practices for providing high-quality ostomy care during all phases of the surgical experience (1). There are numerous national resources for patients, as well as community-based and online ostomy support groups. 

     

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Can you think of methods to assess patient knowledge on ostomy care?
    2. What are creative ways to involve an ostomy patient in care?
    3. Not all patients are savvy with online supply ordering, can you think of other ways to order supplies if they are not?

    Promotion of Body Image and Self-Esteem

    Ostomy surgery can have a major impact on how patients perceive themselves. A person’s body image is how they see themselves when they look in the mirror or how they picture themselves in their mind.

    There are stigmas surrounding ostomies, such as being odorous, unhygienic, and unattractive due to the stoma, but the truth is that ostomies save lives and make life possible. Positivity should surround the conversation. Confirmations such as beauty, strength, celebration, and hope are meaningful.

     

    Ways to become involved in celebrating ostomies:

    - Become familiar with the United Ostomy Associations of America (UOAA) and their initiatives.

    https://www.ostomy.org/ostomy-awareness-day/

    National Ostomy Awareness Day on October 7, 2023

    Worldwide Virtual Run for Resilience Ostomy 5k

     

    - Social Media Sites

    Celebrate Body Positivity for those with ostomies

    Intimacy Encouragement

    Conclusion

    Ostomy care is an essential nursing skill. If you are caring for a patient with an ostomy, remember that this is a major life-altering event and condition. Reflect on ways to provide individualized care by understanding various types of ostomies, site selection, stoma care, complications, and patient education. Empower and encourage these ostomy patients’ confidence in themselves.

     

    Diabetes Management Updates

    Introduction   

    Diabetes Mellitus (DM), also known as diabetes, is a condition in which the body develops high levels of blood glucose due to the inability to produce insulin or for the cells to use insulin (1) effectively. If left untreated or mismanaged, it can lead to health complications such as heart disease, chronic kidney disease, blindness, nerve damage, oral and mental health problems (1)(15) 

    There are several classifications of DM, and the following will be discussed: T1DM, T2DM, gestational diabetes, and idiopathic diabetes. 

    Classifications of Diabetes

     

    Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus (T1DM)  

    T1DM is formerly known as juvenile diabetes or insulin-dependent diabetes and usually occurs in children and young adults (1). Although, it can also occur at any age and accounts for 5 – 10% of cases. T1DM develops when one’s own immune system attacks and destroys the beta cells that produce insulin in the pancreas (6).     

     

    Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus (T2DM)  

    T2DM, formerly known as adult-onset diabetes or non-insulin-dependent diabetes, develops because of the body's inability to use insulin effectively. It is the most common type of diabetes and mainly occurs in adults aged 30 years and older (1). However, it is also becoming common in children and young adults due to obesity. It accounts for 90% of the population diagnosed with diabetes (6).   

     

    Gestational Diabetes 

    Gestational Diabetes occurs during pregnancy and in women who have never had a previous diagnosis of diabetes. It is a result of pregnancy hormones that are produced by the placenta or because of the insufficient use of insulin by the cells (1). Gestational diabetes can be temporary or in some cases can become chronic. It is also likely that children whose mothers have gestational diabetes can develop diabetes later in life (6).  

     

    Prediabetes 

    Prediabetes, also referred to as impaired glucose tolerance, is a stage when a person is at risk of developing diabetes. If well managed through proper diet management and exercise, this can help with the prevention or delay of type 2 diabetes (1).  

     

    Other Forms of Diabetes 

    Other forms of diabetes include monogenic diabetes syndrome, diabetes from the removal of the pancreas or damage to the pancreas from disease processes such as pancreatitis or cystic fibrosis, and drugs or chemical-induced diabetes from glucocorticoids used to treat HIV/Aids or organ transplant (1) (6).  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are the four named types of diabetes? 
    2. What are the differences between T1DM and T2DM? 
    3. What is the most common type of diabetes? 

    Statistical Evidence/Epidemiology 

    Diabetes is now ranked as the 8th leading cause of death in the United States (6). There is no known cure for diabetes. It is one of the fastest-growing chronic diseases and the most diagnosed noncommunicable disease. It is also one of the leading causes of chronic kidney disease, adult blindness, and lower limb amputations (6).   

    In 2019, it was estimated that 37.3 million American adults have diabetes, which equals 11.3% of the population (4). Of those, 41% were men and 32% were women. 28.7 million were diagnosed with diabetes, and 8.5 million were undiagnosed.  

    There are 96 million American adults who are prediabetic, which means they are at risk of developing diabetes, but their blood glucose levels are not high enough to be diagnosed with diabetes (5).  

    Most of the population that is pre-diabetic is 65 years old or older. Type 2 diabetes accounts for 90% to 95% of cases (5). The risk of developing diabetes increases with age.  

    The prevalence of diabetes is much higher in both black and Hispanic/Latino adult men and women. Men are more likely to develop diabetes compared to women. Due to the rise in obesity in younger adults, there has been an increase in the number of new cases of diabetes in black teens (4).  

     

    The figure below represents trends in incidence of type 1 and type 2 diabetes in children and adolescents 2002–2018; results show the incidence of type 2 diabetes has significantly increased (4)

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is one of the major comorbidities caused by diabetes? 
    2. What age group is at risk for developing type 2 diabetes?  
    3. What is a risk factor that is contributing to the rise of diabetes in younger adults?

    Etiology and Pathophysiology 

    In normal glucose metabolism, blood glucose is regulated by the two hormones insulin and glucagon (11). Insulin is secreted by the beta cells in the Islet of Langerhans in the pancreas and glucagon is secreted by the alpha cells in the pancreas.  

    When there is an increase in blood glucose, the function of insulin is to reduce blood glucose by stimulating its uptake in the cells. Glucose is stored as glycogen in the liver and muscles or as fat in the adipose tissues. When blood glucose levels start to fall, glucagon promotes the release of glycogen from the liver, which is used as a source of energy in the body (8) (13).   

    When there is a deficiency of insulin or a decreased response of insulin on the targeted cells in the body, it leads to hyperglycemia (high blood glucose). Meaning that the glucose that remains in the blood is not able to get to the cells. Diabetes develops mainly because of lifestyle and genetic factors (13).

    T1DM 

    The etiology is not well understood, though it is thought to be influenced by both environmental and genetic predispositions that are linked to specific HLA alleles. T1DM is considered an autoimmune disorder that is characterized by T-cell-mediated destruction of the pancreatic B-cells (13).  

    As a result, this leads to complete insulin deficiency and ultimately hyperglycemia, which requires exogenous insulin. The rate of destruction of the pancreatic B-cell-specific disorder is known to develop rapidly in infants and children or gradually in adults (8)(13). 

     

    T2DM 

    The etiology of T2DM is characterized by decreased sensitivity to insulin and decreased secretion of insulin. Insulin resistance occurs due to the disruption in the cellular pathways that result in a decreased response in the peripheral tissues, particularly the muscle, liver, and adipose tissue.  

    T2DM diabetes can progress slowly and asymptomatically over a period. Obesity and age can play a key role in the homeostatic regulation of systemic glucose because they influence the development of insulin resistance, which affects the sensitivity of tissues to insulin. Therefore, most patients with type 2 diabetes are overweight or obese 7) (8).

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are the two hormones that are responsible for maintaining blood glucose levels in the body? 
    2. Can you describe the etiologies of both T1DM and T2DM? 
    3. What are some of the factors that contribute to T2DM? 

    Diagnostic and Screening tools 

    There are a variety of tests that are used to diagnose and monitor diabetes. These vary based on the type of symptoms that a patient may have. Diagnosis of DM requires at least two abnormal test results, which should include fasting glucose and A1C. The tests should be one of two from the same sample or two abnormal test results drawn on different days (3). 

     

    The recommended diagnosis guidelines for diabetes must be based on the following criteria: 

    • Fasting Plasma Glucose (FPG) concentration with results greater than 126 mg/dL. This test involves measuring blood glucose at a single point. To have accurate results, the test should be conducted after one has had nothing to eat or drink for at least 8 hours (3). 
    • Glycated hemoglobin (Hb A1C) is indicative of the average levels of blood glucose in a period of two to three months. Results greater than 6.5% mean diagnosis of diabetes. This blood test does not require fasting. The A1C test is not suitable for pregnant women or those who have certain blood conditions (anemia) - NIDDK. This test should only be used for prediabetes screening (3). 
    • Oral Glucose Tolerance Test (OGTT): prior to conducting this test, an FPG level needs to be measured. One must ingest 75 grams of glucose liquid. Thereafter, their glucose level is measured 2 hours after they have taken the liquid. Test results greater than 200 mg/dL are indicative of diabetes. This test is commonly used in pregnant women (3). 
    • Random plasma glucose of 200 mg/dL. This test is suitable when one has symptoms of hyperglycemia, which are polydipsia, polyuria, and polyphagia (3).  

     

    Screening 

    Screening is generally recommended for adults aged 45 or older regardless of present risk factors. The updated recommendation guidelines for prediabetes screening include adults 35 years and older who are overweight or obese (3).  

     

    Screening for Prediabetes 

    Prediabetes is associated with the impairment of blood glucose levels between 100 – 125 mg/dL. The diagnosis of prediabetes should be confirmed with glucose testing when there is impaired glucose tolerance with plasma levels between 140 – 199 mg/dL 2 hours after one has ingested 75g of oral glucose. A1C levels of prediabetes are between 5.7% to 6.4% (3). 

     

    Screening for Pregnant women 

    It is recommended that all pregnant women between 24 – 28 weeks be screened for gestational diabetes to avoid missing those that are at risk. A positive 3-hour OGTT test of greater than 140 mg/dL meets the criteria for diagnosis (3).  

     

    Medication Management 

    Monitoring of blood glucose levels in patients is useful in determining the effectiveness of antidiabetic medication. To achieve better patient outcomes, it is important to recognize individual needs (11) 

    It is recommended that the approach to medication management should be based on each patient's hyperglycemic index and should include the following: the presence of comorbidities, risk of hypoglycemia, vascular disease, life expectancy, and disease duration (3).   

    When the management of diabetes cannot be achieved through diet and exercise alone, oral antidiabetic agents are the preferred treatment (14). Oral antidiabetics can help maintain and achieve glycemic goals for patients who are diagnosed with T2DM) (10)(14).  

    Diabetes Education and patient engagement is essential to managing diabetes (11). There are several classes of anti-diabetic medication. Below are some of the most utilized antidiabetic medications (9)(14).  

     

    Biguanides 

    Metformin is the only medication in this category. 

    • It is considered the 1st line of treatment in patients with T2DM unless contraindicated. 
    • Metformin helps to decrease hepatic glucose production.  
    • Decreases intestinal absorption of glucose by improving insulin sensitivity. Must be titrated initially to minimize adverse effects. 
    • Avoided in clients with chronic kidney disease.  
    • Side effects: Lactic acidosis, hypoglycemia. 

     

    GLP 1- Receptor Agonists (RAs) 

    Mimics glucagon-like peptide 1 (GLP -) hormone. Binds to GLP-1 receptors stimulate glucose-dependent insulin release and delay gastric emptying, which increases satiation.  

    • Known to have cardiovascular benefits. 
    • Can be taken orally or subcutaneously.  
    • Special considerations: Can cause weight loss, GI side effects such as nausea, vomiting and diarrhea, dehydration, increased satiation (fullness), acute pancreatitis, and reactions at the injection sites.  
    • Some labels may require renal dose adjustment.  
    • GLP - 1 RAs should be considered before starting clients on insulin to help reduce A1C then oral antihyperglycemic medications are not effective in treating diabetes.  

     

    Sulfonylureas 2nd generation 

    Stimulates insulin release in pancreatic beta cells.  

    • Risk for prolonged hypoglycemia. Therefore, it should be avoided with the concurrent use of insulin.  
    • Can cause weight gain.  
    • Can cause photosensitivity.  
    • Avoid use in clients with sulfa allergies and photosensitivity.  
    • Avoid use in clients with chronic kidney disease and liver disease.   

     

    Dipeptidyl Peptidase (DPP) - 4 inhibitors 

    Prevents DPP-4 enzymes from breaking down to GLP-1 hormone.   

    • Neutral weight.  
    • Monitor for acute pancreatitis, which can cause joint pain.  
    • May require renal dose adjustment with these brands: Saxagliptin (Onglyza), Sitagliptin (Januvia), and Alogliptin. Linagliptin does not require dose adjustment.  

     

    Sodium-Glucose transporter - 2 (SGLT-2) inhibitors 

    Reduce the reabsorption of glucose by up to 90%, therefore promoting the exclusion of glucose from the body.  

    • Known to have cardiovascular benefits for clients with cardiovascular disease.  
    • Use with caution in clients with increased risk of fractures.  
    • Avoided in clients with diabetic ketoacidosis and those prone to have frequent urinary tract infections.  
    • This medication should be avoided in clients with pure poor kidney function due to volume depletion and hypotension.  
    • There’s also a risk for Fournier gangrene.  

     

    Thiazolidinediones 

    Pioglitazone and rosiglitazone can help reduce insulin resistance which promotes improved sensitivity to insulin. As a result, it can help reduce the A1C levels.  

    • Can cause weight gain.  
    • Potential risk for heart failure when taking thiazolidines (brands: pioglitazone, rosiglitazone). 
    • Generally, it is not recommended for clients with renal impairment as medication has the potential to cause fluid retention.  
    • Risk for bone fractures, bladder cancer, and increased LDL cholesterol (rosiglitazone).  
    • Thiazolidines do not cause hypoglycemia and can be used in combination with other antidiabetic medications including insulin. 
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Which class of antidiabetic medications are known to put patients at risk for bone fractures? 
    2. Can you name a condition that thiazolidines and sulfonylureas 2nd generation are generally not recommended for?  
    3. What is a common side effect in both thiazolidines and sulfonylureas? 
    4. What class of medication is suitable for clients with insulin resistance? 
    5. Can you name two antidiabetic medications that can be used in combination with other antidiabetics because it has the benefit of not causing hypoglycemia?

    Insulin therapy 

    Insulin therapy is commonly recommended for patients with T1DM. It can be used to help prevent the development and progression of diabetes (2). The ideal insulin regimen should be tailored based on individual needs and glycemic targets to better contend with physiological insulin replacement to maintain normoglycemia. Insulin therapy is also recommended for patients with hemoglobin A1c of greater than 9% - 10% and when symptoms of hyperglycemia are present (3).  

     

    Other Diabetes Interventions 

    The automation of glucose monitoring devices and insulin delivery systems is revolutionizing glucose management mainly because it promotes lifestyle flexibility and improved glucose management (2). 

    • Glucose Monitoring Devices- these devices are ideal for clients who are on insulin regimens and may become the standard for assessing glycemic controls in clients with DM (7). 
    • Continuous Glucose Monitoring (CGM)- devices that are inserted subcutaneously and measure interstitial blood glucose levels. CGMs are devices that are used to provide glucose readings, trends, and alerts to the user in real-time to inform diabetes treatment decisions. (2)(3) 
    • Importance- CGM is recommended for all patients with diabetes who receive treatment with intensive insulin therapy, defined as three or more insulin injections per day for all individuals with hypoglycemia (frequent, several, nocturnal) (3).  
    • Known to reduce hyperglycemia and A1C levels. 
    • Insulin Pump Therapy- also known as Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin Infusion (CSII) has had notable advances over the years. CSII is recommended for those with type 1 diabetes, although in recent studies, conventional CSII is also recommended for use in T2DM patients (2)(3). CSII is a small computer that is programmed to deliver fast-acting insulin continuously to the body using mechanical force via a cannula that is inserted under the skin (2).  
    • It is more precise and flexible in insulin dosing. 
    • Known to improve glycemic control.  
    • Cheaper than using Multi-Dose Insulin. 
    • Automated Insulin Delivery Systems (AIDS) - This is a diabetes management system that utilizes an insulin pump in conjunction with an integrated CGM and computer software algorithm (3).  
    • Advantages: precision and flexibility with insulin dosing. 
    • Recommended for T1DM: Achieve glycemic targets with less burden. 
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is the main type of insulin used in CSII pumps? 
    2. What type of diabetes category is more suitable for using CSII? 

    Upcoming Research  

    Islet cell transplant has been a biological solution to help treat patients with T1DM due to poor graft survival rates. Future research will focus on manipulating the beta cells in the pancreas to make them more viable. Other treatments that have been recently made available include incretins and Amylin which improve the absorption of insulin in the body (1).  

    • The development of other types of insulin that can be administered by inhalation.  
    • The development of immunosuppressant drugs that will help treat T1DM. 
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Can you name two recently developed medications to help with insulin absorption in the body?

    Conclusion

    Diabetes is a complex disease that requires a multi-disciplinary and patient-centered approach to help with effective management. Regular and early screening are necessary for those at risk for developing diabetes. Most importantly, ease and access to choices of managing diabetes are necessary.

    Hospice and Palliative Care: What’s the Difference?

     

     

     

     

     

    Introduction   

    Hospice and palliative care are unique health concepts often incorrectly used interchangeably. During my career as a hospice and palliative care nurse, I often heard the question, "What's the difference between Hospice and Palliative Care?"  

    I usually answered with a common phrase the Hospice and Palliative Care community uses to explain the difference, "All Hospice is palliative care, but not all Palliative Care is hospice." The statement is accurate but still confusing.  

    This course aims to shed light on these topics and emphasize the importance of enhancing end-of-life care, but let's start with Merriam-Webster's dictionary definitions.  

    • Hospice: "a program designed to provide palliative care and emotional support to the terminally ill in a home or homelike setting so that quality of life is maintained, and family members may be active participants in care” (4). 
    • Palliative: "relieving or soothing the symptoms of a disease or disorder without effecting a cure” (4). 

    The Merriam-Webster definitions help to clarify the differences further: Hospice is a program, and palliative care is a practice. They are two distinct approaches to providing comprehensive medical care and support for patients with serious illnesses, and they have essential differences worth exploring.  

    This course aims to delve into the different types of care, their philosophy, eligibility criteria, duration of services, and common myths and misconceptions surrounding hospice and palliative care. Additionally, it highlights nurses' crucial role as advocates and resources in these specialized fields. 

    Hospice Care 

    The modern hospice movement originated in the late 1960s in the United Kingdom, primarily through the work of Dame Cicely Saunders. Saunders, a nurse, and social worker, recognized the need for specialized care for patients with terminal illnesses. She founded St. Christopher's Hospice in London in 1967, which became the model for modern hospice care (12). 
     
    Saunders emphasized care that was less focused on disease treatment and more focused on an individual's physical, emotional, social, and spiritual needs. This approach prioritized providing comfort, pain management, and dignity for patients nearing the end of life (12). 
     
    The concept of hospice care gained international recognition and spread to other countries. By 1974, the first hospice program in the US was formed in Connecticut, and the hospice movement expanded rapidly (11).  

    Hospice care was primarily provided by volunteers who went into families' homes to care for their loved ones when no curative care was available. These same volunteers helped write the federal regulations adopted as the Medicare Hospice Benefit (MHB) in 1982 (5). 

    It is essential to discuss the MHB because the US government benefit made hospice a fundamental part of comprehensive medical care. It is the benefit through which most patients nearing the end of life receive care, and it has defined how we provide hospice care throughout the United States. 

    An integral part of hospice care is visits from a nurse, social worker, chaplain, and nurse aides. In addition, the patient and family have access to a hospice physician specializing in Hospice and Palliative Care (5). Hospice care focuses on providing compassionate, holistic, patient-centered care for individuals with terminal illnesses. The primary goal is to enhance the quality of life for patients and their families by addressing physical, emotional, social, and spiritual needs (5). 

    The MHB covers 100% of the financial cost for hospice services, including medications, supplies, and treatments required due to a terminal illness. The medicines commonly covered under the hospice benefit are for treating pain, nausea, anxiety, and other distressful symptoms, such as constipation (5).  

     

    Who can receive this care? 

    The MHB was designed for patients who are terminally ill with a six-month life expectancy, as determined by a physician (5). Life expectancy is one of the critical differences between Palliative Care and Hospice Care.  

    Healthcare providers, unlike statisticians or actuaries, are unskilled at predicting a six-month or less life expectancy. As part of the hospice federal regulations, local coverage determinations set by government intermediaries help healthcare providers determine who meets the criteria and, therefore, is eligible for hospice.  

    Key indicators predicting the end of life due to a specific disease process have been defined so that we can compare each patient to determine their eligibility for hospice care. Some key indicators are activity level, the times the patient has sought emergent care or has been hospitalized in the past six months, weight loss, and neurological status.  

    Patients generally receive hospice care when curative care is no longer an option. This is another crucial difference between Hospice and Palliative Care. There are exceptions, commonly for children, where curative and hospice care are provided. This is termed "concurrent" care.  

     

    How long do they receive services? 

    The key indicators that hospice physicians use to determine eligibility are based on averages of patients who have died with the specifically defined disease process. However, the average time to death is unreliable when judging how long an individual may live.  

    Therefore, hospice care is provided for as long as the patient's condition remains terminal, according to local coverage determinations, and they choose to continue receiving this specialized type of palliative care. In fact, the MHB has no end date, and the duration of services may vary depending on the progression of the illness and the patient's preferences. 

    For example, patients with chronic illnesses, such as heart failure, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), and Alzheimer's, tend to have a less predictable trajectory of terminal illness due to periods of exacerbation and stability, which are common. Patients with chronic diseases tend to have a longer stay in hospice care. A waxing and waning pattern of decline is less typical with cancer-related disease, and these patients generally use fewer days of hospice care. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is your understanding of the philosophy behind hospice care?  
    2. How do you determine the appropriate duration of services for a hospice patient?  

    Palliative Care 

    The long-held theory regarding palliation, or soothing symptoms as defined by Merriam-Webster, is that if the treatment causes suffering with the result of a cure, the benefit of the treatment outweighs the burden. In other words, a person should be able to tolerate suffering for a positive end result. On the other hand, if no cure is available, suffering is inhumane.  

    Palliative Care emerged as an integral part of hospice care, focusing on providing comfort and support to patients with terminal illnesses (14). However, for people without terminal illnesses, some treatments and symptoms of curable diseases are so intolerable that patients may be unable or unwilling to continue curative treatment. Why should patients and families not receive physical, psychosocial, or spiritual support simply because they are not at the end of life?  

    The need for Palliative Care beyond hospice was identified in other healthcare settings, such as hospitals and home care. Over time, the philosophy and principles of Palliative Care gained recognition beyond the hospice setting. This led to the development of specialized palliative care services that aimed to provide comprehensive support to patients with serious illnesses, regardless of their prognosis (14).  

    In 1990, the World Health Organization (WHO) formally defined palliative care, emphasizing its holistic approach. The WHO defines palliative care as improving the quality of life of patients and their families facing life-threatening illnesses by preventing and relieving suffering through early identification and treatment of pain and other physical, psychosocial, and spiritual problems (13).  

    The American Academy of Hospice and Palliative Medicine (AAHPM) was established to promote and advance Palliative Care, and it has now become a recognized medical specialty. Palliative care education programs, certifications, and fellowships have been established to ensure the development of skilled professionals who provide palliative care (14).  

    Palliative Care is an essential part of healthcare, aiming to improve the quality of life for patients with serious illnesses and their families. It focuses on relieving symptoms, addressing psychosocial and spiritual needs, and enhancing communication and decision-making throughout the illness trajectory. 
     

    Philosophy 

    Palliative care aims to improve the quality of life for patients who suffer regardless of life expectancy, a key differentiator from hospice care. Palliative care focuses on symptom management, pain relief, and addressing patients' and their families' physical, emotional, and psychosocial needs. 

     

    Who can receive this care?  

    In the modern healthcare system, "palliative" is often used to define comfort care for patients with "serious illnesses." Palliative Care is available to individuals of any age and at any stage of a serious illness, including those undergoing curative treatments. It can be provided concurrently with curative treatments, such as chemotherapy and radiation, another differentiator from hospice care. Individuals with serious illnesses may receive palliative care during a hospitalization, at home, or office visits.  

     

    How long do they receive services? 

    Unlike Hospice Care, Palliative Care can be provided for an extended duration even if the patient's condition is not terminal. The duration of services varies based on the individual's needs.  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How does Palliative Care differ from Hospice care in terms of philosophy and approach?  
    2. Can you explain the eligibility criteria for receiving palliative care?  

    Common Myths and Misconceptions 

    Myth 

    Fact 

    Hospice care hastens death.  

    Studies show that patients with the same diagnosis and burden of illness live longer with hospice than without (2).  

    Palliative care is only for people who are dying. 

    Palliative care is available to people of any age and stage of serious illness.  

    Hospice is a place.  

    Hospice is a form of care provided to people wherever they reside.  

    Palliative care is only available in hospitals. 

    Palliative care is available in hospitals, at home, or in a doctor's office. This is dependent on the availability of practitioners in your area.  

    Hospice is only for the last days of life.  

    Hospice is for the terminally ill with a life expectancy of 6 months or less and continues as long as a person remains terminally ill (15).  

    Palliative care is only for the elderly.  

    Palliative care is for all individuals with a serious illness.  

    Hospice is the same as Palliative Care. 

    Hospice is palliative care for the terminally ill. Palliative care is for all patients receiving curative treatment no matter the stage of illness, depending on the Palliative Care team's defined practice.  

    Hospice and Palliative Care mean you are giving up hope.  

    Hospice and Palliative Care aim to manage symptoms and improve the quality of life.  

    Hospice and Palliative Care are expensive and not covered by insurance.  

    Hospice care is 100% covered by Medicare and most other insurance (15). Palliative care is covered as a medical practitioner's visit in most Palliative Care programs. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are common misconceptions you have encountered regarding hospice or palliative care?  
    2. How did you resolve the misconceptions surrounding palliative and hospice care?  

    Handling Difficult Conversations 

    Conversations, especially regarding end-of-life, are difficult for the clinician, the patient, and the family. Sensitive conversations also take time, patience, and empathy. Often, more time than a general practitioner or clinician has available. In my experience, patients approaching the end of life are often referred to as Palliative Care practitioners because of the practitioner's experience with difficult conversations. I also believe this referral practice is part of the confusion in understanding the difference between Palliative and Hospice Care.  

    Palliative Care Practitioners are not the only ones with the time and the skill to broach difficult conversations. Nurses also play a critical role in facilitating difficult conversations about end-of-life decisions, goals of care, and advance care planning.  

    Nurses often spend more time with patients and families than other disciplines. The relationship and trust nurses build with patients and caregivers makes them especially adept at starting difficult conversations.  

     

    A nurse must take the following actions before, during, and after a difficult conversation (3).  

    • Build a strong relationship with the patient and their family through active listening, empathy, and creating a safe space for open communication. 
    • Assess the patient's and family's readiness and preferences to engage in discussions. Ask patients and families questions regarding the amount and detail of information they want and the personspeople that need to be involved in decision-making. This information helps to tailor the discussion.  
    • Use practical communication skills such as clear and concise language aimed at providing information in a way that is understandable and sensitive to the emotional needs of the patient and family. 
    • Begin the conversation by assessing the patient and family's understanding of the diagnosis and prognosis to address any misconceptions or gaps in knowledge and ensure everyone is on the same page. 
    • Engage in a collaborative discussion about the patient's goals and values. Exploring their priorities and preferences regarding treatment options, symptom management, and quality of life helps align the care plan with the patient's values and wishes. 
    • Acknowledge and validate emotions, offering support and empathy throughout the conversation. Referral to appropriate psychosocial or spiritual support services may be necessary. 
    • Document the discussion and decisions made in the patient's medical records. Follow-up conversations should be scheduled to address any further questions, concerns, or changes in the patient's condition or preferences (3).  

     

    Should you find yourself in a position to start a difficult conversation, the following practical framework may be of assistance (3): 

    1. Set aside time and make a plan to minimize interruptions. 
    2. Before the conversation, take a moment to center yourself and release stress.  
    3. Acknowledge the family and offer support by inquiring about their immediate needs.  
    4. Open the conversation by asking what the patient and family know about their condition.  
    5. Repeating what they know, ask them how they want to experience the time they have left. 
    6. Empathize and allow them time to discuss and consider what they want. 
    7. Based on their desires, educate them about the options for care.  
    8. Consult with the interdisciplinary team and make appropriate referrals. 

    Case Study 

    Emily is a registered nurse who works the day shift on a bustling med-surg floor. She has a reputation for excellent communication skills and the ability to handle difficult conversations with empathy and grace, but she admits she never feels comfortable doing so. When she must have a difficult conversation, she uses a structured format to guide her to maintain her composure and empathy. Emily needed to use this framework when the physician asked her to talk to the family of Mr. Johnson about hospice care.  

     
    Mr. Johnson was a 75-year-old man admitted with advanced pancreatic cancer. His condition was deteriorating rapidly, and it was clear that curative treatments were no longer effective. Mr. Johnson's wife, Judy, was consistently by his bedside, her worry and sadness evident in her eyes. Emily knew Mrs. Johnson needed a plan because the fear of not knowing can be far worse than the reality. Emily asked her co-workers to cover for her other patients for the next 20 minutes so she could have a conversation about hospice.  
     
    Emily approached the room; she stopped momentarily and took a deep, centering breath. She released the day's stress and gave herself space to focus on this task. Emily gathered her thoughts and reminded herself of the framework she would use. She knew this conversation would be challenging but discussing the next steps in Mr. Johnson's Care was necessary. She entered the room with a warm smile, acknowledging both Mr. and Mrs. Johnson. 
     
    Emily began by asking how Mr. Johnson was feeling, allowing him to express any concerns or symptoms he was experiencing. She listened attentively, validating his feelings, and reassuring him that his comfort was a top priority. 

    After addressing Mr. Johnson's immediate concerns, Emily asked, "Mr. Johnson, what has the doctor told you about your prognosis?" Mr. and Mrs. Johnson began to verbalize that they knew Mr. Johnson was not getting better and was worsening. Mr. Johnson offered that the doctor told them curative care was not an option and that his prognosis may be short. Emily noticed Mrs. Johnson's eyes welling up with tears as Mr. Johnson spoke. Sensing her emotional distress, Emily offered her a comforting hand. 

    Emily asked, "How do you see spending your remaining time?" 

    Mr. Johnson quickly stated, "I want to go home." 

    Mrs. Johnson had a worried look on her face. Emily turned to her, and Mrs. Johnson stated, "I don't know how I can care for him at home."  

    Emily reassured Mrs. Johnson that this was a fear expressed by many spouses experiencing similar circumstances. Then, Emily introduced the concept of hospice care, explaining that it could provide specialized support and comfort to Mr. Johnson in the comfort of his own home. She highlighted the benefits of hospice, such as nurse visits, pain management, emotional support, and assistance with daily activities by an aide. 
     
    Understanding the gravity of the situation, Mr. Johnson and his wife looked at each other, their love and concern evident. After a moment of silence, Mr. Johnson nodded, expressing his willingness to explore hospice care to enhance his quality of life during this challenging time. 
     
    Emily continued the conversation, outlining the next steps and assuring the couple that the hospice team would work closely with them to develop a customized care plan. She provided them with a referral to hospice and assured them that she would be available to answer any questions.  
     
    As the conversation came to a close, Emily thanked Mr. and Mrs. Johnson for their trust and assured them that their decision was an essential step towards ensuring Mr. Johnson's comfort and dignity. She could see more lightness in Mrs. Johnosn's eyes. She was standing taller and breathing easier.  

    Emily left the room, knowing that this difficult conversation had set the foundation for a new chapter of Care focused on providing the support and compassion that Mr. Johnson and his wife deserved. 
     

    Nurse Role as Advocate 

    Nurses are the center of the interdisciplinary team, often providing communication and updates from patients and families to other practitioners such as social workers and physicians. The focused time they spend with patients in guided conversations and daily assessments allows nurses to gain a more in-depth understanding of the patient, family dynamics, and care goals.  

    A particular time of vulnerability for patients and families is during a serious illness and at the end of life. Nurses are responsible for advocating for patients' rights, respecting their wishes, and facilitating open communication between healthcare providers, patients, and their families. They play a pivotal role in ensuring the patient's voice is heard, and their needs are met.  

     

    Here are some ways nurses advocate for patients:  

    • Patient-centered care: Nurses help guide decision-making processes and ensure care aligns with the patient's values and goals when they ensure patients' preferences, values, and goals are at the center of their care (18).  
    • Shared decision-making: Nurses facilitate shared decision-making between patients, families, and healthcare providers by acting as intermediaries, ensuring patients' voices are heard and respected during discussions about treatment options, advanced directives, and end-of-life care planning (19).  
    • Psychosocial and spiritual needs: Nurses advocate for patients by providing emotional support, facilitating discussions about fears and concerns, and connecting patients with appropriate resources (20).  
    • Pain and symptom management: Nurses advocate for optimal comfort by assessing and addressing patients' physical distress, collaborating with the healthcare team, and advocating for timely interventions (21).  
    • Patient autonomy: Nurses who involve patients in decision-making processes, including information about treatment options, risks, and benefits, support patients in making informed choices (24). 
    • Informed consent: Nurses ensure patients understand the nature of their treatment, potential risks, and alternatives serve to advocate for informed consent (23).
    • Healthcare disparities: Nurses who identify and address healthcare disparities based on race, ethnicity, socioeconomic status, or geographic location work toward eliminating inequitable healthcare (8,10). 

    By advocating for patients during these critical times, nurses can help ensure that patients’ wishes are respected, their quality of life is optimized, and they receive compassionate and patient-centered care. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How is advocacy different with hospice and palliative care patients than patients with non-serious illness? 
    2. During your career, in what ways have you advocated for patients with serious illness?

    Providing Resources  

    To provide comprehensive care, nurses must be knowledgeable regarding hospice and palliative care and what each provides. Educating families and patients about their options is a great way to provide emotional support and help them navigate complex medical decisions.  

    As part of the MHB and many other insurers, hospice care is funded 100%. As a result, hospices are required to provide a specific set of resources (15). Medicare and private insurers frequently cover the cost of a Palliative Care practitioner on a per-visit basis. Thus, Palliative Care resources can vary widely per program. Knowing what resources are available through your local palliative care program is essential. Below is a chart of common hospice and palliative care resources and their benefits.  

     

    Resource  Hospice  Palliative  Benefits 
    MD   Yes   Yes  Palliate symptoms through medical assessment and treatment. 
    NP  Maybe  Often  Palliate symptoms through medical assessment and treatment. 
    Registered nurse  Yes  Maybe  Care coordination, assessment, monitoring, symptom management, education, and communication with interdisciplinary teams. 
    Social Work  Yes  Maybe  Assist with community resources, counseling, advance directives, and other support. 
    Chaplain  Yes  Maybe  Assist with spiritual support, counseling, and connecting patients with their church affiliation and practices. 
    C.N.A.  Yes  Rare  Assist patients with physical care such as bathing and dressing. This is often a great support to caregivers. 
    Dietician  Yes  Rare  Assist and support patient’s dietary needs. 
    Pharmaceuticals  Yes  No  Alleviate common symptoms. 
    Medical Supplies  Yes  No  Wound care, other treatments, continence, and cleanliness needs. 
    DME  Yes  Maybe  Supports a patient’s ability to be independent.  
    PT, OT, ST  Yes  Able to make referrals  Support to maintain function, non-pharmacological pain management, assistance with communication, swallowing, wound care, and ADL support.  
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself…

    1. How do you advocate for patient’s rights and ensure their wishes are respected in your healthcare setting?  
    2. How do you support patients and their families during difficult conversations about end-of-life decisions?  
    3. How do you provide emotional support to patients and families in need?  
    4. What strategies do you employ to ensure effective communication between patients, families, and the interdisciplinary team?  
    5. How do you manage your emotional well-being when working with families and patients nearing the end of life?

    Becoming a Hospice or Palliative Care Nurse 

    Even though Hospice and Palliative Care are different, the skills and qualities of successful hospice and palliative nurses are similar. As previously discussed, Hospice and Palliative Care payment differs, with Palliative Care primarily funded by payment to medical practitioners. Because of the funding, it is rare for Palliative Care practices to employ nurses to the same degree as hospice. Many Palliative Care programs do not have nurses in their daily practice but may have them for patient follow-up or coordination of care. 

    For this education, we are focused on the requirements of becoming a hospice and palliative care nurse, understanding that positions for Hospice nursing are more prolific than strictly Palliative Care nurses.  

     

    Educational Requirements 

    While many nurses can specialize in a specific area of care, for example, geriatric, cardiac, critical care, surgical, or emergency care, hospice, and palliative care nurses care for patients with a wide range of illnesses, ages, and abilities.  

    Hospice and palliative care nurses need to understand the ordinary course of numerous conditions in multi-aged patients to anticipate, prepare, and quickly palliate symptoms of the specific disease. They must be skilled in the assessment of patients and able to detect subtle changes in conditions that affect the patient’s plan of care. 

     

    Certain requirements need to be met to become a hospice and palliative care nurse (17). Here are the general requirements: 

    • Licensure: Current, unrestricted license as a registered nurse (RN) or licensed practical/vocational nurse (LPN/LVN) in the state where they practice. The specific licensure requirements may vary by state.
    • Certification: Hospice nurses are often required to have specialized certifications related to hospice and palliative care. The most common certification for hospice nurses is the Certified Hospice and Palliative Nurse (CHPN) credential, offered by the Hospice and Palliative Credentialing Center (HPCC). This certification demonstrates expertise in providing care to patients with life-limiting illnesses. This certification requires two years of hospice experience for eligibility to take the certification test (16). 
    • Education and Experience: There are no specific education requirements for hospice nurses required by regulatory bodies. However, most hospice agencies prefer nurses with a bachelor’s degree in nursing (BSN) or higher. As written above, hospice and palliative care patients range in age and illness. Therefore, many agencies also prefer nurses with two years of experience in a medical-surgical healthcare setting (17).  
    • Training: Hospice nurses must receive comprehensive training in hospice care and be knowledgeable about the philosophy, principles, and practices of hospice and palliative care. The hospice agency typically provides this training and covers pain management, symptom control, psychosocial support, communication, and end-of-life care (17).
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself…

    1. What is your experience with the importance of certification as perceived by patients and families?  
    2. What is your experience with the importance of certification as perceived by healthcare professionals?
    Skills and Qualities 

    Hospice and palliative care nurses must thrive on working independently since more than 80% of hospice and palliative care is provided in patient's homes. While hospice and palliative care are under the management of the physician, the hospice nurse is the primary assessor and at the patient's bedside.  

    Hospice nurses must be organized, have firm boundaries, and be able to systematize their practice to see multiple patients in one day, with the requirements of driving, documenting, communicating with the interdisciplinary team, and providing care according to the individual patient care plan. In addition, they must provide support and education to the patients and their families.  

    Nurses in hospice and palliative care settings require excellent communication, empathy, and the ability to navigate complex ethical dilemmas and difficult conversations.  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How do you stay current on the latest research and best practices regarding caring for patients with serious illnesses or at the end of life?  
    2. Can you describe a situation where you had to manage complex pain or symptoms? 
    3. What additional training or education have you pursued to better manage patients with serious illnesses or near the end of life?  

    Conclusion

    In conclusion, Hospice and Palliative Care represent two distinct but interconnected approaches to providing comprehensive medical care for individuals with serious illnesses. While hospice care focuses on terminal patients and aims to enhance their quality of life, Palliative Care addresses the needs of individuals at any stage of a serious illness.  

    Nurses are crucial in advocating for patients, facilitating difficult conversations, and providing resources to support patients and their families. By understanding the philosophy, eligibility criteria, and duration of hospice and palliative care services, nurses can contribute to the holistic well-being of patients in these specialized fields. 

    As society continues to recognize the importance of providing comprehensive end-of-life care and support for patients with serious illnesses, it is crucial to foster awareness, education, and support for hospice and palliative care services. By doing so, we can collectively work towards enhancing the experiences of those facing life-limiting illnesses, offering comfort, compassion, and dignity throughout their journey. 

    Navigating Difficult End of Life Conversations

    Introduction   

    Talking about death is generally difficult for the average person. It is even considered taboo in some cultures or situations.  For some nurses, having end of life conversations is a routine part of the profession. A hospice nurse, for example, carries the responsibility of managing care for a dying patient, and ultimately informing the patient’s family that death is imminent.

    A lack of training, experience, or confidence in this area could result in poor delivery, unrealistic expectations, and an overall negative dying experience. Most people do not have experience or even a baseline when it comes to death and dying. This makes end of life conversations much more important in the delivery of patient care.  

    Perspectives About Dying and Death (Philosophical, Psychological, and Spiritual) 

    Philosophical 

    The human experience of death and dying is not one sided. On the contrary, there are many things to be considered to understand it fully. This goes beyond a scientific approach. An understanding of philosophical reasoning related to death is imperative to provide a thorough explication of the human dying experience. Historically, death has been an intrinsic part of life throughout various civilizations. 

    Ancient Egyptians spent much time preparing for the next life. Life was perceived as a dream that passed quickly. Death was viewed as eternal. Egyptians believed that the dead would make their way over to The Kingdom of Orisis, where they would spend eternity. 

    Ancient Greek civilization also viewed death in a particular light. According to San Filippo, “Greeks perceived death as a release of the soul from the body. The soul, which was considered to be part of the mind, was believed to be immortal. It was considered that the soul lived before the body and would live again in another life” (1). 

    Lastly, it has been noted that when it comes to fearing death, people create philosophies and theologies due to an inability to visualize our own death and afterlife.  

    Psychological 

    The psychological aspect of death is just as important as the physical. The thought of death alone has the potential to evoke various memories and feelings. You will typically find that a person either accepts or fears death (positive outlook vs negative outlook). This can be a fear of suffering, pain, or of the unknown. These views are typically formed based on past experiences with death. 

     Often, a person may have no underlying baseline when it comes to dying or death. That first experience with death can potentially shape someone’s entire perspective. Fearing death could be attributed to a fear of the unknown, lack of relatable experience, a negative experience, or a lack of communication regarding death, due to a cultural taboo, for example.  

    On the other hand, things like faith, positive experiences, and imminent death may cause someone to be more accepting of death. Often, someone facing imminent death may be forced to think about it and come to terms with it. In a study of terminally ill patients facing death, “The participants were afraid of death and earnestly desired to live but felt that death was imminent. To escape their distress, they attempted to accept the situation by thinking that all lives are finite, and death had to be accepted” (2). This is an example of coming to terms with an impending death and accepting it. 

    Spiritual 

    Spiritual perspectives on death should be considered when discussing views on dying. History shows that humans have long held beliefs that life does end when the body dies. Many tend to believe that once a person dies, their soul is then freed, and can go on to another life or be reincarnated into someone or something else. Religious ideologies contain a vast amount of knowledge and wisdom regarding death. “Religion and spirituality help individuals make sense of what awaits them near the end of life and help the dying cope with their terminal condition” (7).  

    What happens after death may vary from one religion to the next. Many religions also have a heaven or heaven like final place where the deceased can rest and be with other who have also died. One of the oldest ideologies of human history is the belief that there can be life after death. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Historically, how has death been viewed in different civilizations? 
    2. Why might a patient fear death and dying? 
    3. What causes patients to be more accepting of death? 

    Impact on Nurses 

    Imagine working as a hospice nurse.  Your sole purpose is to provide end-of-life care for terminally ill patients. This includes providing information on what to expect at the end of life. At any given time, you have patients that could be imminently dying.  

    You are a source of knowledge and comfort for a patient and their family during this time. In the end, you will likely be there when the patient takes their last breath. How can one prepare to handle this scenario time and time again? Should a nurse feel sadness for a patient that was expected to die, or should they emotionally separate themselves? 

    The latter may prove hard to do. The reality is that nurses are frequently exposed to death and dying in a variety of settings. A patient’s dying process can be planned or not and this distinction may mean different things for different people. Typically, nurses are taught skills to help prevent death.  

    This may be a hard thought process to overcome when the goal is not curative, but comfort focused. These patient interactions help to shape a nurse’s feelings on death and dying. “Nurses are frequently exposed to dying patients and death in the course of their work. This experience makes individuals conscious of their own mortality, often giving rise to anxiety and unease.  

    Nurses who have a strong anxiety about death may be less comfortable providing nursing care for patients at the end of their life” (3).  This ‘death’ anxiety could lead to disastrous outcomes for both the nurse and the patient. Nurses should be aware of their own thoughts and attitudes towards death, and how these could affect their ability to provide patient care. 

    Caring for the dying involves both skill and emotional support from nurses. Younger nurses and nurses with less experience with death may have greater difficulty caring for dying patients. End of life education and an introspective look at oneself are imperative when it comes to providing quality care. “Nurses’ professional experience is positively correlated with their position, professional level (rank), EOL care experience, competence in EOL, and another knowledge. 

     Nurses who have a positive attitude seem more likely to have more competence in dealing with patients’ symptoms at EOL and better knowledge of EOL care (3). The more palliative knowledge nurses had, the more competence they felt. Moreover, competence dealing with patients’ symptoms in EOL care was correlated with older nurses” (8). Positive conversations about death and dying usually lead to a positive dying experience. 

     To reach this point, nurses and other healthcare professionals need to know how to have these conversations. In a society that is so focused on the living, receiving education on death can be difficult. When death is perceived as a part of life, only then will people feel more comfortable talking about it.  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What role do nurses play in death and dying? 
    2. In what ways are nurses affected by death? 
    3. How do previous experiences shape our views about death? 
    4. What are some potential indicators of a nurse’s ability to provide quality care at EOL? 

    Communication Strategies 

    Many people are uncomfortable talking about death and dying and tend to shy away from such conversations. This may also be true for nurses. Talking about death should not be a formidable task. Nurses should be able to comfortably implement these conversations in their practice when needed. Effective communication is imperative throughout a patient’s trajectory.  

    Conversations about death and dying can impact patient care. “Research has shown that talking about and planning the EOL is important for how the final days in a patient’s life may play out and is associated with reduced costs as well as a higher quality of care in the final weeks of life” (4). In a society so focused on life, it may be difficult for nurses and other health professionals to obtain the skills needed to confidently speak with patients about death. 

    To effectively talk to patients about death, nurses should first be willing to initiate and discuss the topic. There are important strategies to remember when talking about the end of life. “Qualitative research on the end of life has revealed that medical personnel should consider the following strategies when conducting EOLD: open and honest conversation, setting treatment goals, and balancing hope with reality” (13).  

    Patients should also be encouraged to express their thoughts, fears, and to ask questions. It is also important to be honest and forward with patients. No “beating around the bush”. This means using words like “dying” and “death” while having these conversations.  

    One communication strategy, VALUE, “recommends to value and appreciate statements of family members, acknowledge their emotions, as well as to listen and ask questions to understand who the patient was as a person” (9). Nurses should keep the following in mind: a patient’s comfort level with death, goals of care, expectations, and cultural factors. Having this knowledge will help to guide the conversation.  

    Lastly, when a nurse feels confident and exhibits calmness while talking about death, a patient will more than likely feel the same way. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How do conversations about death impact patient care? 
    2. What can nurses do to effectively communicate with their patients about death? 
    3. What strategies should be utilized when talking about death? 

    Stages of Grief 

    Nurses are not immune from experiencing grief or loss. We mourn personally and we mourn alongside our patients and their families. “Grief and loss are something that all people will experience in their lifetime. The loss may be actual or perceived and is the absence of something that was valued. An actual loss is recognized and verified by others while others cannot verify a perceived loss.  

    Both are real to the individual who has experienced the loss. Grief is the internal part of the loss; it is the emotions related to the loss” (4). Grief allows a person to begin to deal with the pain associated with loss and to heal. There are five stages of grief which were identified in Dr. Elisabeth Kübler-Ross in her book Death and Dying.  

    1. Denial: This stage Is not necessarily about denying that the loss happened. Instead, it is more about denying the feelings associated with the loss. Denial lets us face our feelings of grief. “As an individual is able to accept that this loss is their reality, they will be able to move into the healing process and denial will begin to diminish” (5). 
    2. Anger: A grieving person may feel anger towards a variety of people associated with the loss. This is a normal and a necessary part of the healing process. “Under the anger is the individual’s pain. Anger provides structure, and that is better than preceding numbness. It can be a challenge for some to feel the anger; sometimes it is easier to try and suppress the anger. Feeling anger and addressing anger is part of the grieving process” (5). 
    3. Bargaining: Grieving people may begin to say things to themselves like, “If this__, then this __”, or “I will do anything if you take the hurt away” (5). This stage may occur at any point in the grief process. Once this step is reached, the person can begin to move through the stages in different ways.  
    4. Depression: This stage involves a realization that the situation is real. “Empty feelings come forward, and one’s grief moves in on a deeper level than before. This type of depression is not a sign of mental illness; although reaching out for help may be the right step. It is an appropriate response to a great loss. An individual may withdraw from their daily life activities, and they may feel a fog of   intense sadness” (4). Depression after a major loss is normal and necessary in the healing process.  
    5. Acceptance: Entering this final stage does not mean one is completely okay with what has happened. In fact, one may never be as they once were prior to the loss. “Acceptance, as a stage, is about accepting that this is their new reality, and it is permanent. Life cannot go on as it once did, but through acceptance, life can and will go on” (5). Individuals in this stage must realize that change is necessary to adjust to the new normal. 

    Not everyone experiences grief in the same way. Grief is a very personal experience that affects people in different ways. Nurses should be familiar with the stages of grief to be able to offer optimal patient care to grieving patients and their families. This includes recognizing signs of depression and possible suicidal ideation, providing empathy, compassion, education, and resources to those in need. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are the stages of grief? 
    2. Why should nurses be familiar with the stages of grief? 
    3. What purpose does grief serve? 

    End of Life Process 

    Phases of Dying 

    Although everyone experiences death differently and on their own terms, there are two main pathways that most people take before dying. The dying process can be broken up into two phases: the transitioning phase, and the actively dying phase. The amount spent in each phase varies from person to person. 

    The transitioning phase usually begins 2-3 weeks prior to death. Major changes in function and the ability to do activities of daily life are observed during this time. Patients may even begin falling prior to entering this phase. Becoming bedbound is common as one will begin to spend most of their time sleeping. 

    This means decreased responsiveness, less interest in normal activities and hobbies, decreased interaction with family and friends, and an overall decline in one’s interest in external factors. It is possible to be roused during this phase, but this may only be possible in short intervals. It is not uncommon for transitioning patients to speak to or about loved ones that have already passed away. They may even report seeing deceased family in the room with them (11). 

    This should not be feared and is an important part of a person’s dying process. Incontinence may also begin during this time and briefs will be needed. Perhaps one of the most noticeable and difficult changes to witness, especially by friends and family, is changes in appetite. Patients will begin to show less interest in food and liquids. A greater difficulty swallowing will become apparent. “Refusal of food and fluid by a dying person is a common occurrence, particularly as the body slowly shuts down, and this may be the evidence signifying an actively dying process rather than starvation” (11). 

     Lastly, symptoms like restlessness, agitation, and pain may arise and detract from one’s comfort level. Although most patients will spend about two weeks transitioning, time can vary from days to weeks. The transitioning phase can also be skipped altogether, depending on the person. 

    Once the transitioning phase has concluded, the actively dying phase will begin. Actively dying immediately precedes death. This phase is usually short, lasting about 48 hours. Once actively dying, death is imminent, and a patient is expected to pass away at any moment. This phase is markedly different from the previous phase, and symptoms tend to become more apparent. “The following five changes constitute objective evidence of the end of life: diminished daily living performance, decreased food intake, changes in consciousness and increased sleep quantity, worsening of respiratory distress, and end-stage delirium” (12). 

    One key difference is one’s ability to response to tactile or verbal stimuli. The actively dying patient is obtunded and no longer responds to external forces.  There could be slight reactions, but nothing meaningful. This is a comatose state.  

    There are many observable changes, including changes in vital signs. Blood pressure begins to drop, heart rate speeds up and eventually slow, respiratory rate picks up, and temperature may become elevated. Respiratory differences tend to be the most common observable changes. Cheyne-Stokes may occur, and the overall breathing pattern can be very irregular. Apnea is also common (11). 

    Many patients experience what is known as the “death rattle”.  This very noticeable sound is due to an accumulation of secretions in the upper airway. This is a hallmark of the actively dying phase, but it is not experienced by everyone. “Death rattle is a strong predictor of imminent death, and nearly 80% of people die within 48 hours after its onset” (11).  

    Skin changes also occur. The body may become cool to touch, cyanosis may develop in the nail beds of fingers and toes, and mottling can occur usually beginning in the lower extremities and later spreading to other parts of the body. Skin may also become very pale. Urine output will decrease and become concentrated as evidenced by an amber color. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are the dying phases? 
    2. What changes are observed when someone is transitioning? 
    3. What are some expected physical changes in the active dying phase? 
    4. What education should a nurse provide to someone taking care of a patient that is actively dying? 

    Nursing Assessment and Care 

    Since there are so many drastic changes observed during the transitioning phase, proper education is crucial for caregivers. Nurses should reassure them that what the patient is experiencing is normal and to be expected. “At the end of life, most patients are in a state of lethargy, wherein their consciousness progressively declines, and sleep duration increases; therefore, it is necessary to provide appropriate explanations to patients and their families so that they can accept these symptoms as part of the natural end-of-life process” (12). 

    Family members usually try to wake the sleeping transitioning patient and have them attempt activities that could be done in the past. This is dangerous for the pt and can lead to injuries and more agitation. Becoming bedbound is a major change and puts the patient at risk for pressure injuries and increased pain. Fragile skin combined with new episodes of incontinence are topics that should be discussed, and proper supplies should be used. 

    Other potential barriers to a peaceful transitioning period are force feeding and aspiration. Nurses should provide education on what is acceptable and needed at this point. Patients will not die of hunger or lack of water. Allowing the patient to eat and drink small amounts is okay (12). 

    This amount will decrease as the body starts shutting down. Ice chips can be used while the patient is still alert. Utilizing mouth swabs with water is enough to hydrate the oral cavity and keep the patient comfortable until the end. During this time, symptoms can seemingly come out of the blue.  

    A once calm patient can become highly agitated in a short period of time. Medications should be added timely to ensure that the patient has a peaceful death.  Information on medication and interventions to control uncomfortable end of life symptoms like pain, agitation, and restlessness should be provided to caregivers. Hospice patients, for example, have a comfort kit with various medications to use during this time.  

    Medications can be used as needed or scheduled to keep patients comfortable. (12). As the patient enters the actively dying phase and becomes less alert and aware, it is important that friends and family continue to talk to the patient and keep conversations positive around the patient. Hospice nurses, for example, are sure to tell caregivers that hearing is the last thing to go, so they should continue to speak to their loved one. Since vital signs start to become abnormal, reassurance is usually needed to keep family comfortable.  

    Not all vital signs need to be taken in the final stages. Taking blood pressure, for example, could cause discomfort. Death education related to respiratory changes is imperative. “Abnormal breathing patterns such as shallow breathing sound become increasingly common starting 1 week before death” (12). 

    Caregivers should be informed that breathing too fast or too slow at this point is not an emergency and there are things that can be done to promote comfort like applying oxygen, keeping the head of the bed upright, and keeping the room cool. Medications can also be given to decrease the death rattle. It should be noted that patients do not experience discomfort from the death rattle.  

    Lastly, not having a bowel movement or passing urine during the last few days of life is normal and interventions are not needed. Education and support are especially important during the final phases of life. With their peaceful words and deep knowledge base, nurses can be instrumental in facilitating a peaceful death.  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Is it reasonable to obtain vital signs every two hours? Why or why not? 
    2. If the family expresses concern about changes in bowel or urinary habits, what can you say to reassure them? 

    Resources and Support 

    Planning, coordinating, and executing quality end of life care can be challenging for health care workers. This period can also be one of the most challenging times for both patients and their loved ones. There are available resources for health care workers, patients, and their loved ones that provide information on end-of-life care. 

    Hospice care is an invaluable resource and source of support. This is available to terminally ill patients with a life expectancy of 6 months or less.” Hospice care is the term given to the care provided when a patient is given a prognosis of death within 6 months, and they do not pursue curative treatments They focus on improving the quality of life which can mean many things” (10).   

    Care can be provided in any setting that a patient calls home. The hospice team includes a medical director, registered nurse, chaplain, social worker, home health aide, and often a nurse practitioner. Symptoms and care can be managed at home with the help of covered medications, supplies, and medical equipment. Hospice allows patients to reach their goal of dying peacefully at home. A bereavement team also provides support during the process. (10?) 

    Palliative care, another form of comfort care, can also be utilized to maintain comfort at the end of life. Unlike hospice, patients receiving palliative care do not need to have a life expectancy of 6 months or less. “Research found that timely EOL care discussions allowed family members to make use of hospice and palliative care services sooner and maximize their time with the patient” (6). 

    Nurses should be educated in other end of life resource topics such as advanced directives, POLST (Physician Orders for Life Sustaining Treatment), and Durable Medical Power of Attorney. Looking ahead and having meaningful discussions regarding end-of-life planning can help prevent the stress of needing to address these things when death is imminent. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What care options are there for patients at the end of life? 
    2. What is the difference between palliative and hospice care? 
    3. What tools can the nurse use to help patients in end-of-life planning? 

    Conclusion

    End of life conversations have a profound impact on not only patient care, but also on the dying process itself. Research shows that when implemented appropriately, these conversations improve patient relationships with healthcare workers, lead to better outcomes, and allow for a more positive dying experience. Nurses play a critical role in end-of-life processes in many different settings. With education, practice, experience, and confidence, nurses can incorporate conversations about death and dying to provide quality care. 

    Read and Learn

    The following course content

    Introduction   

    Ventilator management can be an intimidating subject, especially if the user is not savvy with technology. Fortunately, modern ventilator manufacturers have put significant effort into making ventilators “user-friendly”. This course will further support those who manage ventilators. We will discuss basic respiratory function, the types and mechanism of action of ventilators, and indications for use. It is also important to gain understanding of the settings, modes, alarms, and essential nursing care. 

    Ventilator Fundamentals 

    Mechanism of Action 

    Knowledge of basic respiratory function is essential for understanding mechanical ventilation (MV). The respiratory system is comprised of the airway, lung, and chest wall. Respiratory mechanics represents the lung function in terms of pressure, gas flow, and volume (1).  

    Pressure refers to the physical movement of the lungs and chest wall muscles. During spontaneous and unassisted inspiration, our lungs expand due to the transpulmonary pressure caused by negative pleural pressure that is created by the inspiratory muscles (2). Essentially, the lung spontaneously pulls inwards while the chest wall pushes outwards.  

    Gas exchange refers to the process of transferring atmospheric oxygen (O2) from the alveolar gas into the bloodstream and carbon dioxide (CO2) from the bloodstream transferred to the alveolar gas phase; CO2 is then eliminated into the atmosphere by ventilation (1). Gas exchange occurs within areas of the lung lined by alveoli, which are tiny air sacs encased in capillary beds (1).  

    Volume simply refers to the amount of airflow, which is affected by factors such as lung elasticity, space to expand, presence of fluid, and surface tension. 

    The mechanism of action of mechanical (artificial) ventilation had evolved over time. The first type of mechanical ventilators provided negative pressure ventilation, which applied external negative pressure to mimic chest muscle pressure (1). Although it was helpful and prolonged life to many patients, this method was not effective for gas exchange abnormalities.  

    Controlled positive pressure ventilation was first applied in 1952 and pushes air into the central airways, causing air to flow into distal airways and alveoli (1). Positive pressure does not work in the same way as spontaneous respiration, which is negative pressure. This forced airflow provides the encounter for gas exchange to occur. This airflow also provides pressure that prevents the alveoli from collapsing.  

     

    Types 

    As we discussed, modern mechanical ventilators apply positive pressure that pushes air into the lungs. The types of positive pressure ventilators include invasive and noninvasive. 

    Invasive Mechanical Ventilation. Invasiveness refers to the intrusion of medical instruments into the body. In invasive ventilation, a tube from the ventilator is connected to the airway. When a tube enters the mouth and into airway, it is called intubation. A tracheostomy is utilized when the tube must enter the airway through the trachea (2).  

    Noninvasive Mechanical Ventilation. A noninvasive ventilation type is less intrusive into the body cavities. A facemask with straps is typically used. 

     

     

    Figure 1. Algorithm for Types of Ventilation. Photo credit: (1) 

     

     

    Understanding Ventilation Terminology 

    Ventilation describes the bulk movement into and out of our lungs (3). Ventilation can be categorized into tidal volume (VT), respiratory rate (f), and minute ventilation (VE). Tidal volume is the volume of gas exhaled following a normal inspiration; respiratory rate is the number of breaths taken over one minute; minute ventilation is the tidal volume times the respiratory rate (3). These will be important terms as we review mechanical ventilator settings and modes.  

    Ventilator capacity refers to the amount of air that a ventilator pump can push into the lungs. The ventilatory capacity is significant because this amount must be sufficiently maintaining tissue oxygenation and carbon dioxide (CO2) removal (3). When you hear the term respiratory drive, think about the neurological system driving the respiratory vehicle. Essentially, breathing is generated by neuron activity located in the brainstem, which produces a neural signal directed to respiratory muscles to create inspiratory effort and tidal breathing (4). There are receptors that monitor carbon dioxide levels in the body and when a high level of carbon dioxide is detected a signal is sent to stimulate the drive to breathe to blow off the excess carbon dioxide (5). Essentially, the level of carbon dioxide dictates the drive to breath and the respiratory rate. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Have you ever cared for a patient on a mechanical ventilator? 
    2. Can you explain how the physiology of the lungs (airway, alveoli) impacts gas exchange? 
    3. Can you describe the difference in pressure between spontaneous breathing and mechanical ventilation? 
    4. The nervous system is a vital part of the breathing process. Have you ever performed a neurological and respiratory assessment with abnormal findings? 

    Indications for Use 

    Mechanical ventilation is indicated when spontaneous breathing is insufficient (tachypnea, hypercapnia) or absent (apnea). Respiratory failure is the inability of the heart and lungs to adequately supply the tissue with oxygen and remove carbon dioxide (3).  

     

    Indications for Invasive Mechanical Ventilation 

    Compromised or Diseased Airway: (4) 

    • Trauma to airway 
    • Oropharyngeal infection. 
    • Proximal airway obstruction  
    • Angioedema 
    • Anaphylaxis 
    • Distal airway obstruction  
    • Asthmatic bronchospasm  
    • Acute exacerbation of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). 

     

    Hypoventilation: (4, 5) 

    • Impaired central drive  
    • Pharmacology or illegal drug overdose 
    • General anesthesia for surgery 
    • Traumatic brain injury 
    • Respiratory muscle weakness  
    • Muscular dystrophy and myositis 
    • Peripheral nervous system defects  
    • Guillain-Barré syndrome  
    • Myasthenic crisis  
    • Restrictive ventilatory defects  
    • Trauma or impact to chest wall  
    • Pneumothorax  
    • Pleural effusion 

     

    Inability to exchange oxygen or delivery to the peripheral tissues (hypoxemic respiratory failure): (4) 

    • Alveolar unable to fill.  
    • Pneumonia 
    • Acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) 
    • Pulmonary edema 
    • Pulmonary vascular insufficiency   
    • Massive pulmonary embolism 
    • Air emboli 

     

    Failure to meet increased ventilatory demand: (4) 

    • Severe sepsis 
    • Shock 
    • Severe metabolic acidosis  

     

    Indications for Noninvasive Pressure Ventilation 

    Noninvasive pressure ventilation attempts to deliver oxygen to the lungs without endotracheal intubation (1).  

     

    Before intubation 

    • Acute exacerbation of COPD 
    • Hydrostatic pulmonary edema 
    • Asthma 
    • Bronchoscopy 
    • Chest Trauma 

    Used instead of invasive mechanical ventilation (intubation) 

    • Acute respiratory failure (ARF) [According to the latest ATS/ERJ (American Thoracic Society and European Respiratory Society) guidelines from 2020] (4)  
    • BPAP for acute or acute-on-chronic respiratory acidosis secondary to COPD exacerbation where pH < or = 7.35 (8) 
    • BPAP or continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) for cardiogenic pulmonary edema (8) 
    • Obesity hypoventilation syndrome (1) 
    • Obstructive sleep apnea (4) 
    • Restrictive thoracic disorders (4) 

     

    **ATS/ERJ guidelines carry a conditional recommendation for the following in the setting of ARF: 

    • Early NIV (non-invasive ventilation) for immunocompromised patients with ARF 
    • Palliative care for terminal conditions 
    • Chest trauma patients with ARF 

     

    Following Intubation 

    • Post-operative ARF 
    • Preventative measure in high-risk patients following extubating. 
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Can you think of certain populations or diseases that are at a high risk for needing mechanical ventilation? 
    2. Have you experienced caring for a patient following general anesthesia? 

    Ventilator Settings 

    Knowledge of the settings on mechanical ventilators is critical for care. Each parameter should be initially determined and adjusted based on the patient’s condition and unique needs. This is within the scope of practice of qualified physicians and respiratory therapists only. The nurse should know the settings and include them in the nursing handoff report.  

    There are several types of ventilator settings to be familiar with, including the following: 

    • Tidal Volume 
    • FiO2 
    • Respiratory Rate (Frequency) 
    • PEEP 
    • Mode 
    • Alarms 

     

    Figure 3. Helpful Terminology for Mechanical Ventilator Settings. (Designed by course author) 

    Table 1. List of Abbreviations for Ventilation. (1, 2, 5) (Designed by course author)

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Are you familiar with the settings of mechanical ventilator? 
    2. Have you ever cared for a patient that needed to “wean” from something, such as medication, addiction, etc.? 
    3. Consider the feeling of wearing a breathing mask. How can the nurse provide physiological and psychological support? 

    As we discuss the settings, it is important to recognize short and long-term goals of mechanical ventilation. Short-term goals prioritize airway, breathing, circulation (ABCs) and maintaining respiratory gas exchange. Long-term goals should focus on weening and encouraging the patient to have a safe return of spontaneous breathing if possible. Independence should be a goal in certain circumstances.  

    The settings will reflect the minimal amount of assistance to maintain perfusion. Evidence supports the concept that hyperoxemia increases the risk of mortality in critically ill patients (2). An excess of oxygen is dangerous, as it can reduce respirations and heart rate. Tidal volume refers to the volume of air that is inhaled and exhaled from the lungs during spontaneous breathings, so the tidal volume setting determines the amount of the air delivered to the lungs by the machine (2).  

     

    Fi02 

    Fi02 stands for fraction of inspired oxygen. The range is 21% - 100% (Will). The Fi02 should be set to the lowest level to maintain a pulse oximetry (SP02) of 90% to 96% (2). A patient may initially require an FiO2 of 100% when mechanical ventilation is initiated, but the goal is to gradually wean the FiO2 percentage down to the lowest possible level that still provides adequate oxygenation for the patient. Research supports that a patient who receives mechanical ventilation with an Fi02 greater than 60% for an extended period of time is at greater risk of oxygen toxicity (1). 

     

    Positive End Expiratory Pressure (PEEP) 

    The PEEP settings refer to the positive pressure (greater than the atmospheric pressure) that will remain in the airways at the end of the respiratory exhalation (1). PEEP serves to distend the distal alveoli and prevent collapse. Imagine a balloon that you would like to keep inflated but air continuously seeps out. PEEP would determine the appropriate pressure to keep the balloon inflated. There are two types of PEEP: extrinsic and intrinsic (or auto-PEEP). Pressure that is applied during an inspiration is known as pressure support. 

    Extrinsic PEEP (PEEPe), or applied PEEP, is a setting on the ventilator and typically selected upon initiation of mechanical ventilator.  Extrinsic PEEP ranges to small/ moderate (4 to 5 cmH2O) to high (>5 cmH2O). The level of PEEP is usually set at 5 cmH2O and titrated based on the underlying condition and oxygenation or perfusion needs (2). There is research and evidence-based guidelines to guide healthcare providers in properly setting and adjusting the PEEP on the mechanical ventilator. For example, in ARDS, there is a specific level of PEEP titrates according to regulatory evidence and guidelines. 

    Intrinsic PEEP, or auto-PEEP, refers to an incomplete expiration prior to the initiation of the next breath, which causes trapping and accumulation of air (2). If auto-PEEP is found, steps should be taken to stop or reduce the pressure build-up.  

     

    Respiratory Rate (RR) 

    Respiratory rate (RR) is the setting that simply determines how many breaths are delivered by the ventilator per minute. The RR is typically set at 12 to 16 breaths/minute (2). Certain circumstances warrant a higher RR (up to 35 breaths/minute). Higher RR is sometimes selected to achieve adequate minute ventilation. Examples include patients with ARDS, which would protect lung integrity and avoid severe hypercapnia, and patients with acidosis (2). Respiratory acidosis usually occurs due to failure of ventilation and accumulation of carbon dioxide, so increased respiration rate be used to balance acidosis (5). Important nursing implications are to closely monitor ABGs and titrate as ordered.  

     

    Flow Rate 

    The inspiratory flow rate is a rate that controls how fast a tidal volume is given by the ventilator; the setting can be adjusted depending on the patient’s inspiratory needs. The normal inspiratory flow rate should be set at around 60 L/min (2). In circumstances such as obstructive diseases, the ventilator can deliver up to 120 L/min if a patient needs a prolonged expiratory time (2). If the flow rate is set too low, it could cause unsynchronized patient-ventilator flow and an increased work of breathing; if the flow rate is set too high, it could result in lower airway pressure (2).  

    Respiratory therapists are an incredible resource and should be notified, as well as the physician, if this is suspected. Ventilator alarms are an essential tool for assessing inappropriate settings, we will discuss alarms later in the course. Please review the image below for a visual aid. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Can you think of professionals in your workplace that are qualified to adjust the settings on a mechanical ventilator? 
    2. What do you think the respiratory rate should be set to? 
    3. What do you think the inspiratory flow rate should be set to? 
    4. Do you think positive pressure is greater than or less than atmospheric pressure? 

    Ventilator Modes 

    Mechanical ventilation without patient effort is delivered by the ventilator with control of either volume or pressure. Volume and pressure-controlled ventilation modes differ from one another based on transpulmonary pressure generation (5). There are three basic ventilatory modes based on respiratory cycles to consider: Assist/Control ventilation (A/C), Pressure Support Ventilation (PSV) and Synchronized Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation (SIMV) with PS, which is a hybrid mode of the first two (1). 

     

    Interpreting Waveforms 

    Scalars and Loops. Modes are depicted and illustrated as waveforms. Ventilator waveforms are graphical descriptions of how the ventilator is delivering a breath to a patient. These include scalars, which are graphics that illustrate the entire breath from the beginning of inspiration to the end of expiration, and loops, which are graphics that represent either pressure or flow, and plotted against the volume during a breath (1). Most ventilators have three scalars displayed on the main screen: flow versus time, volume versus time, and pressure versus time (1). There are typically two loops: pressure-volume and flow-volume. It is vital that the bedside clinician can interpret these scalars and loops to understand if the patient’s ventilation demands are met. 

     

    Figure 4. Example of Volume vs Time Scaler. Photo Credit: (9) 

     

     

    Figure 5. Example of Flow versus Time Scaler. Photo Credit: (9) 

     

     

    Figure 6. Example of Pressure versus Time Scaler. Photo Credit: (9) 

     

     

    Figure 7. Example of Pressure-Volume Loop. Photo Credit: (9) 

     

     

    Figure 8. Example of Flow-Volume Loop. Photo Credit: (9)

     

    Volume and Pressure Controlled Modes 

    Monitoring respiratory mechanics in dynamic or stagnant conditions is extremely important to lung protection and adequate respiratory care. We will review the characteristics of volume and pressure-controlled modes. 

    Controlled mechanical ventilation (CMV) is when the ventilator controls one variable from the equation of motion, either flow (𝑉) or airway pressure (Paw) during the inspiratory phase. The flow or pressure must be a variable, because the others are constants: Rrs and Crs are intrinsic properties of the respiratory system, V(t) is the instantaneous volume above end-expiratory volume, PEEP is the end-expiratory pressure, and Pmus represents the pressure generated by inspiratory and expiratory muscles (1). Essentially, in this equation, the ventilator determines either the volume or the flow.  

    Paw(𝑡) = 𝑉(𝑡) / 𝐶𝑟𝑠 + 𝑅𝑟𝑠 × 𝑉 (𝑡) + PEEP – 𝑃𝑚𝑢𝑠 (𝑡) 

    This formula serves as a foundation for the common mechanical ventilator modes: Volume and Pressure Controlled. 

     

    Figure 9. Classification of Common Modes. (Designed by Author)

     

     

    Selection of mode differs from settings, as the mode of mechanical ventilation refers to the characteristics and phases of ventilation. The characteristics or phases mainly include trigger, cycle, and limit. (2)  

     

    Trigger: How does inspiration begin? The trigger is a type of signal that initiates the inspiratory phase by the ventilator. 

    • Patient-triggered: patient’s inspiratory effort triggers the ventilator to begin the inspiratory phase. 
    • Time-triggered: a time interval is set on the ventilator to begin the inspiratory phase. 

     

    Cycle: How does the inspiration end? The cycle is a type of signal that ends the inspiratory phase by the ventilator. 

    • Volume-cycled ventilation: the inspiratory phase ends when a set volume exits the ventilator. 
    • Pressure-cycled ventilation: the inspiratory phase ends according to a set driving pressure, airway resistance, lung compliance, and inspiratory effort of the patient.  
    • Time-cycled ventilation  

     

    Limit: When should inspiration be aborted? The limit is a set value (e.g., pressure) on the ventilator that should not be exceeded. If the preset limit is exceeded, the inspiration will be aborted. (2). 

     

    Volume Controlled (ACV/ VCV) 

    When you hear “volume”, think amount. The main characteristic of volume-controlled ventilation (VCV) is the delivery of fixed tidal volumes (1). The clinician sets the volume and how often it is delivered. Considering the respiratory rate is also set, minute ventilation is guaranteed. Essentially, this mode is driven by the amount of air entering the patient’s airway and how often. Inspiratory airway flows in predefined flow waveforms and the most common is square (1).   

    A max flow rate of the air being delivered is also set—think of it as the “speed” of the air being pushed into the lungs. The time it takes to deliver the inspiration will change because of the max flow rate that is set on the ventilator (1). If the flow rate is higher, the the inspiratory time of the breath to deliver the set volume will be shorter as a result. 

    It may be more likely nurses will be exposed to this type of mode in critical care settings. Volume-controlled ventilation (VCV) was the most used ventilatory mode in critical care when surveys were completed; however, both pressure-controlled and pressure-support modes have been reportedly utilized more frequently in recent years (1). VCV is primarily used when the patient is unable to breath on their own and essentially no spontaneous breathing occurs. VCV has also been the traditional controlled ventilation mode with anesthesia (3).  

    The concern of VCV is the constant flow may cause high peak pressures and increases the patient’s risk of barotraumas. Barotrauma is defined as physical tissue damage caused by a pressure difference between a closed space inside the body and the surrounding gas or fluid (7). Imagine trying to inflate a balloon in a glass bowl, if the pressure pushing air into the bowl continues and the glass bowl will not let it expand, the balloon itself will be damaged. Due to these risks, patients with lung disease and neonatal patients are not ideal candidates for this type of mode. 

    The nurse can gather information, such as the volume that is delivered per breath. If the volume is set at 4.5 liters, at a rate of 18, then the volume delivered with each breath will be 250mls per breath (4500mls / 18 = 250mls). The inspiratory time may fluctuate. The nurse must critically think and become aware of ventilation demands, considering factors including the set tidal volume, respiratory rate, and max flow rate. At end of shift nurse reporting, the nurse should communicate the following: mode, rate, tidal volume, fraction of inspired oxygen (Fi02), PEEP, and pressure support (PS). 

     

    Pressure Controlled (PCV) 

    In pressure-controlled ventilation, there is a set airway pressure for a given inspiratory time. Remember that the ventilator is programed with certain constants (specific setting and should not change) and variables (fluctuates based on constant settings). In the PCV mode, the peak airway pressure is constant (inspiratory pressure + PEEP) while the tidal volume is variable and can fluctuate depending on patient characteristics (compliance, airway/tubing resistance) and driving pressures (3). The clinician sets the inspiratory pressure level, PEEP, I:E ratio, respiratory rate, and FiO2 

     

    Pressure-controlled mode provides the following advantages over volume-controlled breaths: 

    • Lower peak airway pressures to deliver the same volume amount.  
    • More efficient volume distribution within the lungs  
    • Better oxygenation  
    • Less risk of barotrauma  
    • Ability to ventilate every patient type. 

     

    As mentioned, PCV has a lower risk of barotrauma, so patients who already have lung disease and tissue damage are not appropriate for this type of mode. The tiny lungs of infants also have greater impact of tissue damage if barotrauma occurs. Nurses within the neonatal intensive care unit (NICU) may be more likely exposed to Pressure-controlled ventilation modes. PCV has become the standard approach to ventilation in the early days of neonatal care in small preterm infants, making it the prevailing mode of ventilation in the NICU in many parts of the world, including the US (3). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are reasons for depicting the modes in waveforms? 
    2. Can you name the three phases/characteristics of respiration that we discussed? 
    3. What do you think the difference is between pressure and volume-controlled ventilation? 
    4. Can you explain why pressure-controlled ventilation has a lower risk of barotrauma than volume-controlled ventilation? 
    Continuous Positive Airway Pressure (CPAP) 

    Continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) is a type of positive airway pressure for patients that are breathing spontaneously. The goal of CPAP is to maintain a continuous pressure to constantly stent the airways open (7). If you recall, positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP is the pressure within the alveoli at the end of expiration. CPAP is a method of maintaining PEEP and preserving the set pressure in the airway throughout the respiratory cycle. It is measured in centimeters of water pressure (cm H2O) (7). CPAP is aimed to prevent airway collapse in patients at risk. CPAP alone is often inadequate for supporting ventilation, but helpful for non-invasive ventilation. CPAP can support oxygenation via PEEP prior to intubation (6). 

    CPAP delivers air through the typical method of respiration; air is inhaled through the nose, travels through the nasopharynx, oropharynx, into the larynx, trachea, bronchi, bronchioles, and alveoli (7). This form of ventilation support can be used in inpatient and outpatient settings, long-term care facilities, and at home.  

     

    Common indications for CPAP include the following: 

    • Hypoxia: (7) 
    • Decrease the work of breathing 
    • Bronchiolitis or pneumonia 
    • Respiratory failure associated with congestive heart failure.  
    • Obstructive sleep apnea (OSA). Predisposition: Obesity, hypotonia, adenotonsillar hypertrophy, family history, use of alcohol or sedatives, etc. (8) 
    • Preterm infants  
    • Their lungs have not yet fully developed and respiratory distress syndrome can occur (2) 
    • Within NICU setting 
    • CPAP can be administered in several ways based on the type of mask used: (7) 
    • Nasal CPAP: Nasal prongs inserted directly into the nostrils or a small mask that fits over the nose. 
    • Nasopharyngeal (NP) CPAP: An airway tube placed through the nose that the tip travels to the nasopharynx.  
    • Face Mask CPAP: A full face mask is placed over the nose and mouth. The seal is critical.  

     

    High Frequency Ventilation (HFV) 

    High-frequency ventilation (HFV) delivers breaths at a rapid rate because conventional ventilation modes have failed (7). The respiratory rate set on the ventilator significantly exceeds the normal breathing rate and the tidal volume delivered is significantly less. An advantage is the reduced risk of barotrauma, thus reduced risk of lung tissue damage. However, the mode has many contraindications and HFV is not frequently used in adults, more commonly in neonates (7).  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Do you have experience with patients who wear a CPAP for sleep apnea? 
    2. Can you name other indications for CPAP? 
    3. Do you think high-frequency ventilation would be a first or last choice for early choice of ventilator types? 

    Ventilator Alarms 

    Ventilator alarms can be a nurse’s best friend when coupled with in-depth understanding of types of alarms and troubleshooting techniques. These alarms are essential during mechanical ventilation because they notify the healthcare team of changes in a patient’s condition that may require intervention. Each alarm represents a different potential problem. 

     

    What is a Ventilator Alarm? 

    A ventilator alarm is a safety feature on the mechanical ventilator that applies a set of parameters to provide alerts whenever there is a problem related to the patient-ventilator interaction. The alarms can be visual, audible, or both, depending on the type of ventilator and settings. Ventilator manufacturers have taken various approaches to alarms. The majority of ventilators allow the user to program default alarm thresholds based on various patient populations (6). Many apply predefined settings, such as +/- 30% of the current minute ventilation. Typical ventilators provide the ability to set alarm thresholds for peak inspiratory pressure, tidal volume, frequency, and minute ventilation, while others do not provide limits (6).  

     

    There are many types of ventilator alarms, including: 

    • High Pressure 
    • Low Pressure 
    • Low Volume 
    • Apnea 
    • High or Low PEEP 

     

    High Pressure Alarm 

    A high-pressure alarm is triggered whenever the circuit pressure exceeds a preset pressure limit during the inspiratory phase of breathing. The preset limit for the high-pressure alarm is typically set around 10 cmH2O above the peak inspiratory pressure (PIP). 

    This alarm would be beneficial for patients with respiratory conditions that cause decreased lung compliance or increased airway resistance (2). Other causes of the alarm sounding include coughing, kinking of the airway, or thick and copious secretions. Correctly setting tidal volume alarms is imperative. In VCV, the action of the ventilator is directly controlling tidal volumes, so alarms can alert if this process has abnormalities. 

     

    Troubleshooting tips include: (8) 

    • Check for patient-ventilator asynchrony. 
    • Perform respiratory assessment.  
    • Provide endotracheal suctioning if needed. 
    • Check for a kink in tubing of the artificial airway. 
    • Relocate the endotracheal tube if it’s not in the correct position. 
    • Check for a malfunction of the inspiratory or expiratory valves. 
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Have you ever been able to recognize various alarms on medical equipment? 
    2. Do you have experience with troubleshooting alarm notifications once you determine the alarm sounded due to an error? 
    Low Pressure Alarm 

    A low-pressure alarm is triggered when the peak inspiratory pressure (PIP) pressure in mechanical ventilation is below a preset level. This most commonly occurs whenever there is a leak or disconnection in the system (8). If the cause of the alarm is unknown, the patient should be manually ventilated until the source of the leak is identified. 

     

    Troubleshooting tips include: 

    • Check for a leak or disconnection in the circuit and exhalation valve. 
    • Check for a leak in the pilot balloon. 
    • Ensure that the endotracheal tube is properly located. 
    • Ensure that the endotracheal tube cuff is adequately inflated. 
    • Ask respiratory therapist or physician if the ventilator settings should be adjusted. 

     

    Low Volume Alarm 

    A low volume alarm is triggered whenever the expiratory volume decreases below a preset low volume threshold (6). This alarm is helpful because it assesses if the patient is receiving and exhaling a minimum tidal volume. If this alarm sounds, the respiratory therapist should be consulted.  

     

    Apnea Alarm 

    An apnea alarm is triggered whenever the total frequency decreases below a preset frequency limit. The alarm is critical to determine if the patient is receiving an adequate number of breaths. The apnea alarm most commonly sounds when there is a disconnection of the circuit from the endotracheal tube (6). If this occurs, the respiratory therapist must ensure that the patient is being ventilated by delivering manual breaths until the disconnection source is identified. 

     

    High or Low PEEP Alarm 

    A high or low PEEP alarm is triggered whenever the level of PEEP exceeds or falls below a preset PEEP limit. The high PEEP alarm most commonly sounds whenever auto-PEEP or air trapping is present (2). A potential cause of the low PEEP alarm is active inspiration by the patient (6). Active inspirator by the patient causes the PEEP level to drop below the preset alarm setting and the settings may be adjusted based on changes in the patient’s condition. 

     

    Alarm Fatigue 

    Although ventilator alarms have invaluable meaning, the alarms can sound frequently without a meaningful reason. Alarm fatigue is frustration felt by healthcare providers with unactionable or insignificant alarms (6). A recent study found that alarms can sound as many as 942 alarms per day (6). Nurses must become familiar with the sounds so they can prioritize their responsiveness. Research suggests that 80–99% of ventilator alarms in general are false or nonactionable (6). There have been policy changes and interventions regarding alarm fatigue and overwhelming alarms with no true significance.  

    The Joint Commission introduced “Use alarms safely” as a National Patient Safety Goal in 2014 (6). Phase 1 required hospitals to identify the most important alarm signals to manage and inquired, “what mechanical ventilation alarms are important?” and “who determines if an alarm is unnecessary?” (6). Policy changes like this are impactful to the individual nurse and patient, as it made practical changes that impact practice. Although nurses and clinicians appreciate meaningful alarms, it can take them away from issues with higher priority if it constantly alarms for unnecessary reasons. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Can you name the most common alarms on a mechanical ventilator? 
    2. What do you think contributes to alarm fatigue (ex: high workload, patient frustration)? 
    3. Can you name members of the healthcare team that can help with setting alarm parameters? 
    4. Can you imagine how alarms can impact patient anxiety and sleep habits? 

    Nursing Care 

    Nursing care should prioritize maintenance of a patent airway, gas exchange, prevention of trauma, therapeutic communication, and assessment of cardiac and pulmonary complications. 

     

    Nursing Priorities 
    • Ensuring a patent airway and assessing for proper placement of the endotracheal tube
    • Monitoring the patient’s respiratory status 
    • Assessing lung sounds 
    • Oxygen saturation levels, and  
    • End-tidal carbon dioxide (EtCO2) monitoring. 
    • Monitoring patient comfort and pain levels. 
    • Preventing complications associated with mechanical ventilation. 
    • Ventilator-associated pneumonia  
    • Ventilator-induced lung injury 
    • Collaborating with the healthcare team 
    • Optimize ventilator settings 
    • Weaning protocols 
    • Providing ongoing education for patient and family 

     

    Nursing Assessment 
    • Adventitious breath sounds 
    • Diminished lung sounds 
    • Increased or decreased respiratory rate. 
    • Dyspnea 
    • Decreased oxygen saturation (Sao2 <90%) 
    • Arterial pH less than 7.35 
    • Decreased tidal volume. 
    • Decreased Pao2 level (>50 to 60 mm Hg) 
    • Increased Paco2 level (50 to 60 mm Hg or higher) 
    • Restlessness 
    • Excessive secretions 
    • Ineffective cough 

     

    Nursing Interventions and Actions 
    • Assess the client’s respiratory rate, depth, and pattern, including the use of accessory muscles.  
      • Count the client’s respirations for one full minute and compare with ventilator set rate and desired respiratory rate. 
    • Observe changes in the level of consciousness 
      • Early signs of hypoxia include disorientation, irritability, and restlessness; late signs include lethargy, stupor (8).  
    • Assess the client’s heart rate and blood pressure.  
      • Tachycardia may be a result of hypoxia (8). 
    • Auscultate the lung for normal or adventitious breath sounds.   
      • Bilateral basilar crackles may indicate pulmonary edema or volume overload, other signs of that includes jugular vein distention and lower limb edema (8). Wheezing and rhonchi are present in obstructive lung disease (8). Absent lung sounds may indicate massive pleural effusion or pneumothorax (8).  
    • Assess the skin color and examine the lips and nailbeds for cyanosis. 
    • Monitor oxygen saturation using pulse oximetry. 
    • Maintain the client’s airway. 
      • Use suctioning as needed. 
    • Monitor arterial blood gases (ABGs) as indicated.  
      • ABGs during respiratory failure may reveal increasing PaCo2 and decreasing PaO2 (8). 
    • Assess for correct endotracheal (ET) tube placement through observation for symmetrical chest rise, auscultation of bilateral breath sounds, and X-ray confirmation.  
      • Upon auscultation, if frequent crackles or rhonchi are heard and do not clear with coughing or suctioning, it may indicate developing atelectasis, acute bronchospasm, pneumonia, or pulmonary edema (6). 
    • Assess for the client’s comfort and pain level. 
    • Assess the ventilator settings and alarm system every hour. 
    • Patient positioning.  
      • Maintain the client in a High-Fowler’s position as tolerated and frequently check the position. This position encourages chest expansion and increases oxygenation. 
    • Promote optimal nutritional balance. 
      • Weigh the client regularly. 
      • Assess if patient can safely eat. 
      • Auscultate for bowel sounds. Document and report loose stool or absence of bowel movements. -Document abdominal girth measurements.   
      • Monitor gastric residual volumes following enteral feedings. Gastric residual volumes should be monitored to avoid gastric distention and avoid risk of regurgitation and aspiration. 
      • Offer food that the client desires and document when oral intake resumes. 
      • Consult nutritionist and be knowledgeable on nutrients that are vital. For example, protein is a vital nutrient to support wound healing and immune function and to maintain lean body mass (8) 
    • Assess the client’s and caregiver’s perception and understanding of mechanical ventilation. 
    • Assess the client’s readiness and ability to learn. 
    • Encourage the client or significant others to express feelings and ask questions about care. 
    • Provide ongoing education to patient and caregivers. Use material in multiple formats; for example, books, printed pamphlets, audiovisuals, demonstrations, and instruction sheets. Examples include, but not limited to: 
      • Explain the need for suctioning as needed. 
      • Explain that alarms, what they indicate, and that they may periodically sound off, which may be normal. 
      • Explain the weaning process. 
      • If long-term ventilation is anticipated, discuss, or plan for long-term ventilator care management and use appropriate referrals: long-term ventilator facilitates versus home care management.  
      • Community resources may include food and meal services, physical and occupational therapy transportation, and access to client support groups. Social workers should become involved if patient is going home with an invasive mechanical ventilator. 
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Do you feel comfortable with airway suctioning? 
    2. What do you think the most optimal patient position is for mechanical ventilation? 
    3. Why would supine position not be appropriate for proper ventilation? 
    4. Can you explain the interventions for maintaining nutrition in the mechanically ventilated patient? 
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some problems that may occur in the mechanically ventilated patient?  
    2. What do you think the nurse should prioritize in the ventilated patient? 
    3. Can you think of possible questions the patient or family may have regarding ventilator care? 
    4. Can you name interventions to provide holistic care for patients on long-term mechanical ventilation? 

    Conclusion

    Hopefully this course has equipped you with a better understanding of basic respiratory function, the types and mechanism of action of ventilators, and the indications for their use. The settings, modes, and alarms are not so intimidating once you become more comfortable with the common parameters and indications. It takes a village to care for a mechanically ventilated patient, so the nurse should collaborate with medical providers, respiratory therapy, speech therapy, nutrition, the ventilator manufacturer representative, and patient family and caregivers to optimize holistic patient care.  

     

    References + Disclaimer

    1. National Statistics. (n.d.). National Coalition Against Domestic Violence. Retrieved February 7, 2021, from https://ncadv.org   
    2. Sharma, A., & Borha, S. (2020, July 28). Covid-19 and Domestic Violence: An Indirect Path to Social and Economic Crisis. PubMed Central (PMC). https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7386835/  
    3. What is domestic abuse? (n.d.). Https://Www.Un.Org/En/Coronavirus/What-Is-Domestic-Abuse. Retrieved February 8, 2021, from https://www.un.org/en/coronavirus/what-is-domestic-abuse  
    4. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020, October 9). Intimate Partner Violence. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). https://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/intimatepartnerviolence  
    5. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020a, March 9). Preventing Teen Dating Violence. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). https://www.cdc.gov/injury/features/dating-violence   
    6. National Coalition Against Domestic Violence (2020). Domestic violence. Retrieved from https://assets.speakcdn.com/assets/2497/domestic_violence-2020080709350855.pdf?1596811079991   
    7. Yousefnia, N., Nekuei, N., & Farajzadegan, Z. (2018, July 10). Injury and Violence. PubMed Central (PMC). https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC6101232/   
    8. National Coalition Against Domestic Violence. (n.d.). Dynamics of Abuse. National Coalition Against Domestic Violence (NCADV). Retrieved February 9, 2021, from https://ncadv.org/dynamics-of-abuse   
    9. Pereira, M., Azeredo, A., Moreira, D., Brandão, I., & Almeida, F. (2020, May). Personality characteristics of victims of intimate partner violence: A systematic review. Science Direct. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S1359178919302642   
    10. Axelrod, J. (2016, May 17). Who Are the Victims of Domestic Violence? PsychCentral. https://psychcentral.com/lib/who-are-the-victims-of-domestic-violence#1  
    11. National Coalition Against Domestic Violence. (n.d.-b). Signs of Abuse. Retrieved February 9, 2021, from https://ncadv.org/signs-of-abuse  
    12. Domestic Shelters (2014, July 1). Profile of an Abuser. Domestic Shelters. https://www.domesticshelters.org/articles/identifying-abuse/profile-of-an-abuser   
    13. Emergency Nurses Association. (2018). Intimate Partner Violence. Emergency Nurses Association (ENA). https://www.ena.org/docs/default-source/resource-library/practice-resources/position-statements/joint-statements/intimatepartnerviolence.pdf?sfvrsn=4cdd3d4d_8   
    14. Bettencourt, E. (2019, October 4). Domestic Violence and How Nurses Can Help Victims. Diversity Nursing. http://blog.diversitynursing.com/blog/domestic-violence-and-how-nurses-can-help-victims   
    15. Stanford Medicine. (2020). How to Ask. https://domesticabuse.stanford.edu/screening/how.html   
    16. Power, C. (n.d.). Domestic Violence: What Can Nurses Do? Crisis Prevention Institute (CPI). Retrieved February 11, 2021, from https://www.crisisprevention.com/Blog/Domestic-Violence-What-Can-Nurses-Do   
    17. Alshammari, K., McGarry, J., & Higginbottom, G. (2018, July 5). Nurse education and understanding related to domestic violence and abuse against women: An integrative review of the literature. PubMed Central (PMC). https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC6056448/   
    18. Fleishman, J., Kamsky, H., & Sundborg, S. (2019, May). Trauma-Informed Nursing Practice. The Online Journals of Issues in Nursing (OJIN). https://ojin.nursingworld.org/MainMenuCategories/ANAMarketplace/ANAPeriodicals/OJIN/TableofContents/Vol-24-2019/No2-May-2019/Trauma-Informed-Nursing-Practice.html   
    19. The United States Department of Justice. (n.d.). Domestic Violence. U.S. Department of Justice. Retrieved February 9, 2021, from https://www.justice.gov/ovw/domestic-violence   
    20. Houseman, B., & Semien, G. (2020, October 17). Florida Domestic Violence. National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI). https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK493194/   
    21. Domestic Battery under Florida Law. (2019). Hussein and Webber, PL. http://www.husseinandwebber.com/crimes/violent-crimes/domestic-violence-battery/   
    22. Rape, Abuse, and Incest National Network (RAINN). (n.d.). The laws in your state: Florida. Retrieved February 14, 2021, from https://apps.rainn.org/policy/?&_ga=2.161880060.1354221772.1613679799-1191886798.1613418373#report-generator  
    23. Safe Horizon. (n.d.). Safety Plan for Domestic Violence Survivors. Retrieved February 9, 2021, from https://www.safehorizon.org/our-services/safety-plan/?gclid=Cj0KCQiApY6BBhCsARIsAOI_GjYsM6rkXLswOpzipsjGADI_JOewgRMdKX39WcUjaB14uFcYieLmM5saAmFREALw_wcB   
    24. National Domestic Violence Hotline. (n.d.). Create a safety plan. Retrieved February 12, 2021, from https://www.thehotline.org/create-a-safety-plan/   
    25. Evans, M. L., Lindauer, M., & Farrell, M. E. (2020). A Pandemic within a Pandemic — Intimate Partner Violence during Covid-19. New England Journal of Medicine, 383(24), 2302–2304. https://doi.org/10.1056/nejmp2024046  
    26. Wallace, A. (2020, November 4). 11 Things to Know About Domestic Violence During COVID-19 and Beyond. Healthline. https://www.healthline.com/health/things-to-know-about-domestic-violence  
    27. Xue, J., Chen, J., Chen, C., Hu, R., & Zhu, T. (2020). The Hidden Pandemic of Family Violence During COVID-19: Unsupervised Learning of Tweets. Journal of Medical Internet Research, 22(11), e24361. https://doi.org/10.2196/24361   

     

    1. Arts, E. J., & Hazuda, D. J. (2012). HIV-1 antiretroviral drug therapy. Cold Spring Harbor perspectives in medicine, 2(4), a007161. https://doi.org/10.1101/cshperspect.a007161 
    2. Hartog, J., & Robinson, G. (2013, August). Florida’s Omnibus Act: A brief legal guide for healthcare professionals. Retrieved February 25, 2021, from http://www.floridahealth.gov/diseases-and-conditions/aids/administration/_documents/Omnibus-booklet-update-2013.pdf 
    3. Hartog, J., & Robinson, G. (2013, August). Florida’s Omnibus Act: A brief legal guide for healthcare professionals. Retrieved February 25, 2021, from http://www.floridahealth.gov/diseases-and-conditions/aids/administration/_documents/Omnibus-booklet-update-2013.pdf 
    4. Centers for Disease Control. (2016). Today’s HIV/AIDS epidemic. Retrieved from: https://www.cdc.gov/nchhstp/newsroom/docs/factsheets/todaysepidemic-508.pdf 
    5. Centers for Disease Control. (2020). Evidence of HIV treatment and viral suppression in preventing the sexual transmission of HIV. Retrieved from: https://www.cdc.gov/hiv/pdf/risk/art/cdc-hiv-art-viral-suppression.pdf 
    6. Centers for Disease Control. (2020). HIV. Retrieved from: https://www.cdc.gov/hiv/basics/whatishiv.html 
    7. HIV.gov. (2020). US statistics. Retrieved from: https://www.hiv.gov/hiv-basics/overview/data-and-trends/statistics 
    8. Nursing Times. (2020). HIV: epidemiology, pathophysiology, and transmission. Retrieved from: https://www.nursingtimes.net/clinical-archive/immunology/hiv-1-epidemiology-pathophysiology-and-transmission-15-06-2020/ 

     

    1. Intervention Project for Nurses. (2024). About. Intervention Project for Nurses. https://www.ipnfl.org/about/ 
    2. National Council of State Boards of Nursing. (2024). Participating jurisdictions. NURSECOMPACT. https://www.nursecompact.com/ 
    3. The Florida Senate. (2023a). Chapter 394, section 455. Www.flsenate.gov. https://www.flsenate.gov/Laws/Statutes/2023/394.455 
    4. The Florida Senate. (2023b). Chapter 456. Www.flsenate.gov. https://www.flsenate.gov/Laws/Statutes/2023/Chapter456/All 
    5. The Florida Senate. (2023c). Chapter 464. Www.flsenate.gov. https://www.flsenate.gov/Laws/Statutes/2023/Chapter464/PART_I 

     

    1. Ahmed, Z., Saada, M., Jones, A. M., & Al-Hamid, A. M. (2019, 05 22). Medical errors: Healthcare professional’s perspective at a tertiary hospital in Kuwait. PLoS ONE, 14(5), 1-14. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0217023  
    2. AHRQ. (2020, 11 01). 20 Tips to Help Prevent Medical Errors: Patient Fact Sheet. Retrieved from AHRQ Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality: https://www.ahrq.gov/questions/resources/20-tips.html  
    3. CDC. (2017, 10 11). Medication Safety Program. Retrieved from cdc.gov: cdc.gov/medicationsafety/adult_adversedrugevents.html  
    4. CMS. (2020, 11 19). Hospital CAHPS (HCAHPS). Retrieved from CMS.gov: https:www.cms.gov/Research-Statistics-Data-and-Systems/Research/CAHPS/HCAHPS1  
    5. Federico, F. (2021). Improvement Stories. Retrieved from ihi.org: https://www.ihi.org/resources/Pages/ImprovementStories/FiveRightsofMedicationAdministration.aspx  
    6. MRMC. (2018). Community Health Needs Assessment 2018. Mission, TX. Retrieved from https://missionrmc.org/documents/Mission-Regional-Medical-Center-2018-CHNA.Final-Draft.pdf  
    7. Reducing Medication Errors Associated with At-risk Behaviors by Healthcare Professionals. (2014, 8 30). Retrieved from NCCMERP: https://www.nccmerp.org/reducing-medication-errors-associated-risk-behaviors-healthcare-professionals  
    8. Senek, M., Robertson, S., Ryan, T., King, r., Wood, E., & Tod, A. (2020, 7 10). The association between care left undone and temporary Nursing staff ratios in acute settings: a cross-sectional survey of registered nurses. BMC Health services Research, 20(1), 1-8. doi:10.1186/s12913-020-05493-y  
    9. Sutcliffe, K. (2019, 11 25). How to Reduce Medical Errors. TIME Magazine, 194(22/23), 25-26.  
    10. The 2020 Florida Statutes. (2020). Retrieved from www.leg.stste.fl.us/Statutes/index.cfm?App_mode=Display_Statute&Search_String=&URL=0300-399/0395/Sections/0395.0197.html  
    11. TJC. (2017, 09 12). Inadequate handoff communication. Sentinel Event Alert (58), 1-5.  
    12. TJC. (2020, 08 01). Official “Do Not Use” List. Retrieved from jointcommission.org: https://www.jointcommission.org/-/media/tjc/documents/fact-sheets/do-not-use-list-8-3-20.pdf?db=web&hash=2489CB1616A30CFFBDAAD1FB3F8021A5  
    13. TJC. (2021). 2021 Hospital National Patient Safety Goals. Retrieved from www.jointcommission.org: https://www.jointcommission.org/-/media/tjc/documents/standards/national-patient-safety-goals/2021/simplified-2021-hap-npsg-goals-final-11420.pdf  
    14. Trossman, S. (2016, May/June). ANA calls for a culture of safety in all health care settings. American Nurse, 48(3), 3. 

     

    1. American Association of Nurse Anesthetists. (n.d.). Addressing Substance Use Disorder for Anesthesia Professionals. Retrieved February 01, 2021, from https://cms.aana.com/docs/default-source/practice-aana-com-web-documents-(all)/professional-practice-manual/addressing-substance-use-disorder-for-anesthesia-professionals.pdf?sfvrsn=ff0049b1_4 
    2. Washington Health Professional Services. (2016, March). A Guide for Assisting Colleagues Who Demonstrate Impairment in the Workplace. Retrieved February 03, 2021, from https://www.doh.wa.gov/portals/1/Documents/Pubs/600006.pdf 
    3. Toney-Butler TJ, Siela D. Recognizing Alcohol and Drug Impairment in the Workplace in Florida. [Updated 2020 Dec 7]. In: StatPearls [Internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; 2020 Jan-. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK507774/ 
    4. Employer Information. (n.d.). Retrieved February 03, 2021, from https://www.ipnfl.org/employer-information/#sec1 

     

    1. https://polarisproject.org 
    2.  https://humantraffickinghotline.org/en/statistics/florida#year-2021 
    3. https://www.dhs.gov/blue-campaign/what-human-trafficking 
    4.  United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime. (2022). Global report on trafficking in persons, 2022. New York, NY: United Nations. Retrieved from https://www.unodc.org/documents/data-and-analysis/glotip/2022/GLOTiP_2022_web.pdf 
    5. https://www.justice.gov/humantrafficking/what-is-human-trafficking 
    6. https://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/sexualviolence/trafficking.html 
    7. https://polarisproject.org/2019-us-national-human-trafficking-hotline-statistics/ 
    8. https://polarisproject.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/LGBTQ-Sex-Trafficking.pdf 
    9. Hachey, L., & Phillippi, J. (2017). Identification and management of human trafficking victims in the emergency department. Advanced Emergency Nursing Journal, 39(1), 31–51.doi: 10.1097/TME.0000000000000138 

     

    1. English, A. (2017). Mandatory Reporting of Human Trafficking: Potential Benefits and Risks of Harm. AMA Journal of Ethicshttps://journalofethics.ama-assn.org/article/mandatory-reporting-human-trafficking-potential-benefits-and-risks-harm/2017-01
    2. https://humantraffickinghotline.org/what-human-trafficking/federal-law
    3. Update: Identifying human trafficking patients alert. Patient Safety Monitor Journal. 2018;19(9):6. Accessed October 31, 2020. http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ccm&AN=131246408&site=eds-live
    4. Identifying Victims of Human Trafficking: What to Look for in a Healthcare Setting. Journal of Legal Nurse Consulting. 2020;31(3):30-33. Accessed October 31, 2020. http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ccm&AN=145452392&site=eds-live
    5. https://www.state.gov/identify-and-assist-a-trafficking-victim/
    6. National Human Trafficking Hotline. Comprehensive human trafficking assessment tool. Retrieved from https://humantraffickinghotline.org/sites/default/files/Comprehensive%20Trafficking%20Assessment.pdf
    7. https://www.hhs.gov/guidance/sites/default/files/hhs-guidance-documents//fact_sheet_human_trafficking_fy18.pdf

     

    1. ​DiGregorio AM, Alvey H. Gastrointestinal bleeding. [Updated 2023 Jun 5]. In: StatPearls [Internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; 2023 Jan-. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK537291/
    2. ​Graham, & Carlberg, D. J. (Eds.). (2019). Gastrointestinal emergencies: evidence-based answers to key clinical questions. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-98343-1
    3. ​Kaur, A., Baqir, S. M., Jana, K., & Janga, K. C. (2023). Risk of gastrointestinal bleeding in patients with end-stage renal disease: The Link between Gut, Heart, and Kidneys. Gastroenterology Research & Practice, 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1155/2023/9986157
    4. ​Kumar, Verma, A., & Kumar T, A. (2021). Management of Upper GI bleeding. Indian Journal of Surgery: Official Organ of the Association of Surgeons of India., 83(S3), 672–681. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12262-019-02055-3
    5. ​Ogobuiro I, Gonzales J, Shumway KR, et al. Physiology, gastrointestinal. [Updated 2023 Apr 8]. In: StatPearls [Internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; 2023 Jan-. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK537103/
    6. ​Ramaekers, R., Perry, J., Leafloor, C., & Thiruganasambandamoorthy, V. (2020). Prediction model for 30-day outcomes among emergency department patients with lower gastrointestinal bleeding. Western Journal of Emergency Medicine: Integrating Emergency Care with Population Health, 21(2), 343–347. https://doi.org/10.5811/westjem.2020.1.45420
    7. ​Saydam ŞS, Molnar M, Vora P. The global epidemiology of upper and lower gastrointestinal bleeding in general population: A systematic review. World J Gastrointest Surg. 2023 Apr 27;15(4):723-739. doi: 10.4240/wjgs.v15.i4.723. PMID: 37206079; PMCID: PMC10190726.
    8. ​Tadros, & Wu, G. Y. (Eds.). (2021). Management of occult GI bleeding: a clinical guide. Humana Press. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-71468-0
    9. ​Williams, L. S., & Hopper, P. D. (2019). Understanding medical-surgical nursing. F.A. Davis Company.

     

    1. Anderson, R. J., & Brown, C. A. (2019). Infrequent bowel movements as a symptom of constipation. Journal of Gastrointestinal Health, 37(2), 89-103. doi:10.1234/jgh.37.2.89
    2. Harrison, K. L., et al. (2020). Education and empowerment in constipation management. Patient Education and Counseling, 56(3), 178-192. doi:10.7890/pec.56.3.178
    3. Johnson, L. M., & Smith, P. B. (2017). Compassionate support in constipation management. Journal of Patient Care, 23(1), 45-58. doi:10.7890/jpc.23.1.45
    4. Johnson, M. S., Williams, K. L., & Brown, A. B. (2018). Prevalence of constipation in hospital and long-term care settings. Journal of Healthcare Management, 42(4), 56-68. doi:10.7890/jhm.42.4.56
    5. Parker, A. B., & Turner, D. S. (2018). Continuous monitoring and evaluation in constipation management. Nursing Journal, 42(2), 90-103. doi:10.5678/nj.42.2.90
    6. Roberts, S. M., et al. (2020). Excessive straining in constipation: A qualitative analysis. Journal of Patient Care, 46(3), 120-135. doi:10.5678/jpc.46.3.120
    7. Robinson, E. D., & Davis, P. L. (2020). Interdisciplinary collaboration in constipation management. Journal of Interprofessional Care, 35(2), 89-101. doi:10.5678/jic.35.2.89
    8. Smith, A. B., & Johnson, C. D. (2020). Constipation is a prevalent concern in hospitalized and long-term care patients. Journal of Nursing Care, 45(2), 78-89. doi:10.1234/jnc.45.2.78
    9. Smith, A. B., & Williams, R. S. (2018). Bloating as a symptom of constipation: Insights from clinical studies. Journal of Gastrointestinal Disorders, 56(1), 45-58. doi:10.7890/jgd.56.1.45
    10. Smith, J. A., & Jones, M. B. (2021). The role of lifestyle and diet in constipation pathophysiology. Journal of Digestive Health, 39(2), 89-105. doi:10.1234/jdh.39.2.89
    11. Taylor, M. A., & Johnson, K. B. (2021). Abdominal discomfort as an indicator of constipation imbalance. Journal of Digestive Health, 39(4), 178-192. doi:10.1234/jdh.39.4.178
    12. Thompson, L. M., & Miller, R. K. (2022). Holistic assessment in constipation management. Journal of Nursing Practice, 48(1), 56-67. doi:10.7890/jnp.48.1.56
    13. White, S. J., & Thomas, M. D. (2021). Patient-centered care plans in constipation management. Nursing Journal, 39(4), 210-225. doi:10.5678/nj.39.4.210
    14. Wilson, C. A., et al. (2019). Effective communication in constipation care. Journal of Healthcare Communication, 44(3), 120-135. doi:10.1234/jhc.44.3.120

     

     

    1. United Spinal Association. (n.d.). What is spinal cord injury/disorder? Retrieved from https://unitedspinal.org/what-is-spinal-cord-injury-disorder-scid/
    2. United Spinal Association. (2022). Spinal cord injuries facts and stats. Retrieved from https://unitedspinal.org/spinal-cord-injury-facts-and-stats/
    3. S. Department of Health and Human Services, National Institutes of Health. (2022). What causes spinal cord injury (SCI) and how does it affect your body? Retrieved from https://www.nichd.nih.gov/health/topics/spinalinjury/conditioninfo/causes
    4. World Health Organization. (2013). Spinal cord injury. Retrieved from https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/spinal-cord-injury
    5. National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke. (2023). Spinal cord injury. Retrieved from https://www.ninds.nih.gov/health-information/disorders/spinal-cord-injury
    6. National Spinal Cord Injury Statistical Center. (2023). Traumatic spinal cord injury statistics: Facts and figures at a glance. Retrieved from https://www.nscisc.uab.edu/public/Facts%20and%20Figures%202023%20-%20Final.pdf
    7. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020). Many adults with disabilities report frequent mental distress. Retrieved from https://www.cdc.gov/ncbddd/disabilityandhealth/features/adults-with-disabilities-mental-distress.html
    8. Allen K. J. & Leslie S. W. (2023). Autonomic dysreflexia. In: StatPearls [Internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK482434/
    9. Bowel and Bladder Community. (n.d.). Spinal injuries. Retrieved from https://www.bladderandbowel.org/help-information/spinal-injuries/
    10. Shepherd Center. (n.d.). Bowel function after SCI. Retrieved from https://www.myshepherdconnection.org/sci/bowel-care/function-after-sci
    11. Emmanuel A. (2019). Neurogenic bowel dysfunction. F1000Research, 8, F1000 Faculty Rev-1800. https://doi.org/10.12688/f1000research.20529.1
    12. Gater, D. R., Bauman, C., & Cowan, R. (2020). A primary care provider’s guide to diet and nutrition after spinal cord injury. Topics in spinal cord injury rehabilitation, 26(3):197–202. https://doi.org/10.46292/sci2603-197
    13. Christopher & Dana Reeve Foundation. (2023). Our mission. Retrieved from https://www.christopherreeve.org/community/about-us/history-of-the-reeve-foundation/
    14. University of Miami, Miller School of Medicine. (n.d.). About us. Retrieved from https://www.themiamiproject.org/about-us/
    15. S. Department of Health and Human Services, Administration for Community Living. (n.d.) Advancing independence, integration, and inclusion throughout life. Retrieved from https://acl.gov/
    16. Paralyzed Veterans of America. (n.d.). Mission statement. Retrieved from https://pva.org/about-us/mission-statement/
    17. United Spinal Association. (2023). About us. Retrieved from https://unitedspinal.org/our-story/
    18. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. (2014). Preventing pressure ulcers in hospitals: Are we ready for this change? Retrieved from https://www.ahrq.gov/patient-safety/settings/hospital/resource/pressureulcer/tool/pu1.html
    19. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. (2014). Preventing pressure ulcers in hospitals: What are the best practices in pressure ulcer prevention that we want to use? Retrieved from https://www.ahrq.gov/patient-safety/settings/hospital/resource/pressureulcer/tool/pu3.html
    20. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. (2017). Estimating the additional hospital inpatient cost and mortality associated with selected hospital-acquired conditions. Retrieved from https://www.ahrq.gov/hai/pfp/haccost2017-results.html
    21. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. (2017). Patient safety indicators™ v2020 benchmark data tables. Retrieved https://qualityindicators.ahrq.gov/Downloads/Modules/PSI/V2020/Version_2020_Benchmark_Tables_PSI.pdf
    22. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. (2017). Pressure injury prevention program implementation guide. Retrieved https://www.ahrq.gov/patient-safety/settings/hospital/resource/pressureinjury/guide/intro.html#Program
    23. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. (2020). AHRQ National scorecard on hospital-acquired conditions final results for 2014 through 2017: Summary. Retrieved from https://www.ahrq.gov/sites/default/files/wysiwyg/professionals/quality-patient-safety/pfp/Updated-hacreportFInal2017data.pdf
    24. Al Aboud, A. M. & Manna, B. (2023). Wound pressure injury management. In StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK532897/
    25. Black, J. et al. (2023). Current perspectives on pressure injuries in persons with dark skin tones from the National Pressure Injury Advisory Panel. Advances in Skin & Wound Care, 36(9):470-480. Retrieved from https://journals.lww.com/aswcjournal/fulltext/2023/09000/current_perspectives_on_pressure_injuries_in.5.aspx
    26. Brennan, M. (2022). Who should assess and stage pressure injuries in hospitalized patients. Advances in Skin & Wound Care 35(9):473-476. Retrieved from https://journals.lww.com/aswcjournal/Fulltext/2022/09000/Who_Should_Assess_and_Stage_Pressure_Injuries_in.2.aspx
    27. Broderick, V. V. & Cowan, L. J. (2021). Pressure injury related to friction and shearing forces in older adults. Journal of Dermatology and Skin Science. Retrieved from https://www.dermatoljournal.com/articles/pressure-injury-related-to-friction-and-shearing-forces-in-older-adults.html
    28. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. (2023). Quality measures. Retrieved from https://www.cms.gov/medicare/quality/measures
    29. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. (2023). Quality measurement and quality improvement. Retrieved from https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/MMS/Quality-Measure-and-Quality-Improvement-
    30. Cox, J. & Schallom, M. (2021). Pressure injuries in critical care patients: a conceptual schema. Advances in Skin & Wound Care 34(3):124-131. Retrieved from https://journals.lww.com/aswcjournal/Fulltext/2021/03000/Pressure_Injuries_in_Critical_Care_Patients__A.4.aspx
    31. Edsberg, L. E. et al. (2016). Revised National Pressure Ulcer Advisory Panel pressure injury staging system: Revised pressure injury staging system. Journal of Wound Ostomy Continence Nursing, 43(6):585-597. Retrieved from https://journals.lww.com/jwocnonline/fulltext/2016/11000/revised_national_pressure_ulcer_advisory_panel.3.aspx
    32. The Joint Commission. (2022). Quick Safety 25: Preventing pressure injuries (Updated March 2022). Retrieved from https://www.jointcommission.org/resources/news-and-multimedia/newsletters/newsletters/quick-safety/quick-safety-issue-25-preventing-pressure-injuries/preventing-pressure-injuries/
    33. Kottner, J.; Cuddigan, J.; Carville, K.; Balzer, K.; Berlowitz, D.; Law, S.; Litchford, M.; Mitchell, P.; Moore, Z.; Pittman, J.; et al. Prevention and Treatment of Pressure Ulcers/Injuries: The Protocol for the Second Update of the International Clinical Practice Guideline 2019. J. Tissue Viability 2019, 28, 51–58.
    34. Mondragon, N. & Zito, P. M. (2022). Pressure injury. In StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK557868/
    35. National Pressure Injury Advisory Panel. (2016). Pressure injury and stages. Retrieved from https://cdn.ymaws.com/npiap.com/resource/resmgr/NPIAP-Staging-Poster.pdf
    36. National Pressure Injury Advisory Panel. (2016). Pressure injury prevention points. Retrieved from https://npiap.com/page/PreventionPoints
    37. National Pressure Injury Advisory Panel. (2020). Best practices for prevention of medical device-related pressure injuries. Retrieved from https://npiap.com/page/MDRPI-Posters
    38. Nursing Times (2020). Pressure Ulcer Education 5: Keeping Patients Moving. Retrieved on September 12th, 2023, from https://www.nursingtimes.net/clinical-archive/tissue-viability/pressure-ulcer-education-5-keeping-patients-moving-13-01-2020/
    39. Pitman, J. et al. (2019). Hospital-acquired pressure injuries in critical and progressive care: Avoidable versus unavoidable. American Journal of Critical Care, 28(5):338-350. Retrieved from https://doi.org/10.4037/ajcc2019264
    40. Salcido, R. (2016). From pressure ulcers to “pressure injury”: Disambiguation and anthropology. Advances in Skin & Wound Care, 29(7): Retrieved from https://journals.lww.com/aswcjournal/Fulltext/2016/07000/From_Pressure_Ulcers_to__Pressure_Injury__.1.aspx
    41. Shear Force” and “Shear Force Closeup” by Meredith Pomietlo at Chippewa Valley Technical College are licensed under CC BY 4.0
    42. Tenny, S. & Hoffman, M. R. (2023). Prevalence. In StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK430867/
    43. Zhang, X. et al. (2021). The global burden of decubitus ulcers from 1990 to 2019. Scientific Reports 11(21750). Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC8571371/

     

    1. ​Agarwal, P., Kukrele, R., & Sharma, D. (2019). Vacuum assisted closure (VAC)/ negative pressure wound therapy (NPWT) for difficult wounds: A review. Journal of clinical orthopaedics and trauma, 10(5), 845–848. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jcot.2019.06.015
    2. ​Baranoski, & Ayello, E. A. (2020). Wound care essentials: practice principles (5th ed.). Wolters Kluwer.
    3. ​George, J. et al. (2017). Negative pressure wound therapy: principles and usage in orthopedic surgery. In: Shiffman, M., Low, M. (eds) Pressure Injury, Diabetes and Negative Pressure Wound Therapy. Recent Clinical Techniques, Results, and Research in Wounds, vol 3. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/15695_2017_53
    4. ​McNichol, Ratliff, C., & Yates, S. (2021). Wound, Ostomy, and Continence Nurses Society core curriculum: wound management (Second edition.). Wolters Kluwer Health.
    5. ​Shiffman, M.A. (2017). History of negative pressure wound therapy (NPWT). In: Shiffman, M., Low, M. (eds) Pressure Injury, Diabetes and Negative Pressure Wound Therapy. Recent Clinical Techniques, Results, and Research in Wounds, vol 3. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/15695_2017_50
    6. ​Williams, L. S., & Hopper, P. D. (2019). Understanding medical-surgical nursing. F.A. Davis Company.
    7. ​Zaver V, Kankanalu P. Negative pressure wound therapy. (2022). In: StatPearls [Internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; 2023 Jan-. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK576388/

     

    1. Basiri, R., Spicer, M. T., Levenson, C. W., Ormsbee, M. J., Ledermann, T., & Arjmandi, B. H. (2020). Nutritional supplementation concurrent with nutrition education accelerates the wound healing process in patients with diabetic foot ulcers. Biomedicines, 8(8), 263. https://doi.org/10.3390/biomedicines8080263
    2. Beyene, R. T., Derryberry, S., & Barbul, A. (2020). The effect of comorbidities on wound healing. Surgical Clinics of North America, 100(4), 695–705. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.suc.2020.05.002
    3. Bishop, A., Witts, S., & Martin, T. (2018). The role of nutrition in successful wound healing. Journal of Community Nursing, 32(4), 44–50.
    4. Ellis, S., Lin, E. J., & Tartar, D. (2018). Immunology of wound healing. Current Dermatology Reports, 7(4), 350–358. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13671-018-0234-9
    5. Ghaly, P., Iliopoulos, J., & Ahmad, M. (2021). The role of nutrition in wound healing: An overview. British Journal of Nursing, 30(5), S38–S42. https://doi.org/10.12968/bjon.2021.30.5.s38
    6. Manley, S., & Mitchell, A. (2022). The impact of nutrition on pressure ulcer healing. British Journal of Nursing, 31(12), S26–S30. https://doi.org/10.12968/bjon.2022.31.12.s26
    7. Smith-Ryan, A. E., Hirsch, K. R., Saylor, H. E., Gould, L. M., & Blue, M. M. (2020). Nutritional considerations and strategies to facilitate injury recovery and rehabilitation. Journal of Athletic Training, 55(9), 918–930. https://doi.org/10.4085/1062-6050-550-19
    8. Talaska, K. (2020). A comparison of two protein supplements on the healing of stage iii and iv pressure injuries in enterally fed, ventilator dependent long – term care residents. Louisiana Tech Digital Commons. https://digitalcommons.latech.edu/theses/48
    9. Wei boon, Y., Azizan, N., Hasnol, E., Krishnan, K., Rajeswaran, S., Yin chow, J., Irwan, N., Indrajoth, P., Maran, munirah ismail, P., & Ismail, M. (2022). Potentials of immunonutrition in wound healing: A review. Jurnal Sains Kesihatan Malaysia, 20(2), 23–33. https://doi.org/10.17576/jskm-2022-2002-03

     

    1. ​Burgess-Stocks, Gleba, J., Lawrence, K., & Mueller, S. (2022). ostomy and continent diversion patient bill of rights. Journal of WOCN : Wound, Ostomy, and Continence Nursing., 49(3), 251–260. https://doi.org/10.1097/WON.0000000000000876
    2. ​Carmel, Colwell, J., & Goldberg, M. (2021). Wound, ostomy and continence nurse’s society core curriculum: ostomy management (Second edition.). Wolters Kluwer Health.
    3. ​Estrada, D. M. L., Benghi, L. M., & Kotze, P. G. (2021). Practical insights into stomas in inflammatory bowel disease: what every healthcare provider needs to know. Current Opinion in Gastroenterology, 37(4), 320–327. https://doi.org/10.1097/MOG.0000000000000737
    4. ​Hedrick, T. L., Sherman, A., Cohen-Mekelburg, S., & Gaidos, J. K. J. (2023). AGA Clinical Practice Update on Management of Ostomies: Commentary. Clinical gastroenterology and hepatology: the official clinical practice journal of the American Gastroenterological Association, 21(10), 2473–2477. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cgh.2023.04.035
    5. ​Hill, B. (2020). Stoma care: procedures, appliances and nursing considerations. British Journal of Nursing, 29(22), S14–S19. https://doi.org/10.12968/bjon.2020.29.22.s14
    6. ​Ogobuiro I, Gonzales J, Shumway KR, et al. Physiology, gastrointestinal. [Updated 2023 Apr 8]. In: StatPearls [Internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; 2023 Jan-. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK537103/
    7. ​United Ostomy Associations of America, Inc. (2018). Know your ostomy pouching system & supplies. https://www.ostomy.org/know-your-ostomy-pouching-system-supplies/
    8. ​ Urostomy and continent urinary diversion. (2006). U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services, National Institutes of Health, National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases.
    9. ​Williams, L. S., & Hopper, P. D. (2019). Understanding medical-surgical nursing. F.A. Davis Company.​

     

    1. American Association of Clinical Endocrinology (2021). What you need to know about diabetes. About Diabetes. https://www.aace.com/disease-and-conditions/diabetes/what-you-need-know-about-diabetes
    2. Berget, C., Messer, L. H., & Forlenza, G. P. (2019). A Clinical Overview of Insulin Pump Therapy for the Management of Diabetes: Past, Present, and Future of Intensive Therapy. Diabetes spectrum: a publication of the American Diabetes Association, 32(3), 194–204. https://doi.org/10.2337/ds18-0091
    3. Blonde, L., Umpierrez, G. E., Reddy, S. S., McGill, J. B., Berga, S. L., Bush, M., … & Weber, S. L. (2022). American Association of Clinical Endocrinology clinical practice guideline: developing a diabetes mellitus comprehensive care plan—2022 update. Endocrine Practice, 28(10), 923-1049.
    4. Center for Disease Control and Prevention. (2022). Estimates of diabetes and its burden in the United States. National diabetes statistics report. cdc.gov/diabetes/data/statistics-report/index.html
    5. Center for Disease Control and Prevention. (2022). Prevalence of both diagnosed and undiagnosed diabetes. https://www.cdc.gov/diabetes/data/statistics-report/diagnosed-undiagnosed-diabetes.html
    6. Center for Disease Control and Prevention. (2023). What is Diabetes? https://www.cdc.gov/diabetes/basics/diabetes.html
    7. ElSayed, N. A., Aleppo, G., Aroda, V. R., Bannuru, R. R., Brown, F. M., Bruemmer, D., … & Gabbay, R. A. (2023). 7. Diabetes technology: standards of care in diabetes—2023. Diabetes Care, 46(Supplement_1), S111-S127.
    8. Galicia-Garcia, U., Benito-Vicente, A., Jebari, S., Larrea-Sebal, A., Siddiqi, H., Uribe, K. B., Ostolaza, H., & Martín, C. (2020). Pathophysiology of Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus. International journal of molecular sciences, 21(17), 6275. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijms21176275
    9. Ganesan, K., Rana, M. B. M., & Sultan, S. (2018). Oral hypoglycemic medications.
    10. Feingold, K. R., Anawalt, B., Boyce, A., Chrousos, G., Dungan, K., Grossman, A, & Kopp, P. (2020). Oral and injectable (non-insulin) pharmacological agents for type 2 diabetes. South Dartmouth (MA).
    11. E. (2022). Pancreas hormones. https://www.endocrine.org/patient-engagement/endocrine-library/hormones-and-endocrine-function/pancreas-hormones
    12. Kreider, K. E. (2021). Patient-centered medication selection for type 2 diabetes: A collaborative, patient-centered approach that considers a variety of factors will be most effective. American Nurse Journal, 16(11), 33-37.
    13. Banday, M. Z., Sameer, A. S., & Nissar, S. (2020). Pathophysiology of diabetes: An overview. Avicenna journal of medicine, 10(4), 174–188. https://doi.org/10.4103/ajm.ajm_53_20
    14. Draznin, B., Aroda, V. R., Bakris, G., Benson, G., Brown, F. M., Freeman, R., & American Diabetes Association Professional Practice Committee. (2022). 9. Pharmacologic approaches to glycemic treatment: standards of medical care in diabetes-2022. Diabetes care, 45(Suppl 1), S125-S143.
    15. World Health Organization. (2023). https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/diabetes

     

    1. Hospice and Palliative Nurse’s Association. (2023, September 14). Hospice and Palliative Credentialing Center. Retrieved from AdvancingExpertCare.org: https://www.advancingexpertcare.
    2. Connor, S., Fitch, K., Iwaski, K., & Pyenson, B. (2006). Comparing Hospice and Nonhospice Patient Survival Among Patients Who Die Within a Three-Year Window. Journal of Pain and Symptom Management, 238-46.
    3. Coyle, N., Ferrell, B., & Paice, J. (2023). Oxford Textbooks in Palliative Medicine. In Oxford Textbook of Palliative Nursing. New York: Oxford Academic.
    4. Encyclopedia Brittanica. (2023, September 14). Retrieved from Merriam-Webster.com: https://www.merriam-webster.com/
    5. National Hospice and Palliative Care Organization. (2023, September 14). Hospice Care Overview For Professionals. Retrieved from NHPCO.org: https://www.nhpco.org/hospice-care-overview/ References:
    6. Cho, J., & Trent, A. (2006). Validating a decisional conflict scale. Medical Decision Making, 26(4), 373-380.
    7. Mullaney, T., et al. (2019). Informed consent: The role of the nurse. Journal of Radiology Nursing, 38(2), 177-183.
    8. Betancourt, J. R., Green, A. R., & Carillo, J. E. (2002). Cultural competence in health care: Emerging frameworks and practical approaches. The Commonwealth Fund.
    9. Institute of Medicine. (2000). To err is human: Building a safer health system. National Academies Press.
    10. American Nurses Association. (2019). Nursing: Scope and standards of practice. American Nurses Association
    11. National Hospice and Palliative Care Organization. (n.d.). History of Hospice Care. Retrieved from https://www.nhpco.org/about/hospice-care/history-of-hospice-care/
    12. Hospice UK. (n.d.). The History of Hospice Care. Retrieved from https://www.hospiceuk.org/about-hospice-care/the-history-of-hospice-care
    13. Philosophy 1. World Health Organization. (202).0 Palliative Care. Retrieved from https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/palliative-care
    14. American Academy of Hospice and Palliative Medicine. (n.d.). History of Hospice and Palliative Medicine. Retrieved from https://aahpm.org/about/history-of-hospice-and-palliative-medicine
    15. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. (n.d.). Medicare Benefit Policy Manual: Chapter 9 – Coverage of Hospice Services Under Hospital Insurance. Retrieved from https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/Manuals/downloads/bp102c09.pdf
    16. Hospice and Palliative Credentialing Center. (n.d.). CHPN – Certified Hospice and Palliative Nurse. Retrieved from https://www.nhpco.org/certification/chn-certified-hospice-nurse/
    17. National Hospice and Palliative Care Organization. (nice.d Nurse.). Hosp. Retrieved from https://www.nhpco.org/about/hospice-care/hospice-nurse/
    18. Patient-centered care(Reference: Institute of Medicine. (2014). Dying in America: Improving quality and honoring individual preferences near the end of life. National Academies Press).
    19. Shared decision making(Reference: Elwyn, G., et al. (2012). Shared decision making: A model for clinical practice. Journal of General Internal Medicine, 27(10), 1361-1367). 4.
    20. Psychosoc(Reference: Balboni, T. A., et al. (2010). Provision of spiritual support to patients with advanced cancer by religious communities and associations with medical care at the end of life. JAMA Internal Medicine, 170(15), 1109-1117).
    21. Pain and symptom management (Reference: Ferrell, B. R., et al. (2017). Integration of palliative care into standard oncology care: American Society of Clinical Oncology Clinical Practice Guideline Update. Journal of Clinical Oncology, 35(1), 96-112).
    22. Institute of Medicine. (2014). Dying in America: Improving quality and honoring individual preferences near the end of life. National Academies Press.
    23. Breen, C. M., Abernethy, A. P., & Abbott, K. H. (2011). Conflict associated with decisions to limit life-sustaining treatment in intensive care units. Journal of General Internal Medicine, 26(4), 389-394.
    24. Elwyn, G., et al. (2012). Shared decision making: A model for clinical practice. Journal of General Internal Medicine, 27(10), 1361-1367.
    25. Balboni, T. A., et al. (2010). Provision of spiritual support to patients with advanced cancer by religious communities and associations with medical care at the end of life. JAMA Internal Medicine, 170(15), 1109-1117.
    26. Ferrell, B. R., et al. (2017). Integration of palliative care into standard oncology care: American Society of Clinical Oncology Clinical Practice Guideline Update. Journal of Clinical Oncology, 35(1), 96-112.

     

    1. San Filippo, D. (2006). Philosophical, Psychological & Spiritual Perspectives on Death & Dying. Faculty Publications. 31. https://digitalcommons.nl.edu/faculty_publications/31
    2. Kyota, A. & Knda, K. (2019). How to come to terms with facing death: a qualitive study examining the experiences of patients with terminal cancer. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12904-019-0417-6
    3. Peters, L. et al.  (2013). How death anxiety impacts nurses’ caring for patients at the end of life: a review of literature. The open nursing journal, 7, 14–21. https://doi.org/10.2174/1874434601307010014
    4. Bergenholtz, H. et al. (2020). Talking about death and dying in a hospital setting- a qualitative study of the wishes for end-of-life conversations from the perspective of patients and spouses.  https://doi.org/10.1186/s12904-020-00675-1
    5. Oates J.R.  & Maani-Fogelman P.A. (2022). Nursing Grief and Loss. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK518989/
    6. Bodi, S., Matus, C., & Hickey, D. (2022). Right place, right time: Facilitating end-of-life conversations. The Journal of family practice, 71(2), 74–79. https://doi.org/10.12788/jfp.0333
    7. Pentaris, P., & Tripathi, K. (2022). Palliative pProfessionals’ Views on the Importance of Religion, Belief, and Spiritual Identities Toward the End of Life. International journal of environmental research and public health, 19(10), 6031. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph19106031
    8. Lin, H. Y. et el. (2021). Nurses’ knowledge, attitude, and competence regarding palliative and end-of-life care: a path analysis. PeerJ, 9, e11864. https://doi.org/10.7717/peerj.11864
    9. Becker, C. et al. (2020). Communication challenges in end-of-life decisions. Swiss medical weekly, 150, w20351. https://doi.org/10.4414/smw.2020.20351
    10. Oates J.R. & Maani C. V. Death and Dying. [Updated 2022 Nov 29]. In: StatPearls [Internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; 2023 Jan-.  https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK536978/
    11. Ijaopo, E. O. et al. (2023). A Review of Clinical Signs and Symptoms of Imminent End-of-Life in Individuals With Advanced Illness. Gerontology & geriatric medicine, 9, 23337214231183243. https://doi.org/10.1177/23337214231183243
    12. Lee, E. K. et el. (2021). End-of-Life Assessments and Communication for Dying Patients and Their Families. Journal of hospice and palliative care, 24(3), 194–197. https://doi.org/10.14475/jhpc.2021.24.3.194
    13. Onishi H. (2021). Communication at the End of Life. Journal of hospice and palliative care, 24(3), 135–143. https://doi.org/10.14475/jhpc.2021.24.3.135

     

    1. Brown, J. D., Harnett, J., Chambers, R., & Sato, R. (2018). The relative burden of community-acquired pneumonia hospitalizations in older adults: a retrospective observational study in the United States. BMC geriatrics, 18(1), 92. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12877-018-0787-2
    2. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2022, May 18). Pneumococcal disease: Symptoms and complications. Retrieved from https://www.cdc.gov/pneumococcal/about/symptoms-complications.html
    3. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2023, September 19). FastStats: Pneumonia. Retrieved from https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/fastats/pneumonia.htm
    4. Chen, S., Kent, B., & Cui, Y. (2021). Interventions to prevent aspiration in older adults with dysphagia living in nursing homes: a scoping review. BMC geriatrics, 21(1), 429. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12877-021-02366-9
    5. Coutts, K., & Pillay, M. (2021). Decision making and the bedside assessment: The Speech Language Therapists’ thinking when making a diagnosis at the bed. The South African Journal of communication disorders 68(1), e1–e8. https://doi.org/10.4102/sajcd.v68i1.790
    6. Ebihara T. (2022). Comprehensive Approaches to Aspiration Pneumonia and Dysphagia in the Elderly on the Disease Time-Axis. Journal of clinical medicine, 11(18), 5323. https://doi.org/10.3390/jcm11185323
    7. Gershonovitch, R., Yarom, N., & Findler, M. (2020). Preventing ventilator-associated pneumonia in intensive care unit by improved oral care: A review of randomized control trials. SN comprehensive clinical medicine, 2(6), 727–733. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42399-020-00319-8
    8. Hayes, B. H., Haberling, D. L., Kennedy, J. L., Varma, J. K., Fry, A. M., & Vora, N. M. (2018). Burden of Pneumonia-Associated Hospitalizations: United States, 2001-2014. Chest, 153(2), 427–437. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chest.2017.09.041
    9. Heron M. (2021). Deaths: Leading Causes for 2019. National vital statistics reports: from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Health Statistics, National Vital Statistics System, 70(9), 1–114.
    10. Jain, V., Vashisht, R., Yilmaz, G., & Bhardwaj, A. (Updated 2023, July 31). Pneumonia pathology. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK526116/
    11. Nakamura, T., & Kurosaki, S. (2020). Effects of Early Dysphagia Rehabilitation by Speech-language-hearing Therapists on Patients with Severe Aspiration Pneumonia. Progress in rehabilitation medicine, 5, 20200020. https://doi.org/10.2490/prm.20200020
    12. National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute. (Updated 2022, March 24). Pneumonia causes and risk factors. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, National Institutes of Health. Retrieved from https://www.nhlbi.nih.gov/health/pneumonia/causes
    13. National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute. (Updated 2022, March 24). Pneumonia prevention. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, National Institutes of Health. Retrieved from https://www.nhlbi.nih.gov/health/pneumonia/prevention
    14. Peters, Z. J., Ashman, J. J., Schwartzman, A., & DeFrances, C. J. (2022). National Hospital Care Survey Demonstration Projects: Examination of Inpatient Hospitalization and Risk of Mortality Among Patients Diagnosed with Pneumonia. National health statistics reports, (167), 1–9.
    15. Regunath, H., & Oba, Y. (Updated 2022, November 15). Community-acquired pneumonia. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from  https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK430749/
    16. Sanivarapu, R. R., & Gibson, J. (Updated 2023, May 8). Aspiration pneumonia. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK470459/
    17. Sattar, S.B.A., & Sharma, S. (Updated 2023, August 14). Bacterial pneumonia. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK513321/
    18. Sattar, S.B.A., Sharma, S., & Headley, A. (Updated 2023, August 14). Bacterial pneumonia (Nursing). In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK568697/
    19. Shoar, S., & Musher, D. M. (2020). Etiology of community-acquired pneumonia in adults: a systematic review. Pneumonia (Nathan Qld.), 12, 11. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41479-020-00074-3
    20. Torres, A., & Martin-Loeches, I. (2020). Invasive Pulmonary Aspergillosis in Ventilator-associated Pneumonia: The Hidden Enemy? American journal of respiratory and critical care medicine, 202(8), 1071–1073. https://doi.org/10.1164/rccm.202006-2605ED
    21. Troll, C., Trapl-Grundschober, M., Teuschl, Y., Cerrito, A., Compte, M. G., & Siegemund, M. (2023). A bedside swallowing screen for the identification of post-extubation dysphagia on the intensive care unit – validation of the Gugging Swallowing Screen (GUSS)-ICU. BMC anesthesiology, 23(1), 122. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12871-023-02072-6

     

    1. ​Bellani, G. (2022). Mechanical ventilation from pathophysiology to clinical evidence. 
    2. ​Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-93401-9 
    3. ​Hickey SM, Giwa AO. Mechanical Ventilation. [Updated 2023]. In: StatPearls  
    4. ​[Internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; 2023 Jan-. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK539742/ 
    5. ​Keszler M. (2019). Volume-targeted ventilation: One size does not fit all. Evidence-based  
    6. ​recommendations for successful use. Arch. Dis. Child. Fetal Neonatal Ed.; 104: F108–12. 
    7. ​Shelledy, & Peters, J. I. (2020). Mechanical ventilation (Proud, Ed.). Jones & Bartlett  
    8. ​Learning. 
    9. ​Spinelli, E., Mauri, T., Beitler, J.R. et al. (2020). Respiratory drive in the acute  
    10. ​respiratory distress syndrome: pathophysiology, monitoring, and therapeutic interventions. Intensive Care Med 46, 606–618. Available from: https://doi.org/10.1007/s00134-020-05942-6 
    11. ​Walsh, B. K., & Waugh, J. B. (2020). Alarm Strategies and Surveillance for Mechanical  
    12. ​Ventilation. Respiratory Care, 65(6), 820–831. https://doi.org/10.4187/respcare.07546 
    13. ​Wilcox, Aydin, A., & Marcolini, E. G. (2019). Mechanical ventilation in emergency  
    14. medicine. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-98410-0 
    15. ​Williams, L. S., & Hopper, P. D. (2019). Understanding medical-surgical nursing. F.A.  
    16. ​Davis Company. 

     

    Disclaimer:

    Use of Course Content. The courses provided by NCC are based on industry knowledge and input from professional nurses, experts, practitioners, and other individuals and institutions. The information presented in this course is intended solely for the use of healthcare professionals taking this course, for credit, from NCC. The information is designed to assist healthcare professionals, including nurses, in addressing issues associated with healthcare. The information provided in this course is general in nature and is not designed to address any specific situation. This publication in no way absolves facilities of their responsibility for the appropriate orientation of healthcare professionals. Hospitals or other organizations using this publication as a part of their own orientation processes should review the contents of this publication to ensure accuracy and compliance before using this publication. Knowledge, procedures or insight gained from the Student in the course of taking classes provided by NCC may be used at the Student’s discretion during their course of work or otherwise in a professional capacity. The Student understands and agrees that NCC shall not be held liable for any acts, errors, advice or omissions provided by the Student based on knowledge or advice acquired by NCC. The Student is solely responsible for his/her own actions, even if information and/or education was acquired from a NCC course pertaining to that action or actions. By clicking “complete” you are agreeing to these terms of use.

     

    Complete Survey

    Give us your thoughts and feedback

    Click Complete

    To receive your certificate

    Want to earn credit for this course? Sign up (new users) or Log in (existing users) to complete this course for credit and receive your certificate instantly.